Tia 




















SS 











KEEN ET SO Re 
LF SR NS et 









< 66 sie 

¢ 

KOE : 
A 











GIFT OF | 
njacin Ide \hecler 


Rasy 
62 Ne de 





STANLY SEATS 


FFAS LS toe 
; wee * ) NEB) 
a (| a 
= f 
<' odd i 
x7 2 
cf 
ton 
















































































AS aS Gl he BOOK 


WITH REFERENCES TO THE GRAMMARS 


OF 


HAD LE SL ALLEN AND GOODWLY 


Bye bea LORMAN. den). 


INSTRUCTOR IN GREEK IN CORNELL UNIVERSITY 





NEW YORK AND LONDON 
HARPER & BROTHERS PUBLISHERS 


1899 


errr 


wr We 3 


» Ss & “ 
e 
‘ 
“et oi 
. w @ ‘ “¢ 
t eee « 
+e 4 
As “3 * ak 
s e « 
« & & ‘ us 


aren 


Copyright, 1899, by HarrPer & BROTHERS. 





All rights reserved. 


TO 
MY BEST FRIEND 
George Prentice Bristol 


Dries fee Sh 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/firstgreekbookwi0Oformrich 


PREFACE 


Tuts book does not pretend to offer a short and easy intro- 
duction to the Greek language. For Greek is not easy, and 
any short introduction can only prove inadequate. Even the 
one year’s work which this book contains must postpone many 
subjects, which properly should be mastered before the stu-’ 
dent should be set to reading a Greek author. A man must 
sow before he can reap. Discipline in a language cannot be 
got at the same time with the pleasures of its literature. 
They are mutually destructive, and discipline must precede. 
That impatient haste, therefore, which opens at once with the 
first page of Xenophon’s Anabasis with little or no prelimin- 
ary hard labor reaps invariably its whirlwind of quick ennz7, 
despair, and vain regret.* 

Nor is the book intended for self-instruction, or for ill-pre- 
pared teachers. Though somewhat has been done, it is hoped, 
to simplify difficulties, yet in the way of supplementary ex- 
planation and drill much remains to be done by the good 
teacher who knows his Greek Grammar by heart. Indeed 
success with this or any other book must be due mainly to 


* Yet if Greek be swept utterly out of our education, the blame will lie 
not so much with the youth of the country as with us teachers, who yield to 
their importunities. Because the babe in the cradle cries, we permit it first 
Option of Study (or of No-Study), then Option of Method. These two — 
Cptions were, I suspect, the two serpents carelessly allowed to invade the 
cradle of little Hercules, but strangled by that sensible young hero. Can 
we hope, however, for this happy issue now ? 


Ve PREFACE. 


the diligence of the pupil and the wisdom of the teacher; and - 
the author of the manual will serve his purpose well if he 
merely provides suitable material to, and does not hinder, the 
workers. 

Xenophon’s Anabasis being usually the first Greek work 
read, its vocabulary has been kept ever in mind in the prep- 
aration of the following exercises and stories. But many 
words have been amnitel besides, that belong to the gen- 
eral body of Attic prose, and a few others also of rarer or 
poetic occurrence, because they are the primitives from which 
other common words are derived. Such are «dr€os, wédor, 
aOévos, etc., Which appear in the Anabaszs only in derivative 
forms. 

Since the beginner in Greek is usually confronted with 
many new difficulties at one and the same time — strange 
characters, accents, varieties of inflection in the first declen- 
sion, totally new vocabulary, and so on, an attempt has been 
made to present these difficulties singly—Ist) by giving a 
reading exercise in words already known (Alcibiades, Demos- 
thenes, etc.), 2) by teaching the O-Declension, which is sim- 
ple, before ne A-Declension, which is varied—a _ plan long 
practised by experienced teachers; 3) by grouping words ac- 
cording to their accent and offering drill on each group sepa- 
rately (oxytones, paroxytones, etc.). 

A word of explanation must be offered regarding the Eng- 
lish of the sentences to be translated into Greek. Since good 
Greek was the result aimed at, the Greek sentence was reg- 
ularly composed first, and the English translation of it made 
as suggestive as possible of that original, rather than as a 
model of English style. 

The paragraphs into which the book is divided are of quite 
unequal length, dependent upon the subject treated. They 
are, therefore, not intended to suggest the amount of the daily 
lesson. But it may be added that often the long paragraphs 


PREFACE. vii 


. 
are not proportionally hard, being written to exercise the 
memory on words already learned. 

The books from which the author has derived most aid in 
composing the present one, and to whose authors he here 
acknowledges his indebtedness, are the German elementary 
Greek books by Gerth, Kaegi, and Wesener, the invaluable 
Sprachgebrauch Xenophons by Artur Joost (Berlin, 1892), 
White and Moregan’s equally invaluable Dictronary to Xeno- 
phon’s Anabasis, and Professor Goodell’s Greek in English 
(Holt, 1889). From Mr. J. E. Sandys’ First Greek Leader 
-and Writer he borrowed the idea of arranging the words in 
the first reading exercise alphabetically. 

Lastly, it is the author’s pleasure and honor to return 
thanks to the kind friends who have read, tested, and criti- 
cised his proof word by word and page by page—viz., to Mr. 
Charlton T. Lewis for many hints on Attic purity and style, 
to Professor B. I. Wheeler for general supervision of the 
whole, and particularly to Professor G. P. Bristol for micro- 
scopic attention to accents, vowel quantities, syntax, and in- 
deed every other detail of accurate scholarship. 


L. L. Forman. 
IrHaca, NEw York, May 16, 1899. 


ABBREV LATIONS. 





G. = Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, Revised Edition, 1898. 

H. = Hadley’s Greek Grammar, revised by Allen, 1884. 

R. refers to the rules and observations, pp. 98-106. 

Figures above a word refer to the notes at the bottom of the page. 
Figures below a word refer to the vocabulary in which the word is found. 


FIRST GREEK BOOK 





Reading and Accents. 
Goodwin’s Grammar, §§ 1, 5, 7, 11, 15, 18, 106. 
Hadley’s Grammar, §§ 5, 9, 13, 17, 18, 26, 96. 
Pronounce: ’AdKiBiddns, Bufavtiov, Lavupndns, Anwoodévns. 
"Edeoos, Zevs, “Hpddotos, Oovevdi6ns, “lwvia, Kiwov, Avda, 
Makedovia, Na&os, ZépEns, “Ounpos, Uepixrjs, “Padapavéns, 
Lodhokrys, Tipodeos, ‘Trreptwr, Piditmos, Xatipwovera, Viyn, 
Opiov. 5 
Coan He. l7a,20: : 
Pronounce: Aiyumros, “Atdns, aidsos, atdpis, avTn, avTn, 
avuTvos, ayyeros, oly €. 


G. 98, 99, 103, 104, 109, 111-113, II. 92, 94, 96a, 100-102. 
Accent penult of vodeuw, avOpwrov, Kw@da, ywpa, olKLa, 
Movou, S0€a, Swpov, pwayat (subst.), iamou (subst.), taupor 
(subst.), Avoe (optative mood); antepenult, if allowable, of 10 
Baoireve, Oaratrav, BapBapor (subst.), BapPapous. 
Mark the length of the ultima in ‘Padapavéus, dopa, ywpa, 
vicae (subst.), wrijdoe (subst.), yéupa. 


Verb—Present Indicative Active. $1 
Kkerev-@ Lam ordering Kedev-omev = We are ordering 
-et6 you are ordering -€TE you are ordering 
-e. hers ordering -ovat(v)' they are order- 
’ ing 





Notes. 1—'G. 56,60. HH. 87. 


2 ARTICLE, {MASC’ AND. NEUT). O-DECLENSION. 


IMPEPATIVE (24 sing.), céXeu-<,-order (G: 130. H. 386). 
INFINITIVE, Kedev-ewv, to be ordering. 


1. Bacidrev-ers ;*> OU Bacirev-w. 2. "AyyéAr-eTe; Ove 
ayyérr-opev. 8. Vpad-ovor; Odx,* adra' réy-ovaow. 4.” Ey-e,° 
He) pevy-e, ara A€y-e. 5. Od dhevy-w, GXAN”® ayyéA.A-o. 6. 
Ov Bacirev-opev, adra Ov-onev. T. "Ey-ers ypad-ev; Ove 
5 éy-w ypad-ewv. 8. Ti dép-ers; Ovdév. 9. Ti Badrdr-over; Ov 
Barr-ovow. 10. Tiréy-ere ; Aéy-opmer OTs ovd€év ay-ovaowv. 11. 


"Exy-ovot O0-erv + Bacidev-ovat yap. 


(12. What are-you-writing? Nothing. 13. He-is-sacrific- 
ing; for he-is-king. 14. What news-are-they-bringing? They- 

1osay that they-are-fugitives. 15. What are-they-destroying ? 
They-are-destroying nothing,’ (but)* they-are-sacrificing. 16. 
Do not’ be [always]’-ordering. 17. Do not sit-writing, but 
flee. 18. Can-they not’ speak? No. 


§ 2 Article (Mase. and Neut.). O-Declension, 
Paroxytones. 
G. 386,192 (Adyoc), 121. H. 270, 272, 153, 128. N.B. Omir Dvat. 
tules 1, 2, 3a at the end of this book. 

(ule 1.) 1. Of rod Biov rovo.—To Tod dévdpov EVAov— Ev 
Tols TOU vosov AGyois—OL ev TO vow RAOyor—Ta ev TO TrEdIio 
dévdpa. 2. Ta to€a ta EvAov'— Ep Tots épyous tots tav Eévav 
—'Ex tov oTrAwv Tov év TO Sévdpo.’ 3. Td GrArov TO EvrOU 

5 Barret o Eévos ets wédov. (Leule 2.) 4. Ta roEa hy év tots Sév- 
dpois Tots évy TO Tediw: GAN ov dhéper” ToEa Ta Sévdpa. 5. 
"Eyes Aéyewy Tov AOYov TOV Tod tmTov ;—"Eyw. ‘O yap’ ios 
Evrov nv. Kai Eévoe joav év To inm@@.—Til éxovow ot Eévor ;— 

1—’G. 150. H. 121. MGS UB Os cde. kde. bea Ge 1155, A108. 
° Hold! Intrausitive. °G. 48. He 79: 7Put before verb. * Paren- 
theses enclose words not necessary to the English, but to be translated into 
Greek. * Brackets enclose words not to be translated. 


2—' Cf. the English: The bows—those of wood, the wooden ones, I 
mean. * Bear, produce (as fruit). 3 Note position, —post-positive. 


PROPAROXYTONES. PROPERISPOMENA. 3 


Gd YA \ fa) 
"Orda éyovow.—Evrov cai ta drrda Hv ;—Ov. 6. Tous tod 
/ e / 
Biov Tovous ovK éxopev pevye.’ANAA xpovos UTVOV aye. 10 


(Rule 3a.) 7. The stranger is telling his toils to his friend. 
For* he has no‘ weapons’, and is fleeing-from the wolves. His" 
friend leads the stranger’s horse from the plain and brings a 
bow from the tree. 8. Not in(to) stone do we write the words 
of the laws, but in(to) our lives. “And’ [hard] work [it is] to 15 
write. 

| Proparoxytones. $3 
G. 192 (a&vOpwroc), 111. HL. 153, 100b, 101. 


(Lule 3b.) 1. “O dpyuvpos mroddXakKis Tots avOpwrrois TOdEMOV 
dhépet, 0 5€ mdAEwos Pdvatov. 2. ‘O Bios tpoTara eye TO 


2 , 
avOporTe. 


3. Messengers are bringing-news from the camp in the 
plain’ about the toils and dangers of war.’ For the sun is5 
bringing death to the men. They’ are urging their friends 
to bring weapons to* the camp, (but) not silver. For the men 
have ten talents of silver-money.’ 4. Herodotus writes about 
the wars with’ the barbarians.’ Te’ tells also about Hippar- 
chus the tyrant. 10 

Properispomena. §4. 
G. 192 (vqaoc, dwpov), H. 153. 

1. Te map-éyes Kipos trois didous ;-—-Litov wéurrer Kat otvov. 
—Kai mas réurer Ta S@pa ;—Oi doddA0u ayouow év TrOLw.— 
"AXN’, @ Kope, u1) KédXeve Tos SovrOVS apyvpiov aye. “O yap 
TAOVTOS 0 TOD Apyvpou Tovous Tap-eyet TOis avOpwTrOLs Kal TO- 
ANewov. 2. Toe Tupavyw ov TLaTEvowev. OdTos’ yap TOUT Kal 5 
OTNOLS TLOTEVEL, KAL TO TKNTTPO. 


‘ 2—* Note position,—post- positive. P= NOs: (SECIS sE Ne ¥ PUG 
first in the sentence. °O 6é didoc. 76, post-positive. 
3—'R. 1. a Be = 770: 21.00: ° wpde C. acc. 


4—! ovroc he, emphatic. 


+ OX YTONES. 


3. The tyrant’s messenger announces that he' orders the 
prize to be ten bulls, and his slaves to provide wine for the 
men. So they lead the bulls into the plain and _ sacrifice 

10[them]. But the people do not trust the tyrant, nor the ty- 
rant the people. 


S$5 Oxytones. 
G. 192 (dade), 123. H. 153, 129, 


ie ee pov, mol, we Of me, to me, me 
cov, col,ce of you, to you, you (sing.) 


Gr 4G soi ea ee Sant Lb au lesy4: Sa, 

1. (Accents.) “O immos pou-—-To tpéemaiev cou—To aénov 
pou—Tov aderdov cov—Tpadopév cor — Méuroval pe. 2. 
Sunde) Act pe ypadew (I' must write)—Act ce ypadew— 
Aci avrov" papery. Ou Se, Nogise avtov evar’ dirov. 4. 

50% avOpwrrot vowlfovar Tovs Oeodvs eivat év T@ ovpavo. 5. ‘O 
aderpds cou ypader por Ste Séxa eviavTods* Hv tatpds, GAAA VOY 
Tov Tovoy ovK exer Péperv: Set OdY avdToV Eis aypov® every. 
"ANN errel YpUToOY Kai apyupov ExeEL, OUK Epyov’ devryety. 


6. (Accents.) My’ bow—Your money—My dinner—Your 

10 saa 7. (Syntax.) I must trust him—You must trust him— 

He must trust me. 8. (Syntaxv.) Men believe death to be a 

sleep—We believe that time is a healer of distress. 9. The 

general thinks that the war is bringing death to the foot-sol- 

diers. lor they have no* food nor money. So he urges the 
15 tyrant to provide pay for them. 


4—!' ovroc he, emphatic. 

5—! Without stress, as there is none in the Greek. ? Not an emphatic 
he; for that would call for the ace. of ovroc. 2 After vopifw, NEVER a 
ort-clause. 4As in Latin, the acc. expresses extent of time or space. 
5 To the country. In Greek no art. Cf. Engl. ‘‘to town.” 6 Se. dori, ¢8 
(est). TNot: My bow— Your money. That will come later. P= nob, 
at head of sentence. 


ADJECTIVES OF O-DECLENSION. IMPERFECT INDICVATIVE. 5 


Adjectives of O-Deelension. $6 
G. 299 (masc. and neut.). H. 222. 
Enc itics éori(v), etoi(v); G. 143-44. H. 115,116,119. R. 6 (pév... dé). 
1. (Accents.) Ot mefoi ayadot eiow — oriyou eioiv — akcot 
’ ’ iw edlé ’ \ \ 4 , > ¢ 
etatv— AOnvaiot etow. 2. To pev épyov wou yadetrov éotwy, 0 
d€ ptabos ov pixpds.' 38. Avot pixpol pév elowy, ayptot Oé.' 4. 
Tots pev Trorepmious’ ToAAaKLS TLoTEVOLEV, TUPAaVYVY bé (Kal Piri) 
ov. 5. Néyouvow ote 6 pev immos EUALvVOS Fv, of © avOpwTrot O15 
év auto ayaboi.' 6. dda pév EvAWwa Kai ALOwa Hv Ta OTA 
\ ar 3 , ial \ / 1 La) taleeeece)/ ° 4 \ 
Ta Tov avOpwrov, vov dé aidypov.' 7. Ti eyers poe Aéyew Tept 
a . NX A ’ A >) / € \ 2 tf 4 
Tov énTa copav ;—Ovdév* ov yap Tw ikava ovopaTa' éyw. 8. 
ITXodtos isos’ ovK del Onucacos. 


9. My horse is young—yes, but trusty and useful.’ 10. The 10 
brave Athenians believe that® war of course is dreadful, but 
its prizes fair." So the cowardly army of the worthless 
Medes does not cause them (dat.) fear. 11. Since the foot-sol- 
diers believe the general to be competent, they’ must trust 
his® word. 15 

Verb—Imperf. Indie. Active. $7 

G. 480, 510-12, 540. H. 314, 354-57, 360. Note eZyor, impertf. 

1. Ov traratot ets ALGovs eypadov' Tovs vomous. 2. Ievoi- 
OTpatos Todovs EeviavTovs Hpye TOV AOnvaiwrv, Kal ayabos 
TUpavvos Hv* oO O€ OHpmos erictevev avTo. 3. Kpoicos TrAovaLOS 
bev 1V—xpioov yap eiye Kal apyupov, Kal Tov Avdav’ éBaci- 
Neve, copos 6’ ov. “Evdusfe yap ixavos eivar® eww Tov Képovs 


6—! Does this sent. follow the first or the second scheme given in R. 6¢? 


Ad}, used ag subst. =G 2932, “Ha621. 3 Note position. Not od 6d rv- 
pavyvy ; for od d&€ coalesce and form ode nor. 4 Words, names. ea 
Transl. wealth that is private. HS Of Ns 2o: TR. da. Y Rood. 

* 7—! Used to—. ?Gen. with verbs of ruling. G. 1109. H. 741. 


® The acc. subject of an infin. is omitted, if identical with that of the leading 
verb. ‘The following predicate adj. or subst. then stands in the nomin., as 
here ixkavoc. 


6 ARTICLE (FEM). A-DECLENSION 


atpatov: o 6¢ Kipos répav perv tod totapod hv, otpatov & 
Hryev ert Tovs Avdovs.— AXN ovtrw Tov Trepl TOU Kpotcou Aoyov 
Eyomwev Neyer. 4. Ol AOnvator det EXeyov Tept Tov Sewvovd To- 
A€“ov Tov mpos’ Tovs Myédovs. Kat yap" waxpos Hv Kat yanre- 

10 70s, piplot b€ of BapBapor. Oi 8 ’A@nvaios Oipod peatot Hoar, 
Kal KaXov évoulfov TO AOXov eivat, érret oVK HOEXOV' SoDAOL’ Eivat 
Tav Mydwv, arr’ €devOepot péverv. 


5. We were leading, writing, sacrificing—You (plur.) were 
providing, remaining, etc., etc.” 6. The Lacedaemonians used- 
15 to-pelt strangers with stones.” 7. We were urging your” 
friend to remain, but he’ would” not. What dreadful [thing] 
were you telling him?—Nothing dreadful. But the boats 
were™ old and worthless. So I'* had” to urge him to flee. 


$8 Article (Fem.). A-Declension. 
Feminines in -a. 
G. 386, 171 (xwpa, oixia), 172 (ond), 124. H. 272,135,141. 
Rule 3c and d. 

1. “AXXN’ wpa éoti cou pavOavety TL TEpt THS Pidlads Kal Tepl 
THS €xOpas. “H pev yap’ Pirla torrov ayabav’ aitia’ éatt 
Tots avOpwrois, 1) 8 exOpa ToArXOY Kakov. “Eru dé det cE pav- 
Gave OTL TH pev KaKla Sovrever 0 avOpwTos, 7 de pirocopia 
55: / — , e \ \ / — 7 e \ 

5 €XevOepiav Trap-éyer. 2. Ol pév Kaxot Kkaxiav datvovawr, ot b€ 
‘ J— ¢e ake J Nv SP: - Ag N X /— e \ 
como copiar, oi & exOpoi ExOpav, of S€ Tovnpoi Trovnpiar, ot dé 
if /—- € N 2) ad aed > \ ” - an \ See 
Biao Biav. 3. ‘H peév a-Oipla éeotiv dvev Ovdpod, tHv © at- 


atiav paivovew ot ov TiaTol. 
4. The days’ bring toil, the evenings quiet. The ancients 


7—' Now, explanatory. 5§ 38, line 5. Sai yap for truly, and truly, 
“sure enough.” ‘Would not (be—), refused (to be—). ® Such drill 
in forms must be left, strongly recommended, to teacher and pupil. ° Dat. 
of instrument (=Lat. ablative). OR; 4¢-not Resa: Wiry not? 1R, 392. 
2 Sent. 4. Le 5 Mer MR. 5a. 1 ¢de, impf. of det. 

8— Note two particles betw. art. and noun. *S 6,n. 2. * THE cause. 
R. 3d. 4R. 60. 


FEMININES IN -y. ADJECTIVES FEMININE. 7 


believed there- were’ not only gods,° but also goddesses. 10 
6. The army was in despair. For the market was across the 
river, and there was no’ food. 7. My house in the market- 
place® had five doors. 8. The wicked tyrant made* many 
sacrifices” of bulls, but the enmity of the gods he could” not’ 
overcome.” 15 


Feminines in -y. Adjectives Feminine. $9 

G. 171 (riph), 172 (yrdpn), 298-99, 302. H. 135, 222, 222¢ and b. 

Tlodvs; G. 346; TH. 247. N.B. Only three forms with single X. 

1. “Av@pm@rovu' nwépar Toddakis pev )O0VO@V pEeaTat EloL, TON- 
AdKus 88 AOTAY* pera Se Tas Secvas payas Iepoepovn Karnv 
Elpnvnv map-exer Kat ANOnv. 2. (Continues sent. 6, § 8.) ‘Qs & 
éXeyov col, 0 aTpaTos Hv év TOAAH AUTIN. Adyyas pev yap’ Kat 
TéATas eiyov’ TOANAS, ohevdovds 5€ pipids of Tor€EmLoL Ol TEPAY 5 
Tov ToTamou* Kal émel devvol” joav Barre, ALBots &BadrXov 
abtovs adv TOAX Kpavyh. “HS “EAAnvixh otpatia ob OEE 
hevyew, ovdé tovs BapBdpovs ikavy hv tpérew ets puyiy. 
"AvayKn odv Hv mévey ev TH YoOpa Kai THY Bornv héperv. 


3. We took’ our old friends into the* country. The’ day” 10 
was fair, the luck good. The region was wild of-course, but ° 
not” difficult. We remained the whole” day, and after dinner 
told wolf'-stories. I was telling you about my house—the 
[one] in the market-place. Well,” it is small and old, but of- 
stone” and beautiful. The doors are of-wood, and tall. How- 15 
ever,’ it is time for you to learn something new. 


8— civat. i a 7— not, before the verb. a 6 ee 
°—= was sacrificing. Order. sacrifices indeed (pév) of bulls he made many. 
M iyo. 12 Now. 

9—'R.7. Use no article. > yap and ovy often crowded to third place. 
3Why plural? Because ozpardc is collective. +R. 7. Transl. pév to be 
suve,; wodXag, tn abundance. 5 Clecer at. (ec. inf.). 6 CF. riNouc, dat. of 
instrument, without odv. i=led. 210. Deo: 9R. 8 (ovr). For 
posit., see n, 2, 10 R. 6d. AS Gao: 2? Predic. position. G. 979, 


H. 672. 13 ouy, 4 Either subst. or adjective. 15 Gd. 


8 FEMININES IN -& MASCULINES IN -Gs, -ns. 


$10 Feminines in -é. Prepositions with Single Cases. 
G. 171 (Movca); 172 (Sddarra, yépupa); 1201, 1-3. 
H. 135 (yddrra, yépipa); 789. 

1. Aéye pou, & Mévavépe, THs THs yAWTTHS apyers.—OV pa- 
Ola, @ pire, 1) apy? THs yAOTTHS, GAA yareTH. ~ANAA El ce 
pavOavervr. Aéyw yap cou: “H yAOtTa TOAD EoTLY aiTlda Ka- 
Kkov. 2. (Cont. sent. 3,8 9.) epi odv* XUKwv éXéyomev pv Oovs, 
5OTL mpo Selmvou det Su@mKeLy avTous amo’ Ths otklas. *Ev yap 
AYpPL@ TOTM HV 1 OLKLAa EvTOS VANS OKT@ Kal béxa oTabd.a’ ATO 
THs Kops. 38. At pev Moipac tpets” oav, ai dé Modaai évvéa. 


4. Aixny diwxe avti d0€ns. 


5. But as I was telling you, the army had te remain with- 
101n" sling-shot” of the enemy, but were without" means of 
battle. For the river was without” a bridge. But after 
long” waiting, their friends from the village” send, towards” 
evening, five boats for” a bridge, and with them fifteen wag- 
gons full of provisions and wine. So” the waggons” they had 
isin front of them, the ground [they had] in-place-of a table, 
and’* with their battle-knives they cut the loaves-of-bread. 


$11 Masculines in -as, -ns. 
G. 179-82. H. 145-47. 
‘O pé&...6 8 RK. 391. G. 981, and foot-note. H. 654. 
1. Ae? ce tHpepor, © pabnra, pavOave Te Tept TOD SeaTroToU. 
°Ev' yap Tots traXaots iduwmTns 0 SeaTOTNS 1V, KAL Ol OLKETAL OL EP 
TH olKla édeyou avT@: °O déaTrota. ANA Kal Tepi Kay Bvoov oi 


10—'R. 1, exception. 2A verse attributed to the poet Menander. 
Memorize, with proper rhythm. 3now, transitional. 41 because. 
5we had to—. § 7, n. 15. 6 qo, not ex; for the wolves were not zz the 
house. faa ae 8 three. °éyroc pév at head of clause. 
rake i 0 oa | G@vev Oé at head of clause. ORO, wemuch. hel 
15 sic. 1S OL Dee, ln Op: Ide: 


11—' Among. 


CONTRACTS OF O- AND A-DECLENSION. 9 


/ € , \ > PETS 
Ilépoat éXeyov: Aeorrotns éotiv. “Os dovrAwV yap Hpyev avTOv. 
D a Pion , a / 
"Ete 5€ Kat” viv Néyomev mets Tepl TUPavYwWY YareTTaV OTL E- 5 
/ ’ / >) ? leh se fy] an a) la n id 
omotat eioly. 2. Kv TH EXAnuiKky otpatia TOV OTPAaTLWTOY OL 
\ 3 i e NE > a \ n ¢4 \ 
pev Hoav TreCol, of Oe (mmous Eiyov: TaY O€ TECAV Ol meV TEATA- 
- 5) ie / / e e n e 
oTat TéEATAS ehepor, of dé ToEoTAaL TOEA, of O oTAiTaL OTAA. 3. 
> > “a \ ¢ \ , 
Ilocous On, © padnta, apiOmovs “EXAnviKOUS yryv@oKets ;—Ov 
ae ’ if Le rn 4 ’ , 
Todnrovs, @ OLoacKkare. Kici d€- dv0, TpEls, TEVTE, ETTA, OKTW, 10 
, / 
évVea, SEKA, TWEVTEKALOEKA, OKTWKALOEKA. 


4. Darius the Persian throws’ a large’ army into Europe 
upon the Scythians. But he does not fare well. Later,” by 
five and twenty years,” he sends an able, general with count- 
less soldiers against the Hellenic region. And’ again later, by 15 
ten years, after the death of Darius, Xerxes his son, (being"’) 
yet a youth, invades” Europe. But to the soldiers of Europe, 
few and brave, the gods gave” victory. Now” [it is] about 
these" invasions |that'’| Herodotus writes. 


Contracts of O- and A-Declension. §12 
Feminines of O-Declension. 
G20, 184, 104. Holey, 144. 152. 
le Tjpeepov, @ wabnta, KeNEVM CE ale Xu TOV VOU Tpos 
madavay ynv, Thy Aiyurrov Aéyo. “H pev odv® Aiyutrtos tov 
Ne(Xou motapov S@pov Av, OS NEéyEt es ‘Hpddoros ° TUNA nee 
0 EI éxaruttev avtnv. Advtos' & o Netdos tas marys ae 
Topp® Ths OaratTys, Kal ikavos é€aTt TOA Pépety ov pikpa.d 
"Amd 88 THs OaddtTns els Tas TYAS TONY NMEPO@V TAOVS ETTLV 


1L1l—’ even. 7 we, emphatic ; hence expressed. 4 ot, here, art. c. 7eA- 
TaoTal. 5 gio- Paw Elo—. 6 roNve. LG io 8 Dat., degree of differ- 
ence (= Lat. ablative). etOe: 10 Oy. 1 gig-Baddw eic—, intransitive. 
Cf. Engl. ‘to drop in” (no object expressed). 2 Tap-éxw. cia LA et os 
4 povTwy Toy soBodor. 7tis...that,a formula of modern languages 
to render prominent the true sudject of discourse, when this is not the same as 
the merely grammatical subject of the sentence. Cf. French c'est... que. 


12—'T mean. eS 1000. 3) 310 Us. 4 Self (cpse). 


10 ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS—CONTRACT. 


> \ \ \ , 5 \ x , COCs 2A ” 
ava TOV TOTALOV KwTFaLS” SEeLVOS yap TOANAKLS O pods. “Ev-evoe 
d€ VHTOL OVK OALyaL.— A@por bé TOU NelXov Kal 7) BUBXos éotiv: 
ex d€ THS BUBXov Hv’ Ta Tadrata BiBrILa, a ete Kal vov ebpicKo- 
10 ev ev Tots Tapois.—llepi 5€ THs Aldyvmtov 6rXov TO SevTEpor 
BiBrLov “Hpodotos ypadher: 7 yap iatopia avtod évvéa BiBXiwv 
3 / >) bp] 9 / e \ / / 5S e ’ 
eotiv.— Kv 0 ’"Acoupla at pev TAWO0L yal Hoav, @o-TEp EV 
adrats* ywpats, TA S€ BiBria od BUBAWa (Worep ev TH AiyvTTO), 
adAa TAWOWa, TEpt ov" Set TOV didadcKarov cor Aéyetv. "Hby 


\ San \ \9 / 
15 Yap wWpa Kal TOL ypaewy The 


2. Chios and Paros and Delos are small islands. Chios” 
was rich" in wine, Paros in marble, while” Delos [was] sacred 
toa god. In these” islands diseases" were few, journeys not 
long, maidens fair. Yet" not always had the islanders peace 

20and pleasure. for often, by an easy sail, harsh fate brought 
enemies, who’ cut” their vines and carried-off their maidens 
and gave” them, as graves, ditches. 3. The voyage down 
stream [is] easy. 


§13 Adjectives—1) of Two Endings, 2) Contract. 
G. 304, 306, 310,311. IL. 225-26, 223-24. 
rn \ ’ / \ 4 Us A ’ / A 

1. Tév peév a-Sikwv Tovs TpoTroUs yuyvOoKopev TH adikia TOV 

b] le) ’ 2) ia 2 ’ A vA 
épyov,' Tav & av-edevOépwv TH avedevdepia, TOV b€ KAK-oUpYyoV 
Th Kakoupyla: év yap Tots Epyos Tovs TpdTOVs haivoper. Av- 
Tika’ o pev Adpeios pidr-dpyupos Hv, Kai WS KaTNAOS Toye TOV 
6 Tlepoav: 1 dé Baciiera”Atocoa hiro-Tipos Kai d-poBos: éxé- 
Neve yap Adpetov els aAXasS ywpas eic-Badrewy > Tov be BépEnp, 

\ er ’ , 3 0 b) \ \3 er art be i 
TOV VIOV, OU LOVOV" A-VOUY, ANNA Kal’ a-TOAMOY OEl HAS VomiCeLv. 
"A-vous pev yap Av, émel els pikpav yopav Aye THY av-apLOwov 
OTPATLAV,—A-YPNTTOS Yap eV TTEVH TOTM TOAN TTpAaTLa* adr” 


12—°§ 7, n. 9. 6 were made. 7 which. 8 other (alius). ° you too. 
G.144. H. 119b. 10°F. 0D. With genitive. rae. 13 rabrawc 
TaLic—. 14 Gd. a) TS 6:  rap-éxw, 

13—'R. 1, exception. 2 for caamople. 3 not only—but also. 4 us (we). 


5 adda a Substitute for (the weaker) dé after pév. 


WORD-FORMATION. 11 


” 5 e 6 ” G Weeear! \ L / Uf > \ 
a-TOAmos HV, OTL (a-TLaTOS Gv’ Tepl vikns) Tad Pevyer Els THV 10 
- A os 5 / 

"Aciav. “AXXa otpatnyov Set piro-Klvdivov eivat Kal pidO-7TrOVOY 

kat hiro-7oAenov. Te yap tpo-Gvpo avOpwrw ovK eat wev 

OaratrTa d-Topos, oUK Ete S€ yh ére-Kivdovos. Llepi odv ZepEou 
Ane a af: ce ) ip OX 9 n b] / ’ id 

d€C mas KplvEety OTL av-a&Los VLOS HY THS Ev-dofov ‘AToooNS. 


2. Speech’ is of-silver, silence of-gold. 3. The Spartan" 15 
youth (pl.) did not have double cloaks. 4. Do not" trust the 
double tongue. 5. Simple [are] the words of wisdom. 6. 
Homer tells about the golden goddess Aphrodite. 7. Long- 
ago” arms were of-bronze, but later mostly” of-iron. 8. Do 
not think that friendship is immortal. 20 


Word-Formation. $14 


1. (G. 875, 1. H. 589.) On analogy of the words of § 13, as re- 
gards both formation and accent (recessive), form adjectives of two 
endings from words already learned, meaning: 


1. without danger 9. without grave, unburied 
2. “war, unwarlike cC? «food, fasting 
a “wealth 11. supperless 


to 94s t8 12. godless, atheist 
“pay, unhired 13. friendless 
government, anarchic 14, unhonored 

A Seas 15. sleepless 
«place, out of the 16. houseless, homeless 
way, strange 17. unseasonable 


See ee 


with a-, 


not ay- 


2. On analogy of dzirog amszia, form and define substantives from 
d-uTvoc, -atTOC, &-Tipoc, &-wpoe, dVv-apyoc, C-pHKXaVvoc, a-TOTOC. 

3. (G. 832. H.548.) Observe verbs with root-vowel ¢ that give 
substantives with 0, ending in -o¢ or -a (-n): A€y-w Oy-oc, Ex-w OYX-0C, 
rpéw-w Tpdm-0¢c and rpor-4 (cf. also rpdr-ator), Téu-vw TOp-o¢ and rop-%, 

* 

13—*in that=because. being. 8 For accent see G. 144, 5. H. 


480, 1. *rdyoc. RK. 3d, and K. 6. 0 —of the Spartans. Not od, 
DUGG euc27 wR. 6; 376 wAsiorov. G. 1060. H. 719b. 


12 VERB—PRES. INDIC. AND INFIN. MIDDLE (=PASSIVE). 


-ép-w dop-o¢ and gop-a, pév-w prov-y.—Give the verb-root of the sub- 


stantives zév-oe, VOM-OC, TOp-0C, TAO-OC. 


S15 Verb—Pres. Indic. and Infin. Middle (=Passive). 
G. 480 (p. 102), 441-42. II. 314, 298. 
Deponents. G. 443. H. 298a. 


Nore. The Mipp.e Voice presents its subject as acting for, from, 
or upon himself. For the vulgar English “TJl buy me a book,” the 
Greek uses the middle voice and omits “ me,” 


’ Z 
1. "Ayopuat, Barret, ypaderat, etc.,etc. 2. Té BovrAeaGe +7- 
pepov, ® diror, pavOavery ; — Iladwv, @ dwdacKare, Bovrope” 
> , \ a \ \ , = , \ \ 
akovew Tept TMV Tpos TOUS Ilépaas Tokeuwv. LlodAdai yap oTpa- 
\ / eae \ n°? / = \ ’ \ 
TLaL TOPEVOVTAL, WS Eeyes, Ova THS “Acids, Kal EpyovTat eis THY 
5 Kvpwrny. ‘Evtadéa 6€ rocov ypovov pévoval; Kai TS TpaTToUGL; 
rn lal - Ny if - / A 
Kat Tov THS ywpas Tas évddEous pmayas wayovTat; Kal Tod Tpé- 
’ / a 1 \ , 5 Gens , 
TovTat els huynv; Tavta' yap wpoOdmot eopev” axoverv.—Ma- 
Kpos 0 Noyos, @ maOnral. ~AAXN avaykKn va’ tov Ilepcdv otpa- 
a ’ / e a4 \ na 3 nr c , ’ 
TLWOT@OV ayyédArELy Hui Tept THS o0600.—(O otpatioTns eio- 
/ 7. / ep - / N ’ / — 5 ¢ ’ / 
10 ayetat) — Xander, @ vedviat, Kal éemiKivdtyvos hv 1 eta Born. 
PiroTipor pev’ yap ol otpaTnyol, Ud” av" ayowe? ert Tovs TroXe- 
/ ” be / 8 N ’ te a X x 
flous, aypnatot dé yryvoyvTar Kai avakior. Mayopueda péev yap 
a b) / ‘ al tA ’ \ a Oh, e a9 / 
tots “A@nvatois Kal Tols Tuppayots, ets huynv S eer nuas’ Tpé- 
\ 2 nan Uf a / faa o ’ > lal \ x \ 
mecbat, Kal ex THS ywopas SiwKopel’ U7 avtav. Mera dé THv 
a ” - / \ \ lal ’ / \ b ie ) OAD 
15 TTav agtToL Tropevomeba dia peév TOTAaLOV aTropwr, dia O opev 
twnrav. Kal oi" nev cata TeTpav pevyovaw, of & év TH yn KpU- 
mrovtat. “AX é€v Tois BiBXALous Tots “Hpoddtov cat Atoyvrov 
” \ / id We \ \ rn e o \ $2 & b] Us 
e£eaTL TOV NOYOV EUPLTKELV TOV TEPL THS HTTHS* eY@ ov Bov- 
5) a / \ \ Z € , ’ 

Romar ev pvynn hépery TA Taraca Kakad.—(O otpatiwtys ar7- 
20 EpyeTat). | 
15—! these (matters). ° > we are. Fone. hs is va > to-be-sure. 


6 by (lit. under). G.92. H. 82. Tawhom. 5 prove to be. °$ 13, n. 4. 
© mountains. ee 6S 2 J (emphatic, hence expressed). 


IMPERF. INDIC. MIDDLE (=PASSIVE). 13 


38. How many years” does the war with" the Persians take- 
place before the war of the Athenians with the Lacedaemoni- 
ans ‘—About sixty years.—In this war too” do the Athenians 
suffer much’ at-the-hands of their enemies?—Yes. For” 
their trees’ and vines are cut, their villages are burned, and 25 
they themselves” are chased out of their fields into Athens. 
So they come-to-be” without-resource, and are-willing” indeed 
to go-out against the Lacedaemonians, but their general per- 
suades them not” to get™ in[to] dangers. 


Imperf. Indie. Middle (—Passive). $16 
G. 480. H. 314. 
Prepositions with Two Cases--Gen. and Acc.—8id, kard, imép, pera. 
Relative Pron. &s, 4, 8 (N.B., not év). G.421. HH. 275. 


1. a) Of Ilépcae jpyovto' imo toAXNwy Adpelwy, @Y Oo pev 
mpa@tos Totdotov yiyvetat, o b€ devTepos “AptaképEov. epi 
pev® ovv TOU TpwTOV HON St-EXEyouEeba. "KKetvos’ yap éotpa- 
TeveTo éml Tovs LKvOas, vatepov & év vw eiyev eis THY “EXAGSa’ 
ela-BanrrELV, ANN vUTO TOV Oewy ExwAUETO KAL Ta THOLA EdUETO. 5 
To € devtép@, Uf’ ob avev SoEns ot Hepaat HpxovTo axedor ov 
6Xov TOD Hedorrovvnevaxod TONELOV, ylyvovTaL vioi Svo0, 0 meV 
’Aptaképéns, o dé Kipos. 

b) Meta 6d€ tov Adpeiov Cavarov, AptaképEns pév kata Tov 
vouov AapBaver THY apynv, Kdpos & €BovreTo BacirevEwv avTi 10 
Tov aderdghov. Luv-édreyev odv eis THv Avdiay dia Tov dirwv 
aotpatiotas Eévous uTép puplous, ot dia Tov prcOov OEedov peT 
avtov tropevecOar em ’AptaképEnv. 


15—#§ 11, n.8. 4 Cf. line 3. Skat ty rouTw Ty—. 18 toa. 
SOs lees PEO: 9 qubroi O&. We Vecome: "1 20&dw. 22 un. 


23 — become. In the sense to arrive at, get to, yiyvoua usually takes éy (éri, 
mpog v7o) c.'dat., not acc. 

16—' Not from gpxyouat,— which is used only in the pres. indicative. 
2 born of (c. gen.), born to (c. dat.). *The answering é is in aie 6 below. 
4 Lit. that there (éket) man=he, emphatic. * Greece. 


14 THIRD. DECLENSION—PALATALS AND LABIALS. 


c) ’Ev pev ody TH avw’ od@ TH aTO THS OadaTTns eis THY 
15 BaBvAwviavy ToAXOUs nvayKalovTo Tovous hépetv, TAELaTOUS’ 
’ * 4 / \ _ ¢ ¢€ / bh) A 2) / 

ev TH KaTw. TloddNaKis pev yap 1 0b0s, KaW Hv éropevorTo, 
\ ’ / \ ” € \ ’ an ’ / 8 id \ X 
OTEVN EYLYVETO KAL AKpa UTEP aUTa@V EpalveTo, TordaKLS O€ Ola 
Kn >, \ , 3. , \ 
TOTALOVY HYOVTO Kal OLA AOhwY UYYNAGY Kai dia TEdLwY Kai KATA 

n , \ \ \. oo > is C \ a , 
TETPWV, TONAAKLS OE KATA TA AKPA EOLWKOVTO UTO TAY TOAEMIOD* 


20 @a-TE EBoVANOVTO TOANAKLS KATA THS yHs ylyvecOat. 


2. (kata c.acc.=down along, in the line of.) Down the 
river—down the road—along the heights—according to the 
law (=in the line of-)—by land and by sea—during the war 
(=in the course of-)—in the region (line) of the breast—to re- 

25main at one’s post (ywpa)—by twos, by tens, |year] by year, 
[day] by day, [little] by little, [village] by village. 3. (i7rép ¢. 
ace.) Beyond his strength-—over five days, over sixty years. | 

4. Daily’ my slave used-to-work before day[-break] in the 
field in front of his house." But the wolves one-day attack 

30 him owing-to their hunger. And he" was chased out of the 
field through the wood" down the road into the house. But 
he was not-yet’® out-of,, his troubles. For he was alone, and 
far-away-from,, his friends in the village.” For" over the 
house’® rose (= were) many hills, and beyond the hills [was] 

35the village. Here however’ we must leave him a little 
while.” 
$17 Third Declension—Consonant Stems. 
Palatals and Labials. 
G. 225 (first four examps.); 22; 74; 209,1. H.174; 24; 54; 168, 1., 
"Ado, -n, -0 (CL 6c, i, 8). G. 419. H:-267; 

1. a) ’Ev tots Tév Tadavav BiBXLo1s Tora’ EvpioKeTar TeEpt 
payav Kal Tay TO ToAEuOU OTwV. *“Hoav yap Tots wev OTDI- 

16—* Adv. used as adjective. ’G. 952. H. 600. * most. * Mid. = show 
one’s self, appear, be seen. ° = day by day. sea an i 'O 06. Pon 


or dévdpov? See $10, sent.2. RK. dd. ee elves eT. 6. aoe, 
7 oa or ypdvoc? See vocab. 8. 17—! Many things, much. 


THIRD DECLENSION—DENTALS. 15 


tais’ Obpakes yarkot Kal Noyyat Kal Ara TOANG, TO OE TOEOTH 
Toga, T@ 63 cadmiyKTH 7) TaATUYE, dddXos 8 Adda. "Aci SE, WS 
¢ / \4 \ fal ’ f—- ” \ N A , 
EVPLOKOMEV, O bev KHPVE ayyerias Epepe Kal Tov SHpwov cuv-EdeEyeE 5 
N \ A la) I 3 Uy e Ni / 24 / 
Kal TOUS TOV OTpAaTHYoV NOYoUS exnpUTTE, Oo SE PUAGE EpvraTTe, 
0 6€ cadtuyKT)S Tals Paraykw écarmeifev, avtor’ 8 ol oTpaTLo- 
Tat eTaravitoy Kal Els MaYNY ETTOPEVOVTO. 
b) Kai‘ povotxy 8€ of radatol Hdovto. "Hédn yap “Opnpov® 


— 


AKOVOMEV TrEPL aAVABY, KLOAaPaD, ovplyyov, hoppiyyov. Anposo- 10 
Kos © ody’ év ‘Odvaceta éyeTar ev Tin elvat, OTL Sewvos’ é€aTe 
poputfew. Ths pev odv poppeyyos "AmrodAAwY, @S AéyeTAL, EU- 

\ a A \ ie ie (3 ~ a \ t 5) / ey, ¢ 
peTHS HV, THS O€ AUPAs Epps, TH S€ cvpiyye evomiCeTo aipifew o 
“Eppod vios, Uap.” 

2. Alcwrros pwvOous cvv-éypadger, év ols eia-ayet GN@TrEKAS Kal 15 
Kopakas Kal muUpunkas Kal Gvous Kal AVKOUS. “H pév ody ado- 

\ YA / 9 \ N i ¢ \ v4 \ \ 
mE Kal TOTE yv@pimos Hv Sia Tov Sorov, o dé puppnE dia THv 
dpirorroviav.— Hv & 0 Aicwios moAXois éviavtots mpo “Hpodo- 
TOU. 


3. Even before Homer the Phoenicians were known for” 20 
their voyages and deceit. He tells in [the] Odyssey also 
about the Aethiopians, who dwelt (= were) “furthest of men,” 
and about the Cyclopes, that they were wild and cruel. For 
they knew not” justice,,, nor did they till (= work”) the earth. 
4. Hermes, according” to [the] Odyssey, was herald of the 25 
eods. 

Dentals. $18 
G. 225 (édmic, oprvic); 214, 3.’ H. 176, 179. 

1. Mera tov mpos tovs Aaxedatpovious Todepov evOus éyi- 
yveto év AOnjvats Tupavuls TpraxovT avOpoTrar, d. @v' @LOTHTA 
Torrol nvaykavovto THvy Tatpioa dele. Meta 8 ov rodvy 


17— Dat. of possessor. 38 12, n. 4. 4 And (6&) music too (Kai). 
°axcovw takes gen. of pers. from whom. ° 8’ ovr (fixed collocation) but cer- 
tainly (be the preceding true or not). LBA Mey ban) 8 Apollo. ® Pan. 
10—on-account-of. 1 At head of clause. '¢ Augment! iS kara. 


18—! whose. 


16 THIRD DECLENSION—LIQUIDS IN -v-. 


ypovov BpacvBovros tors huyadsas aOpolfer Kat’ drLyous éml 

5 DirAnvy, yoplov THs "ArtiKis, ov Toppw S€ THs Bowwtilas. po- 
TOV MeV OvY” AoaV dvEev Mev PHOmNs, WETTOL © Edrrldos* VaTEpov Sé 
AapBavover Oapakas, doribdas, Noyyas, KyNnpidas. Kai ovy Tots 
Geos wayovtar (Kal omriTaL Kal yuprATeEs) Tots TPLaKOVTA TUPav- 
vows. Kat tovtous* wéev éBialovtro éx-relrew “AOnvas, avtou bé 

10 Kat-épyovtar. Te dé OpacvBovrw dia THY YpNOTOTHTA TOY 
yap eixor. 

2. The Helots were the slaves of Sparta. They worked 
the land, and in [time of] war served as’ light-infantry. But 
throughout’ they suffered terrible’ [treatment] at-the-hands 

15 of their masters. 3. You must now write something, about 
the gods of Greece. Artemis’, the Arcadians thought, chased 
deer along the heights of Erymanthus. In [the] Iliad’ [it is] 
Iris [that] the gods bid bring-messages to men, but in [the] 
Odyssey Hermes. From” Hesiod we hear that"' Love accom- 

20 panies Aphrodite, while Strife is-the-mother-of” Toil,, Famine, 
Battle,, Oblivion,. Of the Graces™ and of the Fates,, there 
was a triad, of the nymphs a myriad. Many birds were sa- 
cred,, to the gods. 

4. (Word-Formation.) On the analogy of triad from rpitc, myriad 

25 from popeac, form and inflect the Greek word for monad (pdvoc), pen- 
tad, heptade, decade.—On analogy of ®pdrne, from wpdc, form, define, 
and intlect words from /iatoc, detvde, ieioc, ikavéc, KaKdc, MaKpOC, PiKpdc, 


, , , / , 
véoc, TANALOC, TWLATUC, OTEVOC, KaNETOC. 


$19 Liquids in -v-. 
G. 225 (aiwy, jyeuov); 209,2. H. 184, 168, 2. 
1. To wadatov' of “EXAnves b1a* TeTaptouv eviavTod avp-edé- 


18—? now at first. 3 these. 48 12,n.4; and R. 17a. > orparevomat 
wo—. 6=through the whole (pred. posit.) téme. 7Neut. plural. ee rn 
c. infinitive. °R. 60. cp Ay 6 a 'l é7u-clause, or acc. c. infinitive. 
Write both. P—brings forth. aR: G. 

19—!anciently: acc. as adverb. G. 1060. H.719b. * Idiomatic: through 
(7.e. after) every fourth year. 


THIRD DECLENSION—LIQUIDS IN -v-. 17 


yovro eis Odvuprriav, yopav tis ”"Hd180s° ev Weromovyjo@: Kar§$19 
évtav0a tors évdd£ous ayavas Hyov's marnv’® yap nywvifovTo 

Kal muypny Kal Spopov (immov te Kal avOpwrwyv) Kal movatKiy 

Kal adda TOAAG. ~HOpolfovto 8 of “EXAnves ov povoy éx THs 5 
“EXAdbos AANA Kal éx THS “Aclas Kal AliylTrov Kat *ITaXtas 

Kat Swuxerlas. “Hryewoves 5€ Tov ayoverv jaoav oi 'HXetor. et 

Sé ce pr’ vomllew tiv “Odvptiay éyyds eivat “Odvptrov Tob 
6pous’. 

2. Oavpdoros 6 NOyos, Os Up “Hpoddtov AéyeTat Tept’ Apiovos 10 
Tob povatxov. ~Hvayxafetro yap vo tovnpodv avOpeTrwy éx- 
Barrew €é-avtov" é« TOU TRolov eis THY OddaTTav. *ANdA Nap- 
Baverat vo Serdivos Kai éx-hépeTat os peta THS KiOapas Kal 
Orns Ths ecOHATos ert Talvapov ths WeXorovyncov. Aéyovtat 
yap ot deddives HoecOar TH wovatKy. 15 

8. Ilodrods pev dpvidas oi “EXXnves eiyov, TH Sé yeAtodve pa- 
Nicta Hdovto. Mera yap Tov yYerwova ayyedos Hv véds wpas. 
Tis 8 aépds 0 adXexTpv@v ayyedros. 4. Tots “EXAnow av 
ec Os dTAH* povov yap xuTava elyoy Kal waruov. 


5. Of the famous places of Greece some’ are known on-ac- 20 
count-of battles, others as sacred to the gods. For example,,, 
in Salamis” and in Marathon the Greeks fight the Persians, 
while in Eleusis the mysteries were held," and” in Delphi was 
the sanctuary of Apollo. 6. In the books of the Greeks little 
is found about snow. For in Greece not much snow falls.” 9 
7. Before the invasion of the Persians the Lacedaemonians 
were the leaders of the Greeks, but after the war the Athe- 
nians. 8. (Postt. of ré.) Both of snow and of winter—both 
of the snow and of the winter—both in snow and in winter. 


Or 


19—*in Elis. Name of the country or state regularly in the genitive. 


Ef! Ithaca, New York ’lOacn rie Néde ‘Yoprne. 4 held, celebrated. 5 So- 
called ‘‘ inner accusative.” G.1051. H. 715b. ®Infin. takes uw» unless 
in indirect discourse. 7 mountatn. Shim-self. 9$ 11, heading. 


10R. 6. 1 viyvomat. 12 O¢, 


to 


18 THIRD DECLENSION—DENTALS. IN -v~. 


§ 20 Dentals in -vr-. 
G. 209, 3; 225 (Aéwy, yiyac). IL. 168, 2; 176. 
Participles Act. and Mid. in -ov and -dpevos. 
G. 480 (pp. 100 and 102), 335 (Avwv). HH. 314, 242. 
‘O ypéduv. B.11. G. 1559-60. HH. 965-66. 

1. °Ey’ pév Xrraptiatais 4) BovdAn Hv’ oKT@® Kai elkoot yepov- 
Tov Tins aElwv (Kal TovUToLs éeriaTevov ws ayabots rryEwoow), 
ev © ’A@nvalows Tevtaxocioy avOpworav, KXANpw EK-EYOMEVOY 
Kat éviautov, €€ wv Twadw €&-eX€yorvTo Evvéa apyovtes. Tar bé 

5 vopwv of wev Apaxovtos Aoav, of dé Lowvos, TOOL O AAD, 
paraTa € Tod Sypov. ~Ev b€ 7H éxxAnola Tov Sipov TO Bov- 
Aomévw’ €&-7v,, Néyerv. 2. TLaXaos 0 AOyos Oo Tept “Idaovos: 
oTeipet yap OpakovTos odovtas, €€ oy yiyvovTat ylyayTes évoTrAOL. 


r la 5 A 9 . \ rn ee. a 
Latta’ & éyiyveto wpo Tav Tpwikar. 


10 «638. (Preliminary drill.) We who writes, hinders, is-slave—Of 
him who writes, hinders,,, etc.—To him who writes, etc. -The 
man’ who wishes, converses,,, becomes— Of the man who 
wishes, etc. 4. (Datives plural.) To the soldiers, to the horses, 
to the lions, to the men who loose, to the leaders. 5. Do you 

15 know the old-man [that is’] coming into the house?—Yes. 
That* is the [man that is] writing a book about the shields 


and greaves of the Greeks. 6. Are you’ the man that serves” 


bread,, to me?—No, I am the man that cuts,, the wood. 7. 
Many of the people who converse well are without-sense,,, 

29 While” many of those that have sense cannot converse. 8. 
The man who wishes to rule must learn to be ruled. 9. The 
man who writes about the dragon’s teeth and the giants is 
Apollonius of Rhodes. 


20—lamong the Spartans, or in Sparta; the name of the people for that 


of the country 1s common in Greek. > consisted. . *these, emphatic; hence 
not airote, 4 to anyone who wished. 5 this. ° G@vOpw7roc not to be used 
in this exercise. 7 Repeat the art. merely. 8 odroc. ° Are you si ob, 


emphatic pron., hence accented. Jam ty elu. 10 Tap-ixw. EOE. 


f: 


THIRD DECLENSION—NEUTER DENTALS. 19 


Neuter Dentals. Otros. “Emi ec. Genitive. § 21 
G. 225 (sapa); 409 (N.B. rosro); 1210, 1a,b. H.181; 272; 799, labe. 
Bs tule 12. 
/ A a n a le 
1. Handy det nas tots' tov rodéuov mpoo-éyew Tov vody, 
/ ; 
—appact Néyw', To€evpact, TéATALS, TTPATEVMATL, TPAa’pacL. 
Tovtwy yap TOV dvomaTtwv perTta Ta BLBria TA Zevohavtos Kal 
: \ S te, 
Oovevdidov. To pév ody taratov’ of-Te BapBapot cai of” EXXn- 
’ , BY 4 ¢ ¢ ./ ” Cyn al TP UY 
ves Els Maynyv NravVOV appata, ws Ounpov €&-eoTLVY nmi’ aKov-5 
aN \ Ree la a > / aes Iie) ¢ / b) , (3 
elv* emt b€ Tod Eevopavtos ovKéts af’ appatev éwayovto ot 
/ d A 
“EXAnves. “Ada Kata THY odbov ed duakwv ébépeTo TA OT a. 
—At pév TérATat Séppatos Aoav Kal Kova, ai & aomides ws 
\ a if C4 / a 
emt ToAv’ yarkal. 2. Toda rpdypata oi ToEoTat Tey BapBa- 
pov tap-eltyov TO “EXAniKw® oTpaTEvpaTL Kal Eevopovtt T@ 10° 
¢ ’ en , fan Ae WeaS A Saran \ / 
NYEMOVL EV TH KATH 00@ TH aTro BaBvA@vos eri THY PadaTTav. 
Aewot' yap Aoav Tokevew, Ta Sé TokeUpaT av’To@Y paKpa, Kal 
e A , \ a b / \ a L d 
(kava TopevecOar dia TOV TE AoTiOwY Kal TOY OwpaKxov. “OQoTe,, 


e tal / 
ot “EXAnves TOAAA TpavpaTa éXauBavor év Tots TMOmacL. 


3..The man’ driving the chariot in general did not" fight 15 
to-be-sure, but often he received wounds. And for a man’ 
that got-wounded’® there was not always a healer,—except 
death.—-But we must not” suppose that the Greeks used-to- 
fight” only, with bows, arrows, chariots, [and] spears. For 
_ with money they too” fought, just-as the men of the present 20 
day". For [it was] they [that] named money the” sinews of 
war. 4. (Phrases.) In the time of Solon, of Thucydides—on 
the table —to go-off by* the Babylon” road. 5. Form and 
inflect a word for lightness, an adjective on the root deppar- for leath- 


ern", 25 
21—' the things of war. G. 953. H. 621b. Pee ty be cana 1 is bees 

2S 123.0-0; 8; Swe emi modv tn general. *$ 9, n. 5. 7S 20, n. 6. Seat 

end of clause, accented. ’ Pres. participle. On. 6: 1! Pres, in- 

finiteve. There is no impf. infinitive. 2 kai obTot. 13 of voy. G. 952, 2. 

H. 600. 14 Put art. with money, not with sénews. G. 956. H. 669. 1 kara. 

16 =the in-the-direction-of Babylon road. " Of. the words meaning wooden, 


of -stone. 


20 THIRD DECL.—LIQUIDS AND MONUSYL LABLES. 


§$ 22 Liquids and Monosyllables.. 
G. 225 (awrip, pijrwp—onew, Opié, Onc, ete.). H. 184; 174,176, 184. 
G, 127, 128 (zaidwrv), H. 172, and exe. a. 
1. Act ce viv pavOave te trepi Iavds, 0s povatkn 7d0pevo0s 
TH cipuyyt eotpife. Aéyetar ody adtov bidov' traiba elvar’ ‘Ep- 
Lod, Kal Yel@vos TE Kal apos Kal Hépous*® Ojpas Onpevery, aTrEp 
"Apteuw, ev’ ’Apxadia. EKiye b€ aiyos wodas* Kat vuKTos TE Kat 
5 yuépas Kata gous érropeveto Kal Sid VANS, TalCwv weTa THY 
Nupdav. AX ovK det hiios Hv. Thy yap doviy avtod ot 
"EAAnVES WOoVTO' OAwW oTpaTevpaTL PoBov éu-Barrew. “Qor 
éTe Kal viv Trept Llavixov poBov A€éyouev. | 
2. "Hédn @pa cor axovery Tept THS Xduyyos, Hv emt Kpéovtos 
10"Hpa méurrer eri OnBas. Aéyetar ody tiv Xdhiyya Ofpa eivac 
éyovtTa NéovTos pev THA Kal obpav Kal T0das, TapOévou O€ KeE- . 
parny, dpvidos d€ mrépvyas. KaééSerar 5€ To Onplov TovTo eri 
méTpav UwnArAnY Ew OnBav, kat ayyédre TO TOV. Movowyr aivuy- 
pa TO évdoEov Trept avOp@trov. *Ex’ b€ TovTov ToAA? AOdula Hv 
15 Tots OnBalows+ ov yap ikavol Hoav TO aiviypa NUE, TOUS dé 7’ 
MWovtas eaBler 1) Thiyé, ev ois Fv 6 Kpéovtos tais, Atpwv dvo- 
pas Kpéwy &b€ tépavvos hv ths yas. Ta dé peta TodTO yuyvo- 
feva’ oe’ Bovropat ovy-ypaderv. | 


3. After the death of Haemon, Oedipus comes to Thebes. 
20 And him” they name saviour and light of the land. For the 
enigma is solved by him, and the Sphinx throws herself down- 
from the cliff. 4. About birds and animals the Greeks be- 
lieved and said many [things]. For example, the swallow 
they named messenger of spring. To the [man that was] 
25doing anything superfluous they said: [You are taking] an 
22—' dear. spade. S 2h on. 11, * summer. 4From otopat. Sin 
consequence of. ° Not o?. Explanation later. "by name. Acc. of speci- 
fication. G. 1058. H. 718. ® happening. ° Why accented ? 10 Km- 
phatic. Hence, not adréy, but-— ? 


THIRD DECLENSION—SYNCOPATED NOUNS. 21 


owl to Athens. For there were many owls there, sacred to 
Athene. To the useless [man] they said: To [the] crows 
[with you]. For they eat dead-bodies. Bulls they sacrificed 
to Poseidon, goats to Hera. 


Syneopated Nouns. ‘Emi e. Dat. § 23 
G. 273-74, 277-78, H. 188-89. 

1. Act juas Oavpaferw tov Aoyov Tov wept Byrov Kal Tév 
maidswv avtov. ‘O yap Bros 0 THs Alyurrou SeaotroTns Taidas 
etye Ovo, Aiyurtov cat Aavaov. Te pev oby Aiyurt@ yiyvov- 
Tat TevTHKOVTA Viol, TO Oe Aava® Ovyatépes TevTHKOVTA. Meta 
5€ Tov ToD TaTpos OavaTtov payovTat addydoLs of adEedpoi Trepi 


or 


Ths apyjs. Kat Aavaos d:a tov tov adedpod foBov peta Tov 
A ¢ mi 

Ouyatépwrv éhevyev emt’ tis “EXXado0s. "Edt@xov 8 of wevtn- 
} A e a Sea \ / \ ¢ , 
KovTa Tratoes of TOV Aiyvrrov. Kat yiyvovtar pév ai trapbévor 

\ la) \ Dee] fi ’ \ ’ ’ ’ UZ Le 
peta Tov watpos év® TleXotrovynce, érel 8 ovK efaiveTo cwTnp, 
aay a ’ U a / - 3 ” 2-49 \ \ 
emt tots avépact tots diwKovot yiyvovtar. “Epyov & éatt ta 10 

\ A , 5) , \4 \ \ e fe 
META TOUTO ylyvomEeva ayyehAELV* KAL yap faKpoOs Oo AOYyos/ 2. 
ea 7. \ Rd \ ae / \ , /, 
EiepEns, mrepi ov” untpos Atooons vewoTi bi-edeyoucba, pavOaver 

7 e 
év OepporrvrAars OTL TONKOL pev AVOpwrTrol Elowy, GALyou © avopes. 
e A a a 
Ot pev yap Lraptiatas ot exet payopevor évoptCov ayabov av- 
Nei6 29) i egies) , [Peek \ a , ¢e \ , 

dpos’ etvat Kat’ atro-OvycKew" UTép THs Tatpioos, of Sé Iépaa 15 
UTO pacTiywv nvayKalovTo mayer Bat. 


3. We can now write something else’ about the gods of 
Greece; about” Rhea, the mother of the gods, that her chariot 
was drawn by lions; about the Muses, the daughters of Mne- 
mosyne, that they were born to Zeus", the father of both 20 
men” and gods; about Demeter, that to both herself® and 
Persephone her daughter they were-wont-to-offer splendid 


23e—'§ 21. 2S -10,-ne 25: 3 fall (into). Note the various senses of 
vyiyvona in this paragraph. Be Oe as Re a 0 Ba ° was the part of 
a brave man. 7 even. * Subject of eivac. ® a@\Xo Tt. 10 R. 6, 
1 Avi, dative. 12 Gyno. 3 airy re Kal. 


22 PUT. ACT, AND MID. OF PURE VERBS: 


sacrifices in Eleusis. This" village is on the sea, not far-from 
Athens. 4. (Phrases.) On-top-of his head—at the fountain— 
25 in-the-power of his brother. 


$24 Fut. Indie., Infin., and Partic., Act. and Mid., of Pure Verbs. 
G. 480 (pp. 100, 102), 461. HH. 315, 309. 
Tlds. “Qv. G. 329, 335, 128-29. H. 239-40, 478. 


TacAa YwOpa every country (region) 
< Taoa  ywpa the whole country (region) 
Tacat (al) yopat all (the) countries (regions). 


1, Give the fut. indic., inf., and partic. act. of the following verbs 
(already learned): to be king, to be slave, to hunt, sacrifice, order, hin- 
der, loose, trust, shoot-the-bow ; middle of same tense of: to proceed, 


serve-as-soldier. 


x , A a 
5 Y%. “EXAnves dvtes BapBapos SovAEvcomev';—Todto raves ot 
» ’ \ — / 
“EAAnves GAANAOLS EXeyov eTt ZepEou Bacirevovtos. Odtos? 
c / / 3 an \ , 
yap, OS VEewaTl ENEYETO, EXWV' TaTaV THY pony EoTpaTEvETO eT 
, / ed v f / rn 
Thv ‘EdAaba. Ov’ b€, Eroimor OvTES TayTAa TacyxeEW UTEP TIS 
/ 5) ’ / ? iS: ¢ lal 2p / 
TaTploos, éreyov GAANAOLS* "ARN Huov ye, OALyor dvTwV’, ov 
e / b>] \ >: ig : al , 
10 Bacirevoces 0 BapBapos. “Ex yap tavtos tpotrov' bet é&-eXav- 
Ngee \ e ee 
ve avtov. QOietat pev yap ovTOs KaTa-hicely TaUTHY THY ap- 
- A 9S , \ ’ ui \ 
YKIV, OS piKpay ovoav, TadLV O€ MET OV TOAVY YpovOY els THY 
gs fn 43 , 8 ’ \ (4 lal ’ a 9 i? 
alav Topevoetat dpopw. Ov yap nuty avtots’ Tictevcoper 
e 7 10 e ia ’ ‘ lal a = A \ #8 11 
nets, MOTTEP OVTOS, AAXA Tots Oeots OBlcopmev TAaGL Kai Tadcals”’, 
e , oe @ ; , 
15 Kal TOUTMY UT-axovao“eBa™. Kawdrtvoovar.0 ovTot TOV eic-Bar- 
\ ps \ , x td , \ > Y e 
NOVTA Tépvety” THY yHv Kal KdewW Ta lepa. Kat ovK éotw o. 
Bacirevowr' Huov. 
23—" KR. 8. 
24—' A verse. Memorize. ?R. 12d. 3G. 1565. H. 968b. *R. 392. 
°G. 1568.6. H. 969e. Sin every (and any) way (=no matter how). Tas 
(if), thinking that— ; a kind of indirect discourse. | ® Dat..of manner. G. 


TASTE se 0G: ° our-selves. 10 we, emphatic. 1 Se. goddesses. PE ut. 
of axotdw is deponent. 13 from laying waste. 4 the man who shall—. 


THIRD DECLENSION—>-STEMS. 23 


3. But, O Greeks, brave [though] you are” both [in] driv- 
ing-out all those-that’® invade” your land and [in] dying for 
your children and your native-land, you will some-day,, be-20 
slaves of Alexander. For’ [though] you say” indeed that 
you will trust the gods and will take-the-field® against Xerxes 
to hinder” him from” laying Greece waste, yet” [there] always 
appears a man” to-be-king™ of all those-that are not® compe- 
tent to rule themselves”. ©4. Write dat. pl. masc. of mae, dy, me- 25 


= ok A Ly 
orev, vow, avOpwroc. 


2-Stems. § 25 
: G. 226-28 (yévoc)) HL 190-91, 
1i "Ev Tots TREE eE tots ‘Hpodorov te kal Brie gost 
dva-yiyvOoKopev TONG pev Tepl TOD Te BAOoUS Kal TOD prjKoUS 
a tours, | \ \ \ lal / \ n eo a 
TOV TOTALOV’, TOAAA H€ Tepl TOD TE peyeous Kat TOV irpous TAY 
b al \ N \ na ’ a 3 fa A 2 \ ” A an 
GPOV, TOAAA Oe TEpL TMV ayplwy EOVOV TOV’ TA ETYAaTA EPH TIS 
lel § a / 
ys éyovtov’. opp yap Ths Tatpidos eropevovTo apoTeEpot Kal 5 
nA e fn! 
Kata ynv Kal Kata OadratTav. >AXX oO péev Bevohov cTpat.oTns 
Ov" LaXNLCTA TOV VOUV TPOG-ELYE TOS TOV TTpaTLWTa@V TAOECL, 
A a 5) \ , Bt a. \4 / 4 vA 
a det avtovs Oépous Kal yetmwavos TOANA' TUGyYEW, MOTE TOANG- 
5) = , 5 / ’ / AE at hiagy / 
Kis €v TOls TovTOU BLBALOLS ava-yLyV@oKETAL TA OvomaTa BEN 
c ¢ el a 
Te Kal Kpavyn Kat Elpn: oO “Hpodotos ov povoy rept tov Iepor- 10 
KOD Tohés“ou ypadet, AAAA Kal Tepl ddArAwY TravTOlwv. IlavTwy 
yap Tov avOpwtrivey yevov, Tav Te BapBapov Kai Tov ‘EAAjVwOV 
/ 6 =) aA Th’ See DN ” \ n b) 
peérev’ avto.—Liyvetat & ovtos ortyots ETETL Tpo THS €v Mapa- 
Pave waynes. 


"9. Fearful were the experiences of the soldiers that’ accom- 15 
- panied Xenophon [on] the journey® to [the] sea. For they 


24—'5 — being brave. ATL AG. DAaluci ple. Le AS 0 ad at 
n. 2. OU: °0 grparevopal. 1 Fut. partic., nom. plural. bd OF fe 
lines 15-16. FESS Bae) cs 6) et ees 206 22, 10. 6 Lauro. 

25—' R. 1, exception. > that held, tnhabited. 3 soldier as he was; 
Greek order. gatos iy 6h 5 his, emphatic. 6 interest him. G. 1105. 
H. 742. 7 Art. c. participle. 8 Accusative. 


24 THIRD DECL.—2%-STEMS CONTINUED. 


were in [the midst of] hostile tribes having control of all the 
country. Often’ they had not enough ammunition. Once” 
the snow, through which they had to march, was six feet 

20deep". Of the rivers which they had to cross, some were a 
plethron wide, others a stadium, while” the Euphrates [was] 
four” stadia. 38. The wall of-Media, not far“ distant from 
Babylon, was, according to Xenophon, of brick, 20" feet wide, 
100 high, 600 stadia long. 


§ 26 =-Stems continued. 
7, 228 (Lwxparnc), 230-31 (MepewdAne), 234 (rpejpne). UH. 191, 193-94, 
1. (Ilept Oewiatoxr€ovs.) Pidotipos jv OewiotoKAHs: ET yap 
véos MV OvK eTraLlley WaoTEP Ol AXOL Tratdes, GAN NUpiaKETO NéE- 
Yy@v Tpos €-avTOV, WS prTwp Tpos Tov Ojpov. Mera & ov mrorvy 
Ypovov, ETL VEedviov bvTOS avTod', yiyvetat n év Mapabar payn 
5 mpos ToUs BapBapous, év 7 Midrtiadns 0 TOV ’AOnvatwrv otpatn- 
yos KAE€0S Nau Baver ov pixpov Kata’ Tacav THY “EXdAdda. ’EK® 
dS€ TOUTOU OVKETL OUV-EVIyVETO MEwtaTOKANS TOls HiAOLS, OVSE bvU- 
vey fn jj 
XN io \ , as \ \ / \ fal 
vatos Hv vuxTos Kabevderv. pos 6€ Tovs Oavuafovtas Tov Tod 
Biov tpomrov Edeyev OTe’ dia TO MiAtLadov Tpotravov advvatos 
10 ecue? Kabevderv. — OL pév ody AdXOL TEAOS” WoYTO TOD TrONEéwoU 
thv é€v Mapabavi tav BapBdpeov Array eivat, 0 6é OewictoKrAHs 
2) \ a > , aA \7 / c \ / 
apxnv poBepav aywvav, 0 Kat’ yiyvetat. “Totepov yap déxa 
” > / A / yA / \ SS la 
éTeawy €uayovto Tots Ilépcais ev Te MeppoTrvdars Kat Larapive. 


( an ’ ’ / \ th a] 
"Ep 6€ TovT@” 0 OeutctoKANs Kat” OrlYyOY HyE“wV yiyveTaL TOV 


pad 
i) 4 


"AOnvaiov. Kat év Larapivi cr€os NapBaver Kat” avtos” ada- 
vatov, waTrep 0 MiaAtiadns ev Mapabarvi.—Aéyetat d€ Lopoxr€a 


4 nr if 5 An 
KaTa’ TOUTOV TOY Ypovov eivat TEVTEKALOEKA ETOV. 


— DP 


25—’ R. 8. 0 hy O& ToTE » yLwY. 11 = was of six feet as to depth,— 
acc. of specification, with or without article. 120e. 13 rerrapwy, gen. 
plural. 144 — not much (word) being-distant. YE EM on eg NOR B gn Obs 

26—! Genitive absolute. G.1568. H. 970. ‘over, throughout. *#§ 22, 
n. 5. 4 ore oft. = quotation-marks. °Tam. CA Od. 7 Before a verb 


kai = really, in fact. 8 meanwhile. #816; 10 he too. 1 qbout. 


e- THIRD DECLENSION—ADJECTIVES IN -ns, -es. 20 


2. According to.Apollo the Athenians had to save-them- 
selves by ‘‘ wooden walls.” Now all were unable to solve 
this enigma save” Themistocles. He" says that the wooden 20 
walls are triremes. Themistocles“, thou art® clever! 3. 
About,, ten years after the battle of" Salamis, Socrates is 
born. For he lived” in-the-time-of Pericles. Plato’ was a 
pupil of his”, Aristotle of Plato. And a wonderful [thing] 
it-is [that] Aristotle”, the man” believed by many to be the” 
greatest™ of philosophers, and Demosthenes”, the greatest of 
orators, are-born™ in the same” year and die in the same year. 
4, (Forms.) Vocat. of Socrates, Demosthenes, Pericles, Sophocles, accus. 
of Socrates, Demosthenes, ae ae 


Pam 


PN Adjectives in -ns, -es. § 97 
a OG of OEE 315. ~H-230-81, 


ra 
Eevoparv, éyxpatis ov €é-avtov, Kal Tov GTpAaTLWTOV Trap- 
a ae \ \ ” 7 2 \ ¥, \ x b) / 
elyev’ €-avTov ypnoTov apyoyta. “Ete b€ wANpHS pev Ov éedXTTI- 
dav, vyins d€ TO Tapa’, eVaEBNS S€ TpOS TOdS Beous, év-éBadrev* 
’ n a hrm \ / ef 5a } 5 \ / 
autots Tpodipiay Te Kai pévos. “Qo fétoipoe joav Twavti c0é- 
vet Tpattew & exéreve.f IIpos O€ tovTous’, épaivero Ta adnOh's 
Neywu', GAN’ ov Ta xevdh. “Oot eriatevoy avta, yuyyooKovTes 
\ N b] lal ” 9 al ’ if \ ’ aA / 
Tous Oeous evpevets dvTas’ Tots EvodEBETL TE KAL ANNO N€yovcw. 
2. Te 16 capa* acbevet pévovs &£-eoTtw Exew cbévos. “Qar’ od 
det avTov vopifew éx mavTos TpoTrou atuyh eivar. Kai yap” 
Tous euTUXEls Palvopevous eivat’ TorAdaKLS ELploKoMEY TOppw 10 
OvTas~ THs EvTVYIas._- 
rad — 
; : 
3. The gods are gracious" both to the pious and to the 
impious, gracious both to the fortunate and the unfortunate, 


26—!? Vocab. 21 (except). Mee te. 140 c. vocative. ars 16 77, 
Ne A 18 ey OUY:. ~ < OE: 19 Exeivou. 20 Acc. c. infinitive. aU SOU: 
aR. 3d: °3 WéyLoToc. 22 REG, 5 rw avry. 

27 —'showed.. 2 &8,line:s. 8822. n.7. 2322) line 7. °$ 16; line 20, 
° in-Adddition-to this ; Greek prefers the plural. "the truth. 2G 1092-31. 
I. 986. * After verbs of perception (mental or sensuous), acc, ¢. partic. or 
a ore-clause. tiga = Os PROAS OR LEDs. A. soley esmenOe 


26 THIRD DECLENSION—I-STEMS. 


gracious both to those with” strength and to the weak. For 
the counsel, of the gods is invisible to men. But this we 
know, that the path,, of the life of the impious and of the 
15ignorant and of liars is not safe’. For even by each-other,, 
are they tripped-up. 
§ 28 Word-Formation. 

1. From édnShe is formed adySea truth. On this analogy form 
substantives from the adjectives of § 27 to mean: emprety, weakness, 
security, obscurity, mastery, graciousness, piety, health. 

2. On the analogy of evrvyhe evrvxia good-fortune, form substan- 
tives from adjectives of § 27 to mean: ¢gnorance, misfortune. 


§ 29 Third Declension—Vowel Stems. 
I-Stems. (. 249-51 (woXtc). Th901—203> 
Pres. Subjunet. Act. G.480 (p. 100). H. 314. 

1. (Ilepi tis ’AvaBacews.) ADOis Néywper' TeEpi THS avaBacews 

Ths Tov piplov'EXXjvev pera Kdpov, wa" €roimor dvtes pb” 7do- 
VS dva-ylyvworKwWMLEV TOV =Evoha@vTos Aoyou THs Tpakews. Kvpos 
yap Bovropevos Bacirevery avti ToD adedgov aOpoifer eis Lapoers, 
sodw THs Avdlas, TOAANY SUVamLY, KaL TESHY Kat (TTLKNV, OU 
povov Tav Hepoa@y adrAa Kal TOV EXANvOD, iva TON oTpPaTEVpLA 
éyov" ava-Baivyn ert’ AptaképEnv. Tots &”"EXAnoe pio Oov trap- 
elye, Bovdopevos avTovs Sia TipV TOAEMLKIY apETIV TUp-TopeEveE- 
oOat. Iletpay yap tov" Tod TroAéwov EXaBor’, payouevwv" TOV 
10’A@nvaiwv tots Aaxedaipoviows: wat ov povoy ikavol Hoav pa- 
yeoOar, év TaEer pévovtes Kal Tots dpyovat TreiGopevol, Ara Kal 
€-auTols €mloTevoy Kal mévous TANHPELS Hoav. Kal év tTavty TH 
oTpateia Tap-cixyov €é-avTovs Tiatews a&lovs.—patov pev odv 
Kipos &@ év v@ éyet KpUTTEet,,, (va TOVS oTpaTioTas TELON TUp- 


27—'?§ 24, n. 3. Mee 00: 

29—! Let us—; subjunct. of exhortation. G. 1344. H. 866, 1. va 
(Lat. wt) is followed by subjunct. if the leading verb is in a primary tense (G. 
448. H. 3801), by optative if in a secondary tense (G. 13865. H. 881). 3§ 24, 
n. 3. See a; As, 5 had got ; aorist tense of AapBavw. S20, the: 


THIRD DECLENSION—Y-STEMS. 27 


TopevecOar Toppw yap Av 7» BaBvrwv tis “EXXdédos. II po- 15 

a) e / e / ” / - IW =— 
haciw ovv evpicxer ws Bovrcmevos EOvos mrodéusov, Liaidas 
dvopa, €k THS yopas éx-BarreEw.— AXAN dn TO ypaewv’ Tpoc- 
éycopev Tov voov. 7 


a 


“ 2. In the march-up* from Sardis, Cvrus—he who’ wished 
to-be-king—was leader of the Hellenic force; in the march-20 
down (the enterprise not being* fortunate) Xenophon—he 
who writes-the-history-of the expedition. Let us therefore 
trust Azs" account of the journey. 3. A diviner always ac- 
companies the armies of the ancients, that he may tell wheth- 
er’ the omens” are fair’. Xenophon himself was not in-25 
experienced in” the mantic art. / 


Y-Stems. Pres. and Imperf. Indie., and Pres. Subjunet. of ctyi § 30 
=u: 250, 257, 260-261, 806. HEH. 201, 203-205, 478. 

1. "Hén, & didacKare, ikavot éopev Thy Bevopovtos ictopiav 

ava-yiyvocKke ;—OvTro, @ hirot, Erouwot éote. “AXN iva bv- 

‘paTol @mev VETEPOY OV TOAAW Ypovm TpaTTEL A BovrAEaOe, pwav- 


Oavwpev AXXO TL TEPL avTOv. OU jovoy yap euTrELpos Fv THs 


nr 


an / e ’ iol / @ “ 3 / bd a 
HMAVTLKNHS TEXYVYNS, WS EV TH TPOTUEV Tapaypadhyn EXEyETO, ara 
val ¢ val / \ \ \ om L 
Kal Tols lepots' émiaTeve Kat TPOs TOUS Beovs evaEBrs Hv. Aé- 
© LOY} Sb aie} n / (0 \ ’ 100 / S e/ 
yet 8 ody" rot’ év* Tots oTpati@tass (iva pn év abipia Bow) OTe 
yeaty. ) Pies ” Ma) 5) fa) i; , A Say ’ \ 
ovT Ltoyul ovte TANCE aVEpwTwY TUYYAaVOMEY TOV ViKOV, AANA 
, \ lal Q lal / ” >) A —_- al io / 
povov avy Tots Oeots, wevos ExovTES év Tais iyais.—Hd réyers, 
> A \ A aunts / o ’ SA Sees at 
@ Zevopev. Kat iets dé’, o pido, iva toxtpay ) Tatpis,,, toyiv 10 
/ \ A fa) - a 
EY@MEV OU LOVOY THY TOD GwpmaTOS, GANA Kal THY THS Wiyips. 
\ 
2. Oavpaciovs’ tov’s Peovs etyov of madatol. Adtixa trapa® 


Eevohovtos axovopev OTe of Lvpow iyOds évoplov Oeovs eivac. 


29—®§ 26, n. 1. 7 to writing ; art. c. infinitive. G. 1547. H. 958-59. 
6) adele Ue 10 ry TouTov Oyy. met ACEC S27) ra isoa. 
13 paddc. 14 abroc dé at head. NO) B 

30—'§ 29, line 25. S17, n. 20, 3 among = before. ‘and (6é) we too 
(kai), $17, line 9. ° Predicate position. See G. 972, H. 618 for transla- 


tion. ° Is wapa necessary ? See § 17, line 9. 


28 SUBSTANTIVES IN -evs. 


Tiqvovtas’ yap of “EXAnves (ev TH avaBacer) eri ToTa@ Xar@ 

15 TO Ovopwa TAnpEL OvTL tyOvwy. *AXN ovK €E-HY Tots “EXAnae 
TouvTous €aOleww* lepot yap joav KaTa ye THY TOV XLUpwV yvo- 
unv. Kat ot Aiyvrrvos 5€ thy éyyedur eivat daiwova @ovto. 3. 
M1) ofddpa rpoOipor @pev am dvews Kpivery. Tv perv yap 
Oey Sevvat at éyyérets, EvTipor O Aoav év Tois”"EXAnaow + ovToL 

L0yap Hotta’ HoOov avT&B.— H 8 éyyerus ws" TNHXEWS ETTL TO 
pAjKoS / 

4. Often in the march-down to the sea Xenophon had to 
speak before the soldiers as-follows: Artaxerxes, I grant you”, 
soldiers, is strong in multitude” of men, but [as for] us”, let 

25us have strength of soul. Weare few, yes"; but our” fathers 
obtained victories [when] fighting the Persians with” a small 
force’. Let us” therefore not be disheartened. 


§ 31. Diphthong Stems. ° 
Substantives in -evs. Pres. Optat. Act. 
G. 263 (Bacidebe), 480 (p. 100). H. 206, 314. 

1. Adka éviautovs Ure T@ Tpoids Teiyer of “EXANVES eo tpaTo- 
medevovto. “Hrov yap tv” “EXévnv rardw oixad’ atro-fépocev. 
Ths pev ovv Tpotas Ipiapos ipye, 7) 8 “EXXnvixy Sdvamis b76 
ToAA@Y pev Baciréwv HyeTto, Bacirevs S€ TavTwv hv >Ayapée- 

5 uve vios Atpéws. "AXN ody iva Tept ToUTOU (KalTrep Baciréws 
OVTOS) akovoLEV, av-eylyvooKov Kat €£-enavOavov TXuadba o6 én 
Tlepexréous “EXAnves, GAN OTe’ “AyirAdréa EOavpalov. To yap 
TovTov' Kréos KnpUTTEL”Opnpos Kal Ti opyiy, Hv elye Tmpos TOV 
"Ayapéuvova. “Epis yap Sewn éyévero' avtots trept THs Xptaov 

10 Ouyatpds, Jepéws >AmroARWVOS.— AdéEavdpos 0 péyas’, wabnTns 


30—’§ 15, n. 23. S with the greatest pleasure. ® With numerals, ex- 
pressed or implied, w¢ = about (Cf. oyeddv, § 15, line 28). It is not here a 
prepos., hence has no effect on the case. 10 wey. 11 Dative. 12 etc, 
nom.; emphatic, hence expressed. 13 yur, R. 4. 48 24, line 7. 
19 Hwun, Sbvapuc, OY toxic. 

31—'§ 29, n. 2. * because. 3 Emphatic word in emphatic (attrib.) 


position. * came to, arose between. > great. 


[ Bots. Nats. 29 
BN fa) 
ov “ApiatotéXous Tov dirocdpov, wartoT avOpatTrwv eGavpalev 
’ f—- *N- N \ 55 N ” ah ” ld 
Ayirdr€a, Tpodtpos wv Kal avTos éEpya mpatTew a&la oyouv. 
Kis & ody "TXtov ava-Baiver troré, iva otédavov él Tov éxeivou 
y , 7 \ U4 ’ A \ an 4 6 if. _ ro) ? 
tapov dépor* Kai Ouwv “AOnva Kai Tots Hpwor® Néyer* °O. "Ayir- 
an Vé s 
Ned, evdaluwv’ ef “Opnpov eyov kyjpvka. AapBavoius’ Kai éy@ 10 
étepov Tovovtov’. 2. Nowos" Hv tots”EAXnow ato TOV yovewv 
ovopatecOar. Auvtixa Tov pev “Ayapéuvova “Ounpos ovopager 
\ - ¢ 
"Atpeldnv, “Atpéws'' tatpos dvTos éxelvw, Tov S >AytdAdéEa, Ov 
érixte IInrevs, nretdnv. 


3. According both to historians and poets the Greeks held, 15 
especially in honor,, the Thessalian cavalry, the priests of 
Apollo, the murderers of tyrants, the eels of Boeotia. Of their 
ancient kings Theseus was especially esteemed,,; of their he- 
roes’” Odysseus, the man who” journeyed, far-from,, his native- 
land and “suffered,, much”™. 4. (Clauses.) That I may be rul- 20 
ine’ (might be ruling"’), that you may be learning (might be 
learning), that he may be hearing (might be h.), that we may 
act (might a.), that ye may name (might n.), that they may 


receive (might r.). 


(sei. Nats. Pres. Imperat. act) § 32 
fee 268-69, 480 (p. 100), H. 206-207, 314, Rule 14. 
een" 
' 1. (Meo! ’Odvacéws.) "Odvacerts, olxad eis 1Oaxnv tropevope- 
vos év vynt peta TOV hirwv, Kev eis THY Kipxns vijcov, dewihs 
Oeds. “H de ge pev éBovreTo avTov pévety Tap €-avTn, 
earepay & ov aay ovK exwdvev avTov Tropever Oat, AANA Kal oUV- 
nae: KalTep OU KAAUTTOVGA,, TOUS THS O00 KLVOUVOUS. Aéyeu 5 
yap avtT@: °"O.’Odvaced, ects vjcos Opivakia dvoma, év 7 ToNNas 


31— heroes. ‘happy, fortunate. 8 Optat. mood, so named from its 
usé to express wish (opto). 9 repov rocovroy another such. 10 custom. 
1 Gen. absolute. 12 powr. cd ee 14 — many [things]. 18 Sub- 
junctive. 16 Optative. 


32—' R. 392. 


30 THIRD DECLENSION—Q- AND O-STEMS. 


nr / ¢e an lal /- 
Bovs éyer o tatnp pou “HXwos. Tay 6€ Bo@v TovTav Kédeve 
\ / ’ , , \ / eae , 
Tous dirous am-éyecGar. Mate yap tokevovtwy,, avtas, unre 
/ UA an 
TITpwWoKOVTMY* lepai yap. “ARN et OvaeTe Bodv, ty éaOinte, ovK 
10 é€v aadanreia eis lOaxnv tropevoecbe.— Hkwv odv ets Opivaxiay 
gud-dEyet TOUS Pidovs Kal héyes We. ~AKovETE pov, @ pirot, 
\ Tah, , / > lee ” ef e 
tous Kipxns Noyous, iva TevOopevol,, avTH oikad Hewpev. Ad- 
\ \g / € / > / 
Tau yap at Boes HnXiov evowv. ‘Avayen ovV aT- exeoOae avTOv * 
WOTE, a: AolTOL OVTES, MNT AUTAS cere [ijTE TLTPMOKETE. 
15 My yap Aeyer@ aes OTL apTalomev TA AXrOTpLA. ~ANAA TA 
éoyaTa ee lay 


2. After this’ they disembark from the ship. But they 
were not obedient to Odysseus, and in his‘ absence they say 
to each-other,,: Let not Odysseus think to rule us with a 

20sceptre, of iron. But come’, let us butcher the cattle, and let 
us not be dying with hunger,,. Thereupon® they butcher the 
cattle. But later what happens to them? Well’—later, let 
the teacher tell us. 3. Write me® this, pupils: The boy staid 
on the burning® ship.—But, teacher, don’t let the boy stay on 

25 the ship, (but) let him flee, and let his friends carry him off. 


$33 Q- and O-Stems. Pres. Subjunct. and Opt. Mid. 
G, 241-43 (Howe, ter9w), 480 (p. 102). HI. 197, 314. ) 

1. (Ilept Iac@vos.) "Ete raises bytes av-eyryveoKoper, oipar', 

Tept Tov laawvos mAOD. “AAN Gpuws d1a-Aeywopea Orlov TeEpt 

TOU Tpaywatos, va TA Epya Ta TOD Hpwos huraTTNTAaL €v TH V7)- 

Bn nov. “Hv yap év Koryous yptcd-wardov’ déppa v70 Opa- 
5KOVTOS avTvou duAraTTomevov. “Iv ovv TodT eis THY ‘KANAOa 
héporto, ldcwv peta TOAA@Y va’TOV TéuTrEeTaL ev TH Apryot vyt 

eis THY Koryida. °AXX ode evOds Tvyyaver TOD déppatos. ‘“O 


32—? the uttermost. Vocab. 17. 3 ravra. Plur. is Greek idiom. 
4— he being-absent (gen. absol.). 5°ANN’ ayere. 6 te O& rovrov. Cf. § 22, 
nb: TANNA. 8 Not accusative. 9 Pass. of Kaw. 


33—'Short form of otopar 2 of golden wool. 


IRREGULAR SUBSTANTIVES. 31 


yap Bacirels Tov Koryov, iva Tweipav éyot Tov lacovos, KedevEL 
avuTov SpakovTos odovTas areipew. Ex 5€ TovTov €v ToNK} 
atropla yiyvetat 6 lacwv. “Adda Myjdera 1) ToD Baoidéws Ov- 10 
yaTnp avpmayos ylyvetat, Kal ToANH TpoOdpia cupmpaTTer 
| avtT@ TovTo. “Kri dé dadppaxov trap-éyet TO SpakovTt, iva Ka- 
Jevdwv 7 payntar Te Hpwi. “O &é, AaBwv® ed? O° HKev, Exwv" 
Kat THY Mydecay éu-Baiver eis tiv’ Apy@ Kal wade épyeTat ets 
thv ‘EXAaba. Ol dé tepi adtov’ amo Ths “Apyods w@vopafovTo 15 
A pyo-vadrat.—Todtov ody Tov Nyov Neyo piv, Wa Ths xwpas 
euTreipot TE THS TOV Koryor, kal Tois”"EAAnaL cup-Topevnabe, 
Eevohavtos nyenovos dvtos. Ara yap THs Kodylbos xata-Bai- 
vovow él Tov Kv€evvov Hours) 


2. Odysseus remained with’ Calypso seven years. 3. Apollo 20 
and Artemis were children of Leto. 4. The ancients believed 
Echo to be anymph. 5. Her love of the hero Aeneas brings 
death to Dido. Love, as the story runs’, was responsible for 
the death of Sappho also’. 6. (Drill.) That I may show-my- 
self (might show-myself), that you may be hindered (might 25 
be h.), that it may be drawn (might be d.), that they may be 
turned (might be t.). 


Irregular Substantives. § 34 
G. 287-89, 291. H. 211-16. 
Pg . es 





(s ig an 2) x tn 5 A 
1. Ov omditae ets pev payny Topevdpevor eiyov érl pev Taig 
» rn is x AIX } Zz \ \ an UL / - 
ceharals Kpavn Yarka 1) Oepmativa, Tepi bé Tois oTépvots Owpa- 
\ , an A 
Kas, Kal TOUTOUS YAdKOUS, ev O€ YEepoly doTriba pev ev TH ApLoTe- 
A / x vf ’ n A a nr 
pa’, dopata dé dvo év TH deka’, mepl S€ Tois oKxédXeor Kvnpidas 
/ rn , \ 5 
pexpl TOD yovaTos* Tpos b€ TovTaIs Elpos eiyov: Kab?’ odov Sé5 
y \ an 6 ~ 
Topevoméevov’, TOAKA TOV OTrov ef awakov iyeTo Kal bTo- 


* ; i= 
33—* having got. *Supply rovro as antecedent ; that for which. 5S 24, 
n.', ® Lit. those about him = Jason and his party. 1 = by, mapa c. dat. 
Stort, ®—= «also Sappho. 


34—! Se. xeEupi. ?G. 1568, fine print. H. 972a, 


32 LOCAL ENDINGS. 


Cuyiov. 2. Hodrdxus of EXAnves Kal Zevodav ev rorrp a-60- 
pia eylyvovto atropia® Trolwv. "Emel, yap év ye,, medio oddéev 
Operos iv Tolwy, ovK edhepov pweO é-avto@v. "ARN aTr-EXOVTES 
1077s BaBvdrAdvos ov Tmoddovs oTadiovs, év-TUyYdvoVaL Tadpots 
vdatos TApecw ov dia-Batais ovaas ref. “Totepov & av 
ylyvovtar ert TO Thypynte ToTapa, 00 TO Babos odSé Sopact Suva- 
ToL Hoav evpicxev. 3. Tloddol Tay év TH ‘EXAASe ToTapav 
XELMOVOS,, MEV podV,, Eyovaty Laxipov (TOANOD VOaTos yuryvope- 
15 vou’ €& ouipavod), Oépous & ode UTEp yovaTwv yiyvovtar. 4. Ov 
XareTIOV €ativ oiecBar KépBepov tov “Avdou Kiva Tots avOpo- 
Tow poBov €u-Barrew,,, Hrav yap avT@ Tpels Kvvav Kepadail. 
‘Hpakre? 5€ Te ipawi, vid dvte Atos, ob doBepos Hv. 5. AdBOus 
pavOavwpev Tapa Mevavédpou Tod tountod Tepi yuvaikav. Aé- 
20 yer yap* Vvvarki tracats Kocpov 1 ciyi),, béper’. 
6. “Avdpav rovnpaov opKoy eis Vdwp ypade’. 


7. Kings, priests, diviners,,, [and] heralds used-to-hold 
sceptres in their hands. 8. Through*® the watchers,, on the 
mountains, who light beacon-fires, it is announced to the wife 

250f Agamemnon that Zeus delivers Troy to the Greeks. 9. 
Often when the Greeks’ with Xenophon had provisions, there 
was a lack of water, but when they had water, [there was] a 
lack of provisions, and when they had both, [there was] a 
lack of fire. But they trusted Zeus, vowing to him as* Zeus 

30 Saviour,,. And the most’ of them were saved,,. 


§ 35 Local Endings. 
G. 292-96. H. 217-20. 
1. (Avadroyos.) Tlodev Hreus, & hire ;—Oixobev taperpt, To- 
pevopgevos Méyapade. “H yap yurn peta-téuretal pe, advvatos 


34—* lack. 4 Note the various translations of yiyvouat in this para- 
graph: to fall (into), reach, get to—. “A verse. ® 6ua, with what case? 
7Gen. absol.; the Greeks having. Order: txovrwy piv... txovTwy O&.... 


8 we. ° ot modXoi, OF of AEtoTOL. 


ADJECTIVES IN -vs, -ea, -v. Meédds. 33 


otaa Sia THY acbévetay,, oiKad ayecPat.—Tov Sé Tatépa, Yé- 


v a f- EY ” : N ae. >} , , O( be 
porTa,, OVTA, KATA-NELTTELS OLKOL ;——INQAL avaykKn yap. b € 


Or 


A € 
Taides olyovTat ddXOL AAdOTE'.—Lvp-Topevetat Sé cor 0 ’AOn- 
vnev tatpos,;—Ov: OnBase yap wyeTo. “AAA weTAa-TE“TOMAL 
avtov éxeidev.— ANN Eutretpos ef Tov Meydpwv ;—N7 Aila, éx 
ma.oos’ ye. Kal yap évtev0év eius €& apyns’. Kat tpis cata 


nan n . Up Ni an 
pnva éxeloe Topevopmat KaTa TpaéLy,,. 


2. Where is your daughter?—She has gone to Megara.— 10 
Why’ is’ she not here’?—-Her mother sends-for her from 
there.— Why does she not leave her at home ?’—Because’ the 
journey from Athens to Megara is not long,, and every month 
she wishes her daughter to-be-with,, her a little time. 3. 
Translate at sight: dAXo-O1, addXo-Oev, TWavto-Oev, TavTo-ce, 15 
dvw-Jev, Katw-Oev, &Ew-Oev, éyyt-Oev, auhotépw-Oev, U7rep-Oev, 
"AOnvale. 4. (Optat. drill.) May they not’ have, may they 
not suppose,,. May ye not suffer,,, may ye not proceed... 
May we not remain,,—not be pleased,,. May he not sleep,,, 


—not seat himself. May you not eat,,.—not work,,. May [20 
not be-a-slave,,—not wish... 


Adjectives in -vs, -ea, -v. Meas. § 36 
G. 318-20 (yAuKvc), 323, 395-26. H. 2298-99; 933, 235, 


N a if & - 

1. Lapa tév apyaiwr,,, © pirot, pavOavete codiav. Aéyovot 
\ e e) \ e/ , ’ aA € \ - an \ 
yap oTe+ “Apxn tyutov mavtos: ’Apetis,, od0s Tpayeta: Bpayus 

¢ n uD , 
pev 0 Bios, 7) de TEyvy,, waxpa: LloAXaKIS TO MPEéXLmoV EvayTioV 
> x fa) ¢ A ” N a) ¢€ " f bi X\ 
€oti TO NOEL "AKove p17) TOV 7€o@V AOywv povov. 2. Ilapa,, 
n al / an / A n an 
Tots Tadalols, WOTTEP EV TH TAP-OVYTL YpoVv@, TNMELOY TOU TVS 
’ / / Ni 9S , ae 
olyomev@v TEVvOoUS Eo Ons,, Hv wédatva. Tov d€ Oavatov Edpiri- 
b) / s SEL 
dns Elo-ayet pédXavas ExovTA TTEpvy~As Kai pédav twatioy. 3. 
a n a e] / > / Ca) \ \ a / N 
To Papet tavtola évaytia €oTl: T@ pev yap Bapet hoptiw To 
35—!' Lat. alius alio. > from boyhood. 3 in the first place. 4 Oud ti. 


, 


TAp- eee. § Ort. 7 un. 
3 


5 


34 ADJECTIVES IN -vs, -ea, -v. Meédas. 


g a = fa) bd lal A a - a 
§ 36 xovdor,, evavtiov, Ty 6€ Bapela dovy,, 7) o&ela, TO SE Bapet Oip@ 
100 evvous,, Kal hirdwos Kal evperns,,. 4+. AAnOes halvetat' TO U7r0 
Movevdidov Reyouevov, Tos pev “AOnvatovs o&eis eivar, Tovs Oé 
Aaxedaipoviovs Bpadcets. Xyedov,, yap Kata wavtTa’ évavTior 
5 > / fal \ SX > lal \ la ley id 
yoav adrnros. Ilpwrov pev yap exetvor pev Tayets Hoav eE- 
\ ud ec \ a > > / BY x 
yew TE Kal TpaTTEL, ovVTOL dé Bpacets els audoTtepa: Emerta bE 
15 dla paxpav’ pev EXeyov éxetvor, dua Bpayéwv' 8 obto- ete bc 
'pQ- \ *] a \ a ’ /— ef bee) 
Tpodvpor wev “AOnvator kal Opaceis els Tavtolas mpakers, oT 
Ne Ae /- f an 
AUTOL NOVY LAY EXOVTES OUTE TOLS ANAOLS ETLTPETTOVTES,,, ATOA[LOL,, 
/ 5 an 

dé Aaxedampoviot Kai Tovs TpoTous’ apyaio’. “Oot avayKn 

A / 
nuty vomiter ev wev AOnvats ndvv eivar Tov Biov, év de YrapTy 

20 Tpayvv. 


5. But let us not suppose,, that" among” the Lacedaemoni- 
ans no-one’ was keen. For in matters of war’, their kings” 
were famous,,, and all were brave,,. Of" Clearchus, who was 
a general both in the war with” the Athenians and in the 

25expedition,, with Cyrus, Xenophon tells us that he was not 
only fond-of-war,, but also prudent in dangers and competent 
in every’ respect. But we find him also (being) quick to” 
anger,,,and harsh in voice”, and hard-on™ those-who” did not” 
obey. 6. Since the sea‘} was neither,, broad nor dangerous, 

30it was not hard, for the Greeks with” swift triremes to reach” 
their colonies in Asia,,, 7% The ancients teach that” [the] 
beginning” is half of [the] whole, that [the] path of virtue is 
rough, that (while life’ is short) art is long. 8. ( Word-For- 
mation.) On the analogy of etpic broad ro eupoc breadth, form a 

85 Substantive from rayve for swiftness; from Papic for heaviness, 
weight ; from déic for sour wine, vinegar.—From ro Baboc depth form 
an adjective for deep. . 


36—! Se. sivat. 2 in every respect. 3 at length. 4 briefly. 5 old- 


fashioned. 6 After verbs of thinking what construction? Rule 10. 
Usa. 8 unoéva. ° gic Ta TOU ToOAEMOV. 10h. 6. Mt arept. 12 arpde. 
ashy ee Oe 14 Baptc c. dat. aS ait, LA % un. Cf. § 22, line 15. 
ee en eae 18 § 24, line 7. WS 1D, tee. 20 Acc, ¢. Inunitive: 


ADJECTIVES IN -wv -ov. Htedkms. Meéyas. 30 


Adjectives in -ov -ov. EwveAms. Meyas. 
G. 312-14, 316, 346. H. 234-35, 245, 247. 

1. (Ilept Swxpdtovs.) Swxparns o' Swdpovickov yiyverar pev 
"AOnvnow ert Iepixréous ws” Séxa EtTeEoe peta THY ev Larapive 
payny, atro-OvycKet,, 6¢ UTO’ TOV AOnvaiwy ov ws EBdSopunKovTAa 
érav. Tov d€ Biov drov bi-hyev ev “AOnvats, Ka jwépav dia- 
AEeyouevos ws emi Todv' év Tols TE YUpVacloLs Kal TH ayopa (Ev- 
Tav0a,, yap TodXol’s Kal TavTolos év-eTUyYaver,, avOpwro.s, 
peyadols Te Kal ptKpots)* Tots dé BovrAopévols €&-Hv axoveww. At- 
eréyeto 8€ ody Horep of dAXoL firdcodor Tepi Ths dUcews THs 
nrlov Kal ovpavod Kal yhs Kal T@V UTO Yyhs (ToOVT@Y yap ov 
oPodp,, EWENEV,, AUT@), AAN ael TEpL TOV avOpwrivwrv, TKOTaOV 


/ > / / > / / / 4 > / id i J. S- 
Tb EUCEBES,,., Ti aoeBés, TL KAXOY, TL aLaypov, TL O(KaLOV, TL AOL- 


/ Us , J- (Oe) an / , 74 , / 
KOV, TL cwdpocvrn, TL Lava, TL avopelor,,, ab O€LAOD, Tl TOALS, TL 


> \ > Di N ’ > \ 7 Gy f— > N 
apy avOporwv.—Tiv & apernv édeyev eivar copiay: ov yap 
EXOVTA YE TOV TOV TE KANOY KAL TMV Aloypav ETLATHMOVA OVTA 
capapTavew ° Tov © ease an es nH Oe apabiar,, ICN i) 
aKovTa* TOUS odV Eevdaipwovas UT acne O1a TOUT Els THY EvOaL- 
poviay ayecOat, bt cogol Etat Kat cwHdppoves.—TadT ody vopi- 
O/ \ ’ 7 , 5 \ a D 
Cwv edldacKe TOUS cuV-dvTAas’ TwHdpovas Eival Kai Tols TE Hidous 
Kal TH TOdNEL MpENipovS, GAAA put) Ahpovas pyndé KaKkovpryous,,. 
Tov 6€ cuv-ovtwav joav “AdKiBiadns Kal Kpitias cat UWratov 
Kat Bevodov. “O pév ody AdKiBiddns kat 0 Kpetias od pyypo- 
’ / A e > La | / / ’ 4 oF - aA / 
ves éylyvovTo TOV UT éxeivou AEyouévov OVO aé&Loe Tins. IIda- 
Tov d€ Kai Zevopav ovK émt-Anopmoves OvTEs THS Toplas TOANA 
\ lA \ by fa) \ \ \ ’ Nie 2S \ WZ 
fev ovv-éypadov Tept avTov, Karol S€ Kal ayabol joav dia Té- 
Rous”. 
2. The-man-who is-to-be-king” must be skilled in the affairs" 
of state, brave and hopeful in [time of] war, mindful of his 


37+! G. 9538. H.730a. Hoses Vrain) 3 at the hands of. £6 21, Neo: 


> i76 c. gen. in a local sense is used only in a few phrases. ® considering. 
7 compantons. 8 noble and good. ° through to the end. 10 § 24, n. 14, 


MVS 2h Nel sn Cpasipra. Te 1. 


$37 


5 


10 


15 


20 


36 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 


friends, forgetful of the enemies that’ work,, him ill*. In- 
addition,, to these [qualities] if,, he is also temperate, what 

30 will hinder,, him from being” (also) happy? For all cities, 
both small and great, will trust, a-man-like-that® willingly.— 
If, on-the-other-hand,,, happiness comes” to the foolish and 
forgetful and ignorant,, and impious, believe [it] to be a gift, 
from the gods. 


$38 Comparison of Adjectives. Genit. with Comparat. 
G. 350-60, 1153. H, 248-49, 250b, 251, 253, 256. 
1. (Ilept Kipov.) Tov Adpetov raidav ’ApraképEns péev ate 
mpeaBuTepos Mv Tapa-auBaver THY Bacireiav, Kip@ dé vewtépo 
” ’ ff e 2) \ a if > I ee \ n >’ 
OVTL €TL-TPETETAL 1) ETI,, TH DaratTn apyn. OvTos dé Tod aden- 
hod haiverar akiwtepos, wv’ apxeww: Kai yap Tavtwy Tov Tlep- 
A a \ bain) \ ’ lal 2 Vi 9S ” a 
5oav Tov peta Kipov tov apyatoy’ Bacidtk@tatos Hy, ElTEep TO 
— a 5) / } a / | , 5S } / 5 
Eevopavtos AOyw oet Tiotever. “Iv ovy duvvatw@TeEpot ATE yL- 
s / ae m “ 
yvooKkev, @ pirol, dia TL Kipov pariota Zevodov eOavpa€er, 
’ , / \ ) i, / a Sf a b) a 
axovaecOé jou TOUS EKElvoU TpPOTTOUS, TAS, dL-EpEepE TOU adEdHod. 
—IIp@rov pév yap étt mais wv, 67° étradeveTo emt Tais Bact- 
10 N€ws OUpats’, TOU T adEeAhod Kal TOV GAXwY Taldwv TaVT” civaL 
Kpeitt@v’ éevowifero. Ilapa d€ Bact €&-nv, év TH TOTE Ypove, 
> / \ ’ AN L ” ’ AN \ \ , 
ov fovoy Ta €lS TOV TrONEMOV Epya, ANAa Kal THY TGwppocvYHY 
/ x be A Ssh > XY of x Ni / 
pavOavely, meta O€ TOV apye Kal TO apyedOar. Karta d€ ravta 
TavuTa, WOTEP vov 61 €déyeTo, TOV ahXwY oEUTEPOS TE KAL pido- 
id > e ny if ’ pid nr WA \ 
15 mabéotepos eival UTO TavTwY expiveTo,, Kipos,—pardiata 6é 
an , e a) / 9S 3 
UTO THS MNTPOS, 7) MAaNXoV Hiros Hv 7 “AptaképEns.—Mera bé 
fal 4 a ” 4 , rn x i 
TaUTA, ATE TOV ArwY hvoet OpaciTepos HV Kal Pid-LTTOTEPOS 
Kal piXO-KLVOUVOTEPOS, TOAV’ meV OL-EdeEpev ev TH Ef iTTrOUs ava- 


, \ , pale | Ye \ 5-53 / 
Baivew kal Kkata-Baivew Kal éXNavvetV, TON 6 ETLO THN MOVED TEPOS 


37—" R. 11. MB Gel Os: cEleotena, 14 Infinitive. 15 rou-obTw. 
R. 5d. 16 viyvoua c. dative. 

38—' § 27, n. 8. ® the ancient, ¢.e. the founder of the Persian empire. 
3 6r' ore. For ore does not suffer elision. 4= the palace or court; whence 


perhaps the modern Sublime Porte. 0 ae ® superior. 7G. 367. 
H. 719b. 


IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 37 


cage! d y x / wT \ {A \ , 
eylyveto To&every Kai Onpevev. “Ete 6€ cwhpovéotatos 61) Tav- 20 
TWV HV, EAUTOD Lev eyKpATHS,, WY, TOLS Sé€ TMpEeaBuTépols madXoOvV 
/ XN \ CP LCs e star ue no) ¢ / \ Ld e 
TelOopevos 1) Kai of Up éavT@® dvTes.— Taotépw O€ ypove, bTE 
~ f-_ 9) - lal an 
Avdlas hpye nat Ppuylas THs weyadns’, Tols wev KaKkovpyols Ba- 


* Vi ” n \ / ’ te A ec 
PpuUTQaTOS WV, TOLS O€ OLKalOLs E€VVOUVUGTATOS Olva-TpaTTETal WOTE 


13? 


ce ” ’ \ Nie 
EKOVTOV APYXELV, AANA [LN AKOVTWV. 25 


2. And you will hear from Xenophon that in Cyrus’s prov- 
ince journeys’, were safer,, than elsewhere,,, and his subjects” 
happier, and life sweeter, For" while’ the basest [people] 
and those most hostile, to the laws had their deserts”, the 
good, citizens were guarded, and those-who were quickest and so 
bravest,, for war obtained,, great honor.,,. 


Irregular Comparison. § 39 
Geaole Heo 
1. (Ilept GepporvrAmy te cai Ladrapivos.) "Hdy év Oepyorv- 
Nats ot lépoas eyiyywoKov Tovs édatTovas avy Tots Oeots eotw 
OTe KpELTTOUS OVTAS TMV TrELOVwY. ~EKelvois ev yap TO TAH- 
Gos ovov tov wefov otpatod Up “Hpodorov réyeTtar eivar EBSo- 


or 


\ \ = , nA Ie , \ 
LyKOVTa Kal ExaTov pipiades, Tots 0” EXAHawW 1 Svvapis TOAD 
Ia \ 5 e — f 5) A A 5 e 
éXaTTov, oxedov odaa éEaxicyiriov avdpov. Iles ody obTot, 
/ - \ / - / 
HTTovs OvTes, dvO nuépas Tovs Ilépaas eme-yiyvopévous,, vT-ewe- 
an / rn [< / \ 
vov; “Adda TOTO ye pad.ov,, yvovar’. “Exovtes péev yap ol 
\3 / b] / ¢ \ / s an \ if 
mept Mewvionv euayovto uTéep Tald@y Kal yuvalK@v Kal TaTpi- 
, ¢€ td / / 
dos, EXOVTES pEeV TMUAT ExElVwWY (KaVwTEpA TOVOUS hépeLY, EXOV- 10 
- al wy an / AS 
Tes O€ Woyds,, amelvovas: akovtes 8 Eexetvou eT-eylyvovTo UT 
af @ , e 
pactiywr,, “Ete 1) mapodos, év 4 éatpatomedevorTo,, ot “EX- 


es \ yy i p A > Us \ \ 
ANVES, ATE TTEVN,, OVTA KpELTTWY HV TOLS ENATTOTL Kal TOU 
Cas, if / ’ e / / Le ” 
pawy dudrattew. Tédos,, 6 of BapBapor Kaitrep Kaxtoves dvTEs 


38+ * Distinguished thus from Phrygia Minor. "RAG, 10 o% apxo- 
pevot. att! Pi ole? 2 rv dtkny. te ELG. 
39—! forw ore there are (or were) times when = sometimes, 2 to know, 


see (mentally). 3 § 338, n. 6. 


38 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 


an fel Ae, / ’ 
15 64a TO TAHOOS THs viens Tvyyavovary, 0 8” ENAnves Ta Ecyata,, 
/ e ’ > la) ¢/ Ne i > a ¢€ / _—y / 
Tacyovow uT avTav. “Toatepov 0 av ov Troddais nuépats Beép- 
rn \ , , / / 
Ens, Tacav exo Thy SVvamw TeCHY TE KAaL VaUTLKHD, YylyveTat 
él Sarapive. “Evtavéa 67 KadXlaoTn virn Tots” EXdAnoe yiyve- 
N\ lal Ss) A 
tat. Kpatictov pev yap map-etyev éavtov OepwiotoKkAHs PBov- 
20 Neve ViKHV, aptatoe & of "EXAnvEs dva-mpaTTecOar. Kai yap 
/ ’ NT ae att , ne i: , ’ , 5) \ 
peylotny tayiv’ €v TAVTH TH Huepa TpéTTOVaL Eis Huynv.— Ada 
an / yf ’ Can , \ 5) 17 A A . 9 / ’ 
yap’ BéXtiov eat Vuas ypadhe Kal avTovs' & viv by EwavOaverT 
ovopata’, iv apiotoe ylyvnoO avta yryvwockKery. 


2. Of the Greeks before Troy, Thersites’ was the ugliest,, 
2,and the most hateful, to the kings, Achilles, the best and 
fairest and most loved. 3. Wealth, is a good [thing], health,, 
[is] a better, virtue,, [the] best. 4. It is easier” to-make-a- 
mistake,, [when] judging-of,, the better’ and worse, than 
[when judging of] the larger’ and smaller. 5. There-are- 
go times' when it is better to be [one] of the weaker" and 
fewer”; when" the stronger, 1 mein", and the greater-num- 
ber’ are the baser. 


§ 40 Comparison of Adverbs. Potential Optat. (e. av). 
Optat. of cipi. G. 365-71, 1327-29, 806. H. 257-60, 872, 478. 


ed (adv. for aya@os) well | wada much, very 


N.B. < dmewvov or BéXtIiov parrov more, rather 
adpiota or BérTLOTA padiata most, especially. 


1. (Iladcv arept Xwxpatovs.) “E@éXots av wrElova Néyewv Hiv, 
5 , \ , \ \ , \ 
@ OltodoKanre, TEpt LwKpatous ; Neworti,, yap wavOavovtes Tovs 

, 5) an \ Ce ene me) / , , en? 1 
TpOTOUS AUTOU Kal TA UT Exelvou SibacKopeva paric? ndopucOa'. 


39—* Temporal ; then indeed. 5$ 30, n. 15. § But indeed, but the 
fact is. Cf. wat yap. 7 yourselves; kai almost superfluous in English. 
8 what names you just now—. ors Os 10 baov. PP lar 1? tNarrwv. 
3Tn two ways: a 67e-clause, and a genitive absolute. 14 Néyw, parenthetic. 


15 Comparat. of roduc. 
40—' Imperfect. 


COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 39 


S BAY re / yA 5 . 
‘Hdéws” obv adv* axovowpev.— AAN Hdéws av, © hirot, Kal eyo S40 
> ¢ A 4 \ e eee | / 3. he, i > N XN 
Kal ExaoTny' THY Hwepav® Siareyoiuny Tept Exelvov. Ov yap avd 
e if, e / > \ SAIS: Se / / 6 ” J 
padiws evpicxoito avnp ov0” amdovaTepon,, Ovaywr,,, OUTE Topa- 
spa) ’ / \ \ / \ \ / 
Tepov ovT evaeBéaTepor,,. Kat yap diuxaiws pev Kat cwdppovas,, 
— ol \ \ 4 Aa yf ’ lal 
émpatte, copas € (Kal dua cadas) di-ehéyeTo, adynOas b€é Kat 
, / a / Uh 
ETLITNMOVWS EKATTM TOV TUV-OVT@V TUV-EBoUAEVEY, ETOLMWMS,, OE 
N / od n an lal 
kal apdBas,, TO Pappakoy,, Tivwy THS TeXeuTHS ETvyev'. Tots 10 
5S an / is \ / an 
pev ovv éxOpots, ov vomlCwv (Kata ye Tov éxelvwy AOYoV) TOUS THS 
hy / \ f— \ 
Toews Oeovs, Kal TAVTHY THY aTLOTLAaY, TOVS TUV-CVTAS 6LOa- 
, 9 r 3 / A t; K 
oKwV, OiKaLoTaT atro-OvyncKe EpaiveTo, Tols dé hirots Kal Tots 
aA > / ’ 
vov avOpwros adikotata Kat dvakiotat ,, avOpworov. “Hdsor’ 
5 x / 5) \ Xv , a 
ovv av TrElw’ Néyouue: iows yap av cohwrTepol Einte TEpl THS 15 
A f— bye mp) / - XN & al 3 
arnOods evoeBeias. “AN Hdn BEeATLov ay ein vuly ypadewy Te % 
TrELW AKOVELD. 


2. Well”.—-we should like” you, more than anything’, to 
tell about his death. But perhaps it would be much labor to 
follow you, and we should be discouraged. So we see” that” 20 
it would be better (as the Greeks used-to-say) to make-haste 
slowly,,. 3. Swiftly;? go horses, more swiftly the winds, most 
swiftly the mind,,. 4. Well do those fare,, that have wealth,, 
better those that have health,,, best those that are wise and 
good. 5. (Drill.) Form and compare adverbs from éixatoe, mesrde, 25 
TOVNOCS3 MOUC, AiaXpdc (G. 357. H. 258); kadoc, padwe (G. 361. I. 
254); wodue (G. 367. TH. 719b); aoeBiec,,, duabyc, dab_eriic, doparie (G. 
350. H. 248); evdaiuwr, éxcoripwr, cogpwr (G. 354. H. 251a). 


40—? 10éwe gladly, with pleasure. BR to: 4 every day. > Observe 
the doubling of the neg. in Greek. G. 1619. H. 1030. 6 Sc. rov Biov, 
passing his life. met; aor. of rvyxavo. See ty Te Os * Note the 
two forms ; 7Aeiw = 7Akiova above. 10 QA. 1! Botropat. 1? rayro¢ 
peadXov. 13 to see mentally, to perceive = yryvwokw. 4 Ori-clause, Po RPCAG 


or here the clauses may be detached. 


40 NUMERALS—CARDINAL AND ORDINAL. 


§ 41 Numerals. 


Cardinal and Ordinal. Ovdeis. 
G. 372-73, 375, 378-83. I. 288, 290-99. 
1. (Ilept trav Hepowv.) ’Emel,, © pirot, wept TOV apyalwv 
¢ - 9S A 
EXAnvov rpodipotata pwavOaverte, pvijoves,, Omer’ Kal TOV Bap- 
Bapov, ovy hxicta’ b€ Tov Ilepoa@v. Kandov yap av etn, et dv0 
) TPla TEPL AVT@V AKOVOLTE. 
5  Tprav obv dvtwy yevav’ Tor TEL@Y, Wov-apXlas Kal Oduy-apy las 
Kal Onwo-KpaTtias, THY TpwTHV eiyov ot Llépcat, Kai SovrOL evopt- 
/ a \ e / ry , Vat 5 E NG ST: e/ > / 
Covto Travtes evar TANV Evos. ‘Tout@ O€, EVL OVTL, ATAVTES €7reL- 
Govto. Kat-yap-ovv' cat’ dvoty aderpav (viav b€ Baciréws) o° 
/ \ \ a \ Aa \ Saal: Ig Ny 23 / 
pév, META TOV TOV TaTpOS BavaTov, BacireEvs eyiyveTo, 0 S€ éxElvou 
eats , a an \ , a \ 5 ps e 
10 mvomateto,, SovrAOs.— Tov 6€ Baciéwy Tp@TOS bev Av Kipos o 
> a \ ea ee ¢ 8 v ” , \ 
apyaios, THY Bacihelav,, apywv ws TpLaKovTa ETN, SeUTEpOS OE 
I By - La e € 
KapBvons érta étn, tpitos b6€ Adpetos o° ‘Totdacmov é Kai 
TplakovTa Tn, TéTAPTOS be ZEpEns o Adpetov eixoow ern, TéuT- 
e, wy a an - 
tos © ’AptaképEns (o tHv deEvay,, yelpa pefova Ths érépas 
yg \ A \ / ” , 4 ’ 
15 €ywv) oyedov,, &v Kal TeTTapaKovta ETN Bactrevar, ExTos 6 
érepos Adpeios o “Aptakép£ou ws eikoow tn, EBdSopos & repos 
b] f2 ¢€ / / a ” & N / 
AptagéépEns o Mvnuwrv tettapaxovta €& ETN, eis WY TETTAPWY 
adedpar (eltrep,, [IAovtdpyw mictevomev), av 67" Kodpos hv ére- 
NSE ” ’ \ a an an \ \ , > fe 
pos TO Ovopxa Exwv atro. Kupov Tod tadatov,. Tv d€ TovTov ava- 
2) Bacw éri Tov adedhov pet ov TOY ypovoy Tapa Zevopwvtos 
’ i ay / i a t= / an ” 
axovaece'.— Tavtns ovv THs Bacirelas KaiTrEp,, Mas ovTNS 
ovy els povos HY éyKpaTns: Els yap elkoow apyas UTo Aapetou 
Enc , , 12 ®@ , 5 m e , Pen) 
Tov ‘Taotaotrov 61-npéOn”, av piav eitye Kodpos 0 vewtepos, OT 
ém-eBovreve TO AdEAP@.— To b€ Bacirel Tpla Hv Bacireca, ov 


25 Z P4 ‘os or ” oe Vy b) / 5 e \ \ a 
HMeVTOL EV hla TOAEL OVTA, A eV TPlow WOTE TOV MEV XELULWVA, , 


41—'§ 29,n.1. R. 14. > not least (= paduora). 3 kinds. 4 Kai yao 


ovv = and therefore, and so. ° even. oR. 8o¢l2 7Inner accusative. 
Otherwise dpyw would require the genitive. &8:00, line20.  *S 37, line: 
10 $y c. relat. is frequent. Any translat. usually over-translates. 11 24, 


Deke: 12 was divided, 


NUMERAL ADVERBS. 41 


an a fal \ \ Ve / A 
du-nyev ev BaBvrwve Erta pivas,,, TO dé Eap,, Ev Dovaows TpEts 
i 0 6€ O€ Ovo ph vy ExBata - oUTOL O€ YyiryvoV 
pnvas, TO O€ Oépos,, dV0 pvas ev ’ExBatavors yuyvov- 
n an iL an lal 
Tat dwoexa phves.—Manriota o éwere,, tots Ilepoais tis Tav 
=- la) / 
Taidwv Tatoeias. Méype yap TeTTapwy Kai eikoow €T@v Tpla 
, 5) uf , \ >’ / \ > Ud 
pova érrardevorTo,,, ToEevEw,, KaL aKovTiCew Kat adnOevely. 30 
2. Ovd-els pet’ opyis,, acparas,, BovreveTar. 
3. OvK éoO™ vyteias" KpettTov ovd-ev"’ év Bia. 


4. Aicypov ov pnd-ev" TpaTte nde wavOave. 


5. It would now,, be well” to learn-by-heart,, the names of 
number[s],,, For without, these nobody would be able” to 35 
learn clearly,, about anything”. 6. The plethron?; was” 100 
feet,,, the stadium,, 600. Now from Athens,, to Eleusis‘} it 
was about 108 stadia”, to Thebes,, about 396, to Corinth 513, 
to Sparta,, about 1200. But from Sardis,, Susa was-distant,, 
13500 stadia. 7. The year” contains (=is of) 365 days, the 40 
month 30 or 31. 8. Trust no-one” who says (=saying) that®™ 
one swallow,, brings spring. 


Numeral Adverbs. 


SPo 


1. Mopcos “EXAnves (evaxroyiror "A@nvatoe Kai yidwoe cvp- 
9 a / 5 , = , a 
payot) ev Mapadevi Kpeittovs Aoav déxa pipradwv Ilepoor. 
s N Le c fal a - 
Hv 6€ obtos 6 aywv,, Tpit éreu’ THs EBdSounKooths Sevtépas 
oAvpTrLaoos. Aexatw & & i tavtTa Fépt : 
fo s. Aexatw & éTet peta TavtTa ZépEns mpwrtm Erer 
THS TéeuTTNS Kal EBdounKoaTHS OrXUpTTLAdOS emt THY “EAAAba5 
OTPATEVETAL TOAAW OTPATEvMATL* TOU Mev yap TECOD TAHOOS Hv 
EBSdo / Nt 4€ \ - a a be e / : ’ \ - / 
HYNKOVTa Kal ExaTov pupLaces, TOV O€ ITTEWV,, OKT@ puUpLa- 


des, TOV O€ TPLNPWY,, ETTA Kal OlaKogLal Kal xtAdLat. 2. “O Tod 


41—'8 = tori. 14 Genit. aft. comparative. 1 Note the doubling of 
the negative. 16 undéy (not oddév) with imperative. 17 Kandy. 18 tyw, 
potent. optative. Wa nolingn Cf. nL, 22 1G: "1 = was of. 
»” Nominative. °3 Cf. sent. 4. 4 Acc. c. infin., or o7-clause. Write 
both ways. 


42—' THE DATIVE DATES. J. e., with numerals the dative without éy in- 
dicates the téme when. 


42 PRONOUNS—PERSONAL AND DEMONSTRATIVE. 


\ MN e 3 / e/ v S >’ SN 
Avos,, vews 0 €v “Odvptria trpos,, mev tv oKT@ Kai éEjKovTa 
10 Today, evpos Oe TEVTE Kal EvEeyNnKOYTA, MHKOS O€ TpLaKOVTA Kal 
didxociwv. 3. Ody arrak ov8 Erraxis ov8 dxTaKis od6€ TOANA- 
an \ ’ \ 9S / Beste ’ e A ’ \ = / 
Kis det TOUS eyOpous ev Taayew’ Up yuo, AdrAA pipLaKis. 4. 
Tpis THs° nuépas, woTrep nueis, HoOvov,, of Taraol. 5.”Eote Ta 
, \ aA DY ‘ / xv , / We. / if 
d@bdeka Oils EE 7) TPls TETTAPA 7 TETPAKLS Tpia 7) EEAKLS BVO. 


15 6. In the army of Cyrus the younger the number of 
Greeks’ was 1400 hoplites and 2500 peltasts, of the barba- 
rians 100,000; while’ Artaxerxes the king was said to have 
1,200,000° soldiers. 7. In the Acropolis of Athens,, the tem- 
ple which they named the Parthenon is 227 feet long” and 100 

20 feet broad. 8. Once a* year the Athenians sent a sacred,, boat, 
to Delos,,. 9. A* drachma is the’ 6000th part,, of a* talent. 
10. Two-times 2” is 4, three-times 2 is 6, four-times 2 is 8”. 
11. Old-men® [are] twice children. 


$43 Pronouns. 
Personal. Demonstrative. Airdés. 
G. 389, 391, 399-400, 409. H. 261, 265, 265a, 271-72. 
sles 16, 07 
1. (O Knredpyou Xoyos 6 mpos To’s oTpaTi@tas.) Kreapyo 
Toté,, TO Nakedaipovip Pvyds.,,, OTe TOAAHY SvVamW exov 
Kipw ovv-ectpateveto ri Tov Exelvou LOEAPOY, Of TTPATLATAL 


ud ec > 4 4 2 \ 
ovK nOeXov Ered Oat,,, ws ov TovTOV evexa’ pLaAov AapBavovTes, 


40° 

A , 5) > 0 \ = ~ os 

5 wa peyaro Baciret payowTo, adr iva Tovs Iicléas é« THs 

Ss , an x 5 2 (4 4 ‘ig 
yopas éx-Bardoev. I patov pev otv €BiateTo,, avtovs: of & 
5 \ \ , e ! 5 

avtov’ Te €BadrXov Kal Ta éxeivou UTObvyta,,. “Ezret 0 ovK nvay- 
6 5) , ’ x f- is , \ ‘I , As : 
Kater’, avUTOUS, eKKANGLaV,, TVV-Ayel Kat NEyEL TAOE 


42—* be well treated, receive good. + Note -theart. G.951, Ho 65%e: 
2h. 5$ 12, line 17. 6 — 120 myriads. 1:25, 0.11. 8 Use the art. 
wel eieerst 10 THE two-times 2—. 11 This exercise should be extended. 

43—'§ 24, n. 7. > for this purpose, namely, that (va). 3 Regularly 
without art., if used of the Persian king. 4tricd to— (imperfect). *both 
himself and—. ® found he could not— (imperfect). 


PRONOUNS—PERSONAL AND DEMONSTRATIVE. 43 


’Exret upeis Emol, @ avopes ave a es ov Bovreobe meiOec Oat, § 43 
dec € ce vuiv &recOar. Nopifo ap pas 2) elval Kau" eee 10 
Kau ee Kal Tuppedx ous Kal pe? vuov ee LoWS,, AV EVTiBLOS 
einyv kal vuiy wpéripos,,, AVEV psy & ovK« av tkavos einv mpat- 

Tew ovdev. Kipov 8 av,,, Kkalmep pméxpt,, ToUTov’ dirov joe 
” ’ NN ” ” 9 / gee (i) / s by 
OVTA, OVK av ExoLpme eyw-rye’ vomiCe ETL’ Pidov EivaL* aTLATOS 


— 
On 


yap av dhawoiunv ov" advT@, unKkéte” BovrAOpevos cTup-TopeEveE- 
c0at.— "ANN non Peeee MECTOS ELL TaVTOlwY, TObE TKOTTOD’’, 
ei! éxetvou akovtos”® Suvatoi av one npiets olkad’ amr-ayew"™ 
Kai yap avtos THadEe THS mOnes ATELPOS, Ell, Omar S€ Kal 
ipets. “Oot od« &€-cott wadw emi thy OddatTav Kata-Balvew 


bo 


civev HYEMOVOV,,, NyEwovas Se nueEls ovK eyouev. Ov pry" oddé 20 
Ta éMiTHOELA EXoMEV* aAvEeV d€ TOUTWY OVTE OTPATHYOD OUTE (dLw- 
Tov,, Opedos,, ovdev.-—TavTta rAéywr TOUS aKovoVTAas érreOey ed 
BovrevecOat: Kai TéXos eEltrovtTo’ Baciet aTavTEs, AUTOS TE 


KnXéapyos kat of otpatidtat. "Apdortépors,, yap Hv TavTa”. 


2. The-man-who trusts witless,, [ people” ] is himself witless. 25 
3. Few-men are the” same in good-fortune,, and misfortune,, 
4, The just,, [man] always, delivers the same [judgments* | 
about the same [things]. 5. It is not [the mark] of a wise 
man to make the same |mistake;?] twice. 6. Bion, one® of 
the seven wise [men], used-to-say about a man [who was] 30 
rich, and miserly,,: It is* not he that owns” his money,,, but 
his money [that owns] Az. 


43—' both—and. ® Se. rov ypdvov. ° T for my part. 10 obk—ére no 
longer. Se -A ap | We op ie eee. tO: EUS ote eG: 14 ephether. 
being unwiliing, against HIS will. Gen. absol. (6vroc regularly omitted with 
dkovroc and éxdyroc). 1 Intrans. to depart. '" ot pry ov0é tndeed—no(t)—either. 
18N.B. Irreg. augm., as in éyw. 19 the same (interests). 20 — the witless. 
*1 In the sense same, airog takes the art. even when predicative. »? The noun 
is in the verb. 23 being one (Eig wv). ze AL MI AO 25 ty. 


& 


44 REFLEXIVE, POSSESSIVE, INTERROG., INDEFINITE. 


S 44 Reflexive. Possessive. Addos. *AdAnAwv. 
G. 401-2, 404, 406, 419. H. 266-69. 

1. Detye Tov adda’ Exyovta eri yAOTTS,,, GdrAa' ev Ve. 2. 
"AdAols Gra ira éotiv: tty wev Ta Huétepa Hdovyv, Tap- 
EXEL,, ipiv 88 Ta ipérepa. 3. “H apetn,, AUT) €avTH KAXNLTTOS 
puabos, €or. 4. Ovx edXayiotov eote copids pépos* TO cavToOV 

syleyvockew. 5. Ovdev dpewov THs yvouns,, of dvOpwrrot éyov- 
aw €v éavtots (or apiaw avtots). 6. Mndevi’ cpdédpa,, wlateve, 
gavt@ © aravtwv hKota. T. Lupmpattéto,, avTO ExacTOs,,, 
Kal TULTpPATTEL AVT@ O Oeos. 
8. ‘O codos év atTt@ Tepipéper TA ypynpwaTta. 
10 9. Lautov dvratte’ Tots TpoTrots eAevVOepor,. 


10. The-man-who is master-of,, himself is fit,, to rule others. 

11. Let each-man mind’*, his own’ [business] and not’ other- 

people’s. 12. The injustice,, of others most men* recognize, , 

more easily’ than [they do] their own. 13. We are hostile, 
15 to ourselves as well as" to each other. 


$45 Interrogative. Indefinite. Indefin. Relative. 
G. 415-16, 4181. 425. Hl, 277, 27a; 280. 
Attraction of Relative. G. 1031-32. H. 994, 996, 996a. 

1. (lady wepi Swxpdtous.) "Aye’ 67, & paOnTa, Néye pot a 
VewoTt TEpl LwKpaToUus ewavOaves.— HoiaT av réyolpt, @ Sida- 
oKxanre,—eitrep,, Suvatos y eiui.im-AXN éyots av poe Néyew TL 
TEpl TOD YévoUS avTOD, Tivos Hv TaTpos ;— Ada TOTO Ye pa- 

5dLov. “Hv yap Lwhpovickov tivos.— Ev 6é tive Tov “EXXAnvidwv 
Todewn bL-Hyev ;— AOnvynay, olwars ETAT MOY, yap EluL TAVU. 


44—aliud... aliud. 73a, 3 Why pn? 4 keep. 5 Tmpera- 
tive. ° = the [affairs] of himself. Tadd pn. 8 = the most (superlat. of 
morte) of men. ™G..861; 369, H. 254, 259; 10 cat... Kal. 

45—' dye properly the imperat. of intrans. dyw come, but used as a mcre 
particle of address (even to a number, instead of dyere)—now then, well. 


INTERROGATIVE, INDEFINITE, INDEFIN. RELATIVE. 45 


an / , , la q 
~~ OpOds réyeurs. “AXA TL rpatTwv ; Ata-eyopevos.—Kanros $45 
Kal ToUTO Néyers. Tice d€ TOV TOAIT@Y pwadtaTa bL-EdEYETO ;— 
Madnuota pév tots véows Kal Tots wadXrov ErLoTHMOTW EavTOD, 
ovdels 8 Fv OT@’ ovy Hdéws bi-ehéyeTo.—" Eye’ 61+ od yap pav- 10 

n an - , f 
Oavew' 6 Te éyers + pméxps yap THade,, THS uepas evomtfov Eywrye 
Soxpatn copwtatoy eivat avOpwrarv. “Addous S€é Tivas apa 
nipisxev avtod copwtépovs ;—Ma Av’ ovK« adyOas ye copore- 
povs, GAXA ToAROVS TOUS vopifovTas etvar.—’AAN, @ Hire, 
our avOavw. NAéy otv cadéot L tovtouv.— Aéyw 15 
Tw, pavOava. y obv €oTEpov,, TWEpl TOUTOV. éyo 
Ne te? la SS $2 8 , \ \ \ c an 
67 OTL TOV VwKpater Ola-eyomevoy TodOL MEV THY EAUTOV 
id / ed > , x ” / >] / , 
Téyvnv,, KaAGT eipyavorTo,, (Kal ev ye TaUvTH éxElvou Godw- 
5S ’ \ S975) 4 2 bd wv \ S 7 , 
TEpol OAV), OVOELS O HV OTTLS OVK WETO Kai TA Aa GopwTa- 
= SY } XN a 60° SS / iO ’ Ik & 
Tos €ival, Kal dla TOTO 67° SwKpatous Hv adpovertepos. Ovtos 
yap, OTov amEipos av, TOUTOV’ ovK weETO EuTrELpos eivat.— Hdn 20 
pavOava. "Adda Aye [Ol, Tepl Tivwv TpayuaTav bi-EhEyETO ;— 
Ilept drrdvtwv, aTrOs,, Méyov Hvtwa yvouny,, etyev.— Adra 
Tobe Oavpatw, dia Ti Kal Tice Oyots of €yOpoi’AOnvatous éret- 
¢ a ¢ / 
Gov btu aéws, éote’ Oavatov.— Ata TodTo, OTL evoptfov TLveES 
> \ iy / / by ld \ \ / / 
avtov étépous Saipovas,, eta-pépety Kal Tovs véous dLa-POeEiperv. 25 
2. (Drill.) “Ex tis apyis Hs elye—ev TH apyn H eiye—amro Tov 

® = lal as oe 
épyov @v émpatte—Hoopar Tots puOors,, ols ava-yryvockw. 
3. “Héopat ots Aéyets—ovdev OV TpaTTEr MPédLpov EoTL. 

4. Ovk Eotw ovdels GaTis OY AUTO PiXros. 


5. Demosthenes,, used-to-say to the Athenians: Who is this 30 
Philip, and from what region, does he come*? A slave, from 
Macedonia. And what ally does he most,, trust,? Your" 
laziness. And who co-operate,, best,, with him? Your lead- 
ers. For there is not-one of these” [men] who’ really” advises,, 


45— boric (not 6c) is regularly used after a negative clause or its equiva- 
lent—a sweeping, generalizing negative, not ANy-who. 3$ 1, sent. 4. 
t understand. Svery. Yet see § 41, n. 10. 5 ojroc often resumptive of 
a preceding relative. What he was unacquainted with, THAT. 7 Greek 
retains the original tense of the direct discourse. 8 yiyvopat. reds: 
alials VS 20,0. e 


46 CORRELATIVE PRONOMINALS. 


35 you well. 6. (Dridl.) From what you say—in what they have 
—I do not trust [the man] that I am sending. 


S46 Correlative Pronominals. 
G. 429-31, 436-38, 440. H. 282-85, 287. 
I. Interrogative and Relative. 

1. [loon éotiv Hoe ) yopa; “Epwtd’ ce oroan’ éotiv Hoe 
yopa. 2. [locous trmous éyeus; "Epwta® oe omocous imrous 
eyes. 38. Lota fv tatdta ta &Ovn,,; OtdTos DNéyer omota Hv 
tavta Ta €Ovn. 4. Tis fee,,; Aéyes ovtos Tis’ Hee; 5. Here- 

5pos é€ote Bertiwvy; Bovrevdpeba,, orotepos—. 6. Te det ypa- 
pew; Bovdevovrar 6 te Set ypadew. 7. Hod Av; Epard tpas 
dmou Hv. 8. I1n @yeto,,; "Epwrad avtovs brn @yeto. 9. Mot 
mopevocabe ; “Kyout’ av pou NEyelv O70 TropevoedOe ; 10. To- 
Oev Hees; Aéye pou omd0ev Hees. 11. Has cardmifes,,; 


10"Hdiar’ dy axovowpe Orws cartifers. 12. Hote Ovcer, 0 Bace- 


A e ut: ¢ ‘A 
Aevs; Ov dHrov éeotiv oTrdTE Ovcer 0 Bacirevs. 


13. We must always deliberate first’ what is just,,, then,, 
by-what-way it-is-possible,, to accomplish,, [it]. 14. Iam not 
asking how-many [people] were-present,,, but what-kind-of 

15[people]. 15. It is not certain where these tribes came,, from’, 
nor’ where they were journeying to’, nor how they passed- 


their-lives,.. 
II. Demonstrative. 


a) TocodTos (OY TavTeEs) .. . boot G2 etnies 
TOLOUTOS . . . OL0S SUCRE eas kOS, 
TOLOUTOS that kind of a (man), (a man) like that. 
b) 6c@ TOPwTEPOS TOTOUT@ | TWAQVTLWTEPOS. 
(quanto) Oartrov (tanto) BéAztov. 
46—' I am asking. 2In indirect questions the direct interrog. is often 


retained without change, or the short forms of the relat. (o00¢, otoc, etc.) may 
also be used; but drill in the use of the long (indefinite) form of the relat. is 
best at first. 3 ric in the indir. quest. is perhaps more freq. than boric. 
oA... 1G: S where from 7wi0ev, where to rot. SOU. OP 00" 4s OUOE 


CORRELATIVE PRONOMINALS—DEMONSTRATIVE. 47 


c) @S TAaYLOTA quam celerrime $ 46 
MS TELTTOL quam plurimt. 


16. TlodXot pev tov “AOnvaiwv Ywxpatovs mrElw ypnuata 
eiyov, ovdels O€ TOLAUTHY aodiar, olay Eexetvos. *AAA yap’ 
ob bia Tadtny povov &vd0£os Hv: MaxXOMEvoS Yap TOTOUTOV TAY 20 

dddwv avdpeiqa O1-EhEepev,,, Gov dia-Eeyomevos copia. IlodXa- 
KUS JLEVTOL,, OF @ TOPWTEPOS Ka aVdSpELOTEpOS Tis EoTL, TOT OUTYH 
LeadXov Ol TOANOL O1a-BarXovewy avTtov. Kat 67)’ cai viv ov T@S" 
AHoav ot A@nvaiot dvol, OoTe LwKpatyn aw-éxtewav'. 17. Ko- 
pos oTpaTnyos Hv TOTOUTwY (OF TavT@Y TOV) TTPATLWTOY, 25 
Ocoe els Yapders HOpoifovto,,: ete S€ (wicOov, tiow “EdAHoe 


Tap-éyov) Kat é€v TH “EXdade Kat” 


’ an fs 
ONlyov TOTAVUTA oOTpaTEv- 
aN ed PS \ 5 \ ce Us € tr 
pata cup-édeyev, OFA SuUVATOS HY, KAL AMA,, KPUTTWV WS MaNL- 
ec n > / , 14 
ava a év v@ eiye. Teédos 5€ dvw ws Tayiot’ erropeveTo. “AXN 
” VA \ f— / e e Vf N 
76n Ticoadépyns mpos Bacihéa TAUTYH KEV, 7 TaYLaTA SUVATOS 30 
9 c/ b] ~ \ \ b) Err, b] an be } fi e 
HV, Wa AUTO THY TapacKEvIY ayyerXoL, Exetvos b€ SUVAMLY WS 
a la P. , 
TrelaTny aOpoifol, Kal TH AEAPH WS acharéoTaTa,, MAKOTO. 


18. (Adverbs in -ws.) How do you mean”? This-way (dé. 
this-how), that-way, noway, every-(and-any)-way. 19. (-ov.) 
Where do you mean? Nowhere, everywhere, right-here. 35 
20. (-Oev.) Where do you come from? From-there, from- 
nowhere, from-everywhere. 21. (-7.) By-which-way are you 
come? By-this-way, by-that-way, by-noway. 22. What-kind- 
of-a-man do you mean? Not that-kind (Not a-man-like-that). 
23. The braver the soldiers, the stronger” the force. 24. The4o 
slower,,, the better’. 25. The more money he has, the more 


36) 


worthless, he is. 26. He is sending all’ the money he has. 


46—'§ 39, n. 6. ® most men, the people. * Kai 6) Kai and so too. 
vuv in the present instance. 10 Goes with dvor; so foolish. nut to death. 
12S 6. 13 Néyw. M kogitrwr. 15 Adverb. WS rayna:. . 00a: 

e 


48 CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS. 


$47 Classification of Verbs. 
I Conjugation in -o. 

(u,u. AS AD-w, KEeXEV-w, Ti-w T honor. 
a) Vowel-stems |} a, e, 0, contracting with ending. As (tipa-o) 

(Pure Verbs) tipw L honor, (piré-w) Piro L love, (dnro-@) 
| = énd@ J make clear. 
( Mutevm 8,03 95-5 00, 0. AS Netmr-@, 
b) Consonant- NEy-w, TelO-w. 

stems \ Liquid A, u,7,p. As ayyédX-o, véu-w TD ap- 

portion, mév-w, o7relp-@ [ sow. 

Il Conjugation in -w. As el-pt, T1On-pe T place, dido-pe I 
gre. 





These conjugations do not differ throughout, but only in 
the pres., imperf., and 2nd aor. of the act. and mid. voices 
(and, in a few verbs, in the 2nd perf.). In these tenses the 
first conjug. shows a suffix-vowel (0 or e) before the personal 
ending, while the second does not. /. g. in the 


( \v-0-weAa | TiOe-peOa { €dur-o-p | [ éBn-v 

ores. | | 2nd | 
ne 4 e-o0e a -o0e ee esc but -¢ 
-0-YTAL -VTal { -€ | [ — 


Notes. 1. A few verbs of the first conjug. follow the 2nd in their 
2nd aor. As Paty, €/3n-v. 

2. It will be seen later that not even the Ist conjug. shows the 
suffix-vowel throughout. As AéAv-par, EAVON-v. 


$48 Pure Verbs Uncontracted. 


Pres. and Imperf. Act. and Mid. (= Pass.), and Fut. of Act. and 
Mid. of all Moods (already learned exc. Fut. Optat.). 


Fut. of epi. G. 480 (pp. 100, 102), 806 (p.178). II. 314-15, 478, 
1. (O OeyuatoKkr€ovs Adyos pos Tovs otpatnyovs.) Tots 


aTpaTnyois Tots év Larapive OeprotowdrAs éyer WOE, Tas’: 


48—' somewhat (zc) as follows (woe, adv. of 00e). 


PURE VERBS UNCONTRACTED. 49 


io) i ( 
Ovx ed, ® avdpes oTpatnyol, cup-BovrEvovaly ot AAXoL, ovS § 48 
] , b] te (o al \ ” amy f/f 
arnGevovawy,,. Ov yap To nuadv ye Bacirevs eEotar Zepens. 

aA / 2 

"ANN éuov axovaedbe’ Ta Bedriora. Pevyovtes pev yap, asd 
OUTOL DLV Beles -KENEVOVTAL, TATN TH “ENA GOu KLVOUVEVE OLED, 
pévovTes © avTOD' Kal ws aoe Ha NoHevoe Tas TOV TONE MIOY 
VAUS KATA-KAELTOMEV ELS TTEVOY,, TOTTOV,,, OV IEEE abtas 
@aTrep txOds,,. Kal’ yap ec Belin VEMV EKELVOL EXOUTLY, OMOS,, 


— 


auto’ TOUTO KwAUGEL,, AVTOVS KAAS payer bau, nuets O€ (&Te,, 10 
TON ETLE TH LOVES TEPOL,, ovTEs TOV VAUTLKOD,,) epee Ss 
TOUS. ee, Kehevonat obv wiv eyo", Tois Te ie Kal vuly av- 
TOls TLOTEVOUVGL, LEVEL OUTED EgpEV Kai TOV BapBapov Ths UBpews 


, fa / ” ay n L 
maveiv.—VTotavta NEYWY ALTLOS,, VY THS ViKNS. 


On Indireet Diseourse. 








Indiv. in Optat. Lndir. 
Direct (or [ndic.) in Infin. 
NUT-@ { Aw-oupee (OF AU-w) ( XU -ew 
EELS -OlS Cs -€LS) ae ee 
-€l oe Givin ts 228) avuTov 33 
S 
8 
= = 
yy = = Ss I 
€U-ov Ss ; €Nv-ov AU-€LV 
px tat. 
-€¢ > P ; ES fos O€ 
ie wanting = ee 
-€ a. -€ % ~ AUTOV = 
e xa) 
, ee t L ~ 
AU-Tw a | Av-coipe (OF AU-cw) = U-weLy 
-OELS g -cos (“ -ceis) es ge, 
-Oel i saat. (> cages) auror: «ts 
édu-oa, etc. | AWW-carps (“ Eddoa), etc. | AVoat, etc. 


Notes. 1. Though the Mood of the direct discourse is (or may be) 


# 


48—? § 24, n. 12. 3 for all Greece = of losing all Greece. 4 Adv. 
S«kai here aes with ef; for even if (= although). ° this very (adbrd) thing. 
7 Emphatic. 


4 


50 PURE VERBS UNCONTRACTED. 


§ 48 changed, yet the Zense is retained—unlike the English, which from 
“T am loosing” becomes “I said I was loosing ;” from “I loosed ” 
becomes “I said I had loosed.” 

2. The Optative form of indirect discourse is used only after a sec- 
ondary tense, as ékeyov. (After a primary tense, both mood and tense 
of the direct discourse are retained. #7. 7., Aéyw Ore ow, -£tc, Et, 
éhvor, etc.) The Lnfinitive form is used after both primary and sec- 
ondary tenses, as Noe dni L say Tam loosing, ieav epnv LI said [ 
was loosing. 

3. The optative is not necessarily used, as the table shows, even 
after secondary tenses. 

4, The verb déyw prefers the éri-construction, the verb @nui regu- 
larly takes the infinitive (acc. c. infin.). 


i5 2. Themistocles said that’ the others were not advising 
well nor speaking-the-truth,—that Xerxes would’ not-yet be 
king of the Greeks,—that they would’ hear from him the 
best [advice],—that if they fled (= fleeing) they would’ hazard 
all Greece*,—that if they remained on-the-spot they would’ 

20shut-up the enemies’ ships in a narrow place, where they 
would? chase them like fish,—that they were much more 
skilful than the enemy and would’ be superior to them,— 
that he urged them to remain,—that they would* put-an-end 
to the barbarian’s’ insolence. 

25 3. The others he said’ were not advising well nor speaking 
the truth,— Xerxes he said would not-yet be king of the 
Greeks,—from him* he said they would hear the best [advice], 
—if they fled (= fleeing) he said they would hazard all Greece, 
—remaining he said they would shut-up the enemies’ ships in 

30a narrow place,—he advised them he said to remain. 


48—! ereyev ore. 2 *¢will” in direct discourse. * Dative. 4 Lit. 
‘‘make the barbarians cease from—.” > €on. ° = himself. 


FIRST AOR. ACT. AND MID. (NOT PASS.). Atoas. 51 


First Aor. Act. and Mid. (not Pass.). <Atoas. § 49 
G. 480 (pp. 101, 103), 335 (p. 71). H. 316, 242 end. 
(For irregular accent, see G. 131, 4. H. 389c.) 
1. “Axovoaré pov, ® pirot, TAS Bacirevs TIS,, MEYaAHY apy7Y 
KaT-€dUce,,, —Kpoicos, Aéyo, TavTwr avOpwTwy O Els’ TOV TOD- 
tov évdokotatos. Kat yap tavv,, d&vov" axovaat’. Ovdbtos yap 


Avdos peév tv yévos, cxebov 5€ Tavtwv TOV €Ovav,, TOV EVTOS,, 


or 


“Advos totamov Ttupavvos ylyvetar. Tovtm yap BapBapwr 
TpwT@ edovr\Evaav' of” EXAnves of ev TH Acia, KalTrEp TPOTEpOV 
dvtTes édevOepor. Bacirevoads’ dé cyedov Eryn OVO HKovoeV OTL 
Ilépons tus, Kdpos dvopa, otpatevodpevos,, ém “Aotuayn Tov 
Mydav Baciréd Travoeev ator THs povapyias. (Tov dé Kipov 

a ’ / , 3) an ’ / lot sep i ’ , 
TOUTGY, ONLYOV TpOTEpOV, apyaiov @vouatomev.) ‘Tavt’ ovv axov- 10 
ads Kpoicos mpoOipotatos yiyveTat ev T@ pépel,, eT eKEiVOV 
mopevecOat. pis totvuv tréutres ets Aeddous, ot’ Hv ’AtroANwVE 
TO EVTLMOV LEpor,,, KaL TpLTYINLA lepeta TW Dew Oiaapevos exelvov 
nKovoev OTL et Kipov otpatevodpevos peyadny apyny KaTa- 

ef , > A / , n , 5) 
Avcot. Tavty ody TH wavTEia TIcTEVWY TOAAH SvVapEL EoTPA- 15 

/ - - a an 
tevoato emi Ilépods, cai mépav, tod “AXvos ToTapov oTpato- 
/ \ an te - \ \ , - if 
TESEVTUPLEVOS,, TOV TiTOV, KAT-Exde Kal THY ywpav bi-npTra€er. 
\ 

"AAA Tayews NUpLoKke TOV Dedv adnOevcarta,. Tv yap éav- 
Tov apyiy Kat-édice. Ktpos yap ws Tayiota Hewv,,, loxyuy 
éywv Toru peiCova kai Bertiova, Tovs Addovs eis huyijy TpéTrEL, 20 

\ Xr / > ’ Ss / ry ’ £ bs bé (d Vé K lal 
Kal KaTa-KrElads eis Lapders ev TéTapot Kal Séxa npuépats Kpot- 
cov éravae THs Bacideids.— Ex Tovtov 67 padiws &&-ecTt pwav- 

jj ; » pg ye 

/ ef \ 4 \ / ” if, 4 
Oavey OTL ToVs diAoTipous Kal TréOV EyeLv BovNopévous EoTLW- 
6Te oparXovow,, of Geol. Ata pirotipiav yap Kal émiOvpiav 


~ 


peifovos yopas Shirov” Ste Kpotcos d1a-Baiver,, tov “AXvy ToTa- 25 


49—'S§ 38, line 31. 2 worth hearing. 3 Engl. idiom: he was the first 
to whom. G. 926, last sentence. H. 619b. 4 otbdevoa, EBaciievoa I became 
slave, king. G. 1260. H. 841. Shaving reigned. Sin his turn. 7 Adv. 
Shaving marched = if he marched. 8 a oe Bs 10 Sc. éoriv. But becom- 
ing phraseologic, dnAoy drt Was used as One word (dndovdrt)= plainly. 


So 


52 FIRST PERF. AND PLUPERF. ACT. -«ds -nvia -xés. 


/ wd , b) ig / x \ lal 
pov,—iva oTpatoTredevantar ev TH TONEMIa;' Kal TOY oiTOV KaTA- 
\ / Qn e -_ 
Kavon Kal TAELOVwY EOVaV Bacihevon. *AXN ot Oeol ExwdUCar,, 
aeuN . , 6 cs 2Bo a ov , A We) 
avtov d.a-mpattedOat,, & EBovrETO, Wa Tavadpevos THs UBpews 


\ \ / / 
TO NOLTTOY METPLWS OL-ayOL. 


30 2. What did you hear to-day,,, my friends, from the teach- 
er? For I* was not present,,.—We heard something about 
Croesus,—how he destroyed a great empire. For the teacher 
told® how he was" a Lydian by birth, and how the Greeks in 
Asia became-slaves” to him, and how (Cyrus having deposed 

’5the Median king from his monarchy) he made-an-expedition 
into Avs" territory, in order that, having burned the grain and 
deposed Cyrus, he might, according,, to the oracle, destroy a 
great empire. But [it was] his-own empire”, the teacher said”, 
[that] he dissolved. For Cyrus shut him up in Sardis and in 

40a few, days himself” became-king of Croesus’ country. 


50 First Perf. and Pluperf. Act. -xés -xvia -xés. 
G. 480 (p. 101), 335 (p. 71). H. 317, 244. 
(For irregular accent, see G. 131,4 and 5, II. 389d e.) 


® Ci sen , i , 
1. Ovrou ot' viv cup-Be-BovdreEv-KoTes Nnovylav, ayew, Kal’ 
’ / / 2; , lal Vp 4 
€mu-yiyvomevou,, Piririrov, ovK opOas,, cup-Be-Bovrev-Kact. 
\ ’ Ve peer | ’ an , \ \4 \ eo ’ 
Tap ELpnVHnV, yap EKELWOS AE-AUKE, KAL TAPA TOUS OPKOUG,, ELS 
x ie — § \ qn \ X , - 

THV METEPAV NKWV, TOV TLTOV Kal TAS KWLAS KATA-KE-KAU-KE, 
\ \ / - if x lal / e 
bKaL THY yopav dv-apTrater, Kal ipas Kata-Ké-KrEl-KEV. OdvToL 

ial a Z 7d J 
d€, MY TOlS AOYOLS péypl TOVTOV’ TE-TLOTEV-KAaTE, EKEiVM peV 
1 S an ’ , Vi Le, 
evvovaTatol,, OvTES Ypuly O evavTLWTAaTOL,,, Twas KLVdUVOUS UTEP 


49—"Se. yy. G. 953. H. 621c. ? Expressed. 18 fheyev wo... Kal 
Obs ©. KOLUC 1448 48 for quotation of imperf. indic. 15 Optative. 
'6 Gen. absolute. 17 Emphatic. IAT IS tS, 19 ?6n with acc. c. inf. 
20 auroc. 

50—' These men that have—. *even= although =k«ai-7wep. * Postponed, 
to emphasize elpnyny. Iara c. ace. tn the line of, according to; mapa ce. 
ace. (not ¢n the line of, in accord with, but) alongside, outside, i.e. contrary to. 
68 49, n. 11. 6§ 48, line 13. 


LURST PERE, AND: PLUPHR?. UID: (= PASS): 583 


in ’ = , 5 y \ / \ t 
THS TONEWS KE-KLVOUVEV-KaGL; Tivas O€ TOAEMIOUS TOTE KE-KWNU- 
= \ / / 5) SS 
Kadol THY TOAW épyavecOau' Kaka; “AXN ovK av EX OLEV, Olpat, 
9S Ui a N f lal Y, VA 
Aéyerv.— AXN’, @ avdpes “AOnvatot, dua TL TOTOVTOV Ypovoy Tov- 10 
Qn tal J x n VA 
ToLs TOS Tovnpots, TWe-wiaTev-Kapmev; Ov yap Tols ToLovToLs 
< lal rn / \ / i , 4, 
pérel,, TOV THS Todkews. Ata TU ody Ov TANAL, TE-TAU-KapeEV 
\ Me latyoe} f fe an 
avtous cup-Bovrevortas ; — Toratt éreye Anuoobévns év Tots 
5) n j e \ ” er ) , a 
A@nvaiow. Ot yap addou pytopes €-Te-TLiTTEV-KETaV Tots 
\ / / 
Dirimmov Royous, Kal THY eipnvnv aye “AOnvatous €-Ke-KEEV- 15 
/ a an ” \ (74 N. 
KETAV, NEYOVTES OTL EKELVOS OUTE TOUS OPKOUS AE-AV-KwS ElN, OUTE 
A 


os - , 
TAS KWMLAS KATA-KE-KAU-KOS. 


2. (Quotations from the above.) These men that had urged’ 
the Athenians to keep quiet, Demosthenes said’, had not ad- 
vised rightly ; for Philip” had broken the peace and burned 20 
their villages, and shut them up in Athens. And he told 
how” those that had trusted Philip had not hindered the ene- 
my from doing the city injuries, and he wondered,, why they 
had not long-since put-an-end to their giving-advice. 


First Perf. and Pluperf. Mid. (=Pass.). Irregular Accent. § 51 
G. 408 (p. 103); 523; 527; 131,4. HH. 318, 365, 358, 389b. 
N.B. No surrix-vowEL. See supra § 47, n. 2. 

1. (Drill.) ’E-d0-e-T0, é-NE-AU-TO.  *E-otpatev-e-To, é-cTpa- 
Tev-T0. L“TpaToTredEev-0-pevos, €-cTpatoTredev-pwévos. UTpaTEv- 
e-c0at, ¢-atpated-c0a. ’*E-otpatev-yar, ¢-oTpatev-pnv. — 2. 
Ev toe Aaxedammoviov Ttorkégum te Tpos ~AOnvatous, ovTOL 
(HTTous bvTES KATA YhV) TOAXNOUS evlavTOUS ev TH TOAEL EmEvoY 5 
Ke-KANELMEVOL, TOIS TodEmlols ovK EOEédoVTES payecOaL TY,, 
Kata OdraTTav,—ooTEp €v apyn TOD ToAgwou IlepeKAHS é-Ke- 
KerevKel. “Exetvos yap TavtTwv padiota é-me-TicTEVvTO* WaTE 


50-7 Two accusatives. G. 1078. H. 725a. 8 Perf. in Greek, not pluper- 
fect. %2on with ace. c. inf. Wr ACEG. It 1 tNeyev we. 

51—' The perfect tense pictures (not an action, but) the state or condition 
resulting from an action. 


54 HRST AOR AND FUL AND FUT. Len. PASS. 


\ \ \ he ’ ’ / aA / 
Kal beta Tov Oavatoyv ovK €-Té-TavYTO Ga ouV-€-BEe-BourEUKEL 
af \ a / / ” 2 e an \ 
10 TpatTovtes.— To mpwtov pévTot,, Bapéws Ehepev” 0 SHpos, TOVS 
\ J / n / / xX / 
AYPOUS, ETL-TPETTWV,, TEMVELY,, TOLS EVAVTLOLS OV TAEOV 7) EENKOVTA 
/ n Lg 3. Ue f fal 
oTAadLOUS THS TOAEWS aTr-Eyovat,,. “Qaote Ilepixret éyarérrat- 
° an / > , ee 
vey €OTL-OTE, EKELVOY VOMLCwY aiTLOV eival TaVTwY OowY’ ETATYXE, 
ear 5 , e 
Kal édeyev MOE Tas: OdxK ed Be-Bovrevpefa. Oi pev ae 
15 ce OU {LOVOD Els THY ee €-OTPATEVYTAL, AAAA Kal TPOS 
auras Tas TUAGS TE-TOpEvYTAaL, NMELs OE a eneegcous KENEVOVTOS 
Tas TUNAS KeE- Kreto Oat) KeE- sali ee €gpev’ Tos E-BadXovow,, 
> Zz 
émi-mimtew. “AXAA LHKETL AVT@ Cours aTloT@ OVTL* iad 
yap ai oikiat KaTa-Ké-KaUVTaL, Kal TavTa dé-AUTAL. 


20 3. (Quoting the above.) The people being indignant at 
Pericles said that® they’ had not taken good counsel; for the 
enemy” had not only marched into their" [territory], but also 
had advanced to the very gates. Their houses", they said”, 
had been burned down and everything was in confusion. 4. 

25 They said that® everything was in confusion. 


§ 52 First Aor. and Fut., and Fut. Perf. Pass. Verbals in -rés and -réos. 


G. 480 (p. 104), 474 (bot. of page), 776. H. 318-19, 475. 
(For irreg. accent, G. 131, 5. H. 389d e; for -Oete G. 335. H. 242.) 


N.B. 1. o irregularly added to the root in jxobe-Onv (dxove-Ojcopat, 
éikova~Té0c), Exheia-Ony (kAero-Oyoopat, kNeo-Té0C), TAVO-TEOC. 

2. Qu-réov [éori | prow= Cet ple Qiewv. matcdev-réor Ff, peev rove er ee 
Hpac rawevery rouc maicac. G. 1597-98. H. 990-91. 

3. éxopevOny I journeyed. Lass. deponent, G, 444. H. 497. 


1. (epi ‘Immiov.) “Imrias 0 esovotpatov, “A@nvaiwy api 
Ta émtakaloexa &Tn TUpavvedods, Tavleis' UTO TOV TATP@wV 


51—* graviter ferebat. 3 § 45, sent. 2. 4 be (kept) shut. eis 
Kkwdvpeda. 6un because with subjunctive. 173 in confusion. Seen. 1. 
8 eheyev Ort. 9 Sing. number. wACC Cant; 1! gaurov, Cc. art. 12 fon. 


52—! when deposed. 


HERS ACK: AND POLAND LU Ie Eh £28, 55 


na f- - a / © 
éyOpav, éeropevOn ws Bacihéa Adpeiov, Tapa-Kerevoopevos § 52 
> / e \ / \ \ e \ lal / 
éxelv@ éavTov Kat-ayew. Kat meotevdeis vo tov BapBapwv 
yA 0) la) AN 7, if CY (6 JA ” SYA ’ lal \ \ K 
euevev ev TH’ Nola, méxype’ (dn yépewr,, WV, ETEL ELKOTTH META THY 5 
n , € 
duynv) eis Mapaddva ovuv-eotpatevoato, ws KaTa-MUowr” THY 
/ _- an al if 
ToTe Onmoxpatiav. “AXN vmo TOV Oewy exwAVON TO SevTEpor* 
n 5 SEN lal \ NI hone) lal lal / 
tupavvevoar. *Kvtavda,, wev yap ot “A@nvator tots Iepoacs 
; L € a of 
evOds,, éml-mrimtovalw, of © éemavOncay THs Tpakews,, Kal ws 
/ by 7 DAE fe} t4 e > 7 Ul / a 
TaytoT olkad’ am-épyovtat* votepov & eter SexaT@, KalTEp TOV 10 
an lal a - lal na vé - 
-AOnvav kata-Kav0etaov Kail TOV TONTOV Ex THS Kwpas Onpev- 
y on ¢e V > / , 
Oévtwy eis Tas vads, of BapBapot ets oTEvoy TLVa TOTTOV KaT-E- 
« / \ \ 53 
KrelaOnoar, ov amro-OvnaKovat TOAXOL, Kal TO SeVTEpOY HY olKabe 
NY / lal S / 
mopeutéov. 2. “AdXa Travotéov Hiv, ® Pidol, ava-yryv@aKov- 
iL ig / 
cw, ANN akovaTéoy GN\AnA@V SLa-AEyouEeVMD, tv @S BEXTLOTA 15 
rn hi N / 
Kata Tavta TratbevO7jTe. Ildcous Toivuy,, eviavtovs éTupavvev- 
= / 
cev ‘Immias “A@nvaiwv ;—Os értaxaioexa éviavtovs.— Ered) 
Se, 49) / an >’ nan A. 3. f v e/ \ = la 
& érav0n THs apyhs, Tot émopevOn ;—' EXeyes OTe Tapa Aapetov 
an A x 4 ‘ lal 
mopevdein.— Opbas,, Meyers. “AXA Tivos EveKa,, TPOS TOUTOV 
A \ / 
@xeTO,, ;— Iv av’t@ Tapa-KedevoaiTo EavTov KaT-ayewv.—Ti dé 20 
, / €. f— 
mr€éov Edeyov eyo ;—”EXeyes ws’ TictevOein prev “Immias vo 
n lal lal \ \ / 
tov Iepoav Kat pet avT@v otpatevcaito éml TY TaTpioa, 
- , 33 8 x lal a , , * \ \ 
KoAUGEin © UTO TOV Oedy TAALY TUPaVVOS ElvaL* TOUS yap Bap- 
f, {4 / 
Bapous, els TOTO TWA KaTa-KrELaHEVTAS OUK ETLTNOELOV,, ELS 


veav TAHO0s, TavOhvast is ev ve eiyov Tpakews’. 25 


3. Compare the duaAoyoe with the original Adyoc, noting in it sub- 
stitution of tva-clause for fut. partic. ; further, 


of évcavroce for what ? per avr@ véorpar. ? 
wapa Aapetor 2  ropevOein and other optats. ? 
we With numeral ? aA ¢ 30 
ereton exavOn ? 





4. (Verbal adjectives.) T° (you, he, we, you, they) must- 


52e— Fut. partic. after a verb of motion (with or without wc) to express 
purpose. 5 wéyoe Conjunct., unt. 4 the second time. 5 § 49, n. 4. 
Swe must stop reading. 7You told how—. §§ 39, lines 22-23. ° Un- 
emphatic forms, post-positive. 


56 PURE VERBS—CONTRACTS IN -ao. 


speak-the-truth, be-king, deliberate, be-slave, hunt, burn, ete. 
(See vocabulary 48.) 


$53 Pure Verbs.—Contracts in -do. 
G. 492 (riud-w). HH. 323. *Ha, impf, etov (7. ciyov), G. 537, H. 359. 


N.B. Compare the mood and negative of the ei-clause in 
1. édy (=i tty) rec poy AANDEdN, OF MLOTEVOMEY (-coper) avr (Pres. or Fut.) 
2. ev ree pry tANOevor, ovK ETLTTEVOMEY AUT (Past) 
with that of the tva-clause (rule already learned) in 
1. iva po) dovAcvwper, raevdpeba (-Onodpeba) (Pres. or Fut.) 
2. iva pu) Covrevomper, Emardevdpeba (Past). 
Observe éyv in the ei-clause with subjunctive (édyv). 


B) lal / Le Zo ¢ an 5 , 
1. ‘Hdéws av epwtapév ce, & SidaocKanre, oTroi0s Hv AnpooGe- 
S - la) \ a an lal 
yns.— AAN €av BovrAncOe Tipay avTov ws det’, Deaobe TpaTOV 
\ \ > / / e ’ / / > a) 
pev tov éxeivov Blov, ws ’AOnvaiows Tap-exedevETO,, WTAaVTAay 
© \ n x an 
Dirla7@ ert HTTove ovTL, Kal @s Tos €€-aTaT@yTas Tov OFjpov 
kK x ” ’ , - > aA Q \ e \ Uf / 
5(moAXovs OvTas) éTOApPa alTLacOal, Kal WS KATA TaVTa TpOTOY 
b) an N 2 / ” / D5 2€ A / 2 Siew 
ereipato TH Tod amlely,, OvTEe yap, ev NTT@VTO mayy, Ela 
wu? > 2 5S ’ - lal / lal ’ n 
avtovs aBipas eye", OUT avd, Et Vik@ev, TavEedBat TOD ayOvd<s,, 
Shy 4 \ v ee lols \ 3; \ 2 e/ / 6 
Kx’ 6€ TovTov oUT@ PLtALKOS' TPOS AUTOV ElyoV, WOTE TA TE 
wi \ \ / = rn / A 
dra étipwv Kal 8) Kal’ orépavor,, xpvcody,, eynpiCovto avT@. 
at b) feta oh / > a a 8 Eo ete) 8 , \ > 
10°AXAN of évavtiot,, éxeivov TooovToV’ Timacbar’ ypovoy TWA ovK 
” a ef b) \ / ” \ \ ? / \ 
El@v, BowvTES OTL OV KATA VOMOV EN, KAL TOXAA ALTLWMEVOL, KAL 
5) \ / 9 , SN oth gS U a iA 10 , 
TEA SN Tete auTOV SCL Terxevtav™ 66, 
axovt@v"™ TOUTOY, viKa Kal TO dapov, ee TOU Onpou Aap Paver. 
"Emecta 8é, av poner ee oTrolos 7 pee cupBovrevow viv 
15 Tade* puny €€-avratacbe UO TOV awabov,, KAL TOY KAKGS Te-TaL- 
, x b) / > e/ 12 / \ (see 
Sevpéevov (TovTwv yap ovdEls EoTLY OGTLS Vomifel TOUS pNTOpas 


53—!as you ought. 2 in battle. 3 dOvpwc exw Tam feeling disheart- 
ened (almost = aObpoc efpt). #8 22, 05:0. Ch feo. 6 both in other 
ways—. CRAG Ti 0. 8 to be so much honored. Ve. 24 on, 6: 
10 Finally (lit. finishing; but used like adverbial 7édog). 118 48, line 17. 


2S 45, n, 2. 


VERBS IN -do CONTINUED. 57 


TovS év TH EavTOU Koy NTTATOaL Kal Anwoobévous), AAXr’ nets 


st i / i \ BLA 
avTot Tetp@pnEe0a TOUS ExElvoU NOYOUS ava-ylyVWOKEW Kal KpLVELY. 


2. If the people were being cheated, Demosthenes tried to 
stop those cheating [them]. 38. His opponents” brought- 20 
charges-against Demosthenes, and said that” the law did not 
allow him to be honored; but his friends said: No” long 
time will this city exist, if these’ [men] win and Demosthe- 
nes be worsted. 


Verbs in -é contin’d. Irreg. xpaopar, Caw, and Imperf. €-wpwr. $54 
G. 496, 538. H. 412, 359. 
1. Kréapyos 0 Aakedaipovios (rept ob avto éypadeté te év 
TH EKTN Kal TpLAaKOTTH Tapaypady), ETELOn THS apyHs eTavOn’, 
@YETO WS,, Kipov: 0 & éypito avT@ ws hiro, Kal ypnpuwata Tap- 
eiyev, ap av KrXéapyos otpatimtas avd-déeyer audi,, TOUS diay t- 


Or 


Nlous. Tovtois ody xpwpevos, €&y ‘tous Opaxas 6i-apTalovr,,, 
€ws Kipos éxéXevoev avtov els Lapders wap-eivac:,.— "Hv 6bé 
YANETOS O AVP, Kal TOANAKLS meV TPAXEéWS,, EBOA, TOAAAKLS © 
éwpwv avTOV Of oTpaTLOTaL yadeTraivorTa,. Ei ydp Twa open 
un TecOdpevorv, opoop , ExorAaLE, vomifwv oTpaTevpaTos j41) TeLOo- 
pevov’ ovdev Odenros,, etvat. “Ex b€ Tov’ Tpayds eivat, Suyaper 10 
eypnto wperiuo,, els mavta.—°Hy 6é, ote érerevTAa, audi Ta 
TEVTHKOVTA ETN. 
2.” Avdpa cwppova,, ypt) écOieww,, va 6H, adra wy Chv W ec Oin. 
3. M») vik@ v70 Tov KaKkod, adda Vika ev TO AyAO® TO KakOV. 
4. To Env advrws® avdpos éotw evtvyxods,,. 16 
5. “A un mpoo-nKet, wnt aKkove un dpa. 


53—'* R. 6. 4 Ore c. optat.,—what tense ? 15 Ov modu. . . Eorat. 

§4—' relieved of his command. > to be present in (= come to, report at) 
Sardis. sic after a verb of rest, if implying previous motion. 37f not 
obedient. PUA vOseiiihe ° N.B. an adject. usually of only two endings, 


though not compound. § G@-hvToe, -ov untroubled, without pain or trouble, 


58 VERBS IN -éo. 


6. If a man’ lived® according,, to the laws, of the city,, and 
honored his parents,,, he himself was honored by the Athe- 
nians. Yet’ Socrates lived about seventy years according to 
20the laws of God, honoring all [men] and treating his ene- 
mies as friends, but Adm the Athenians treated as an enemy. 
7. Let the wise man live” soberly,, and die,, bravely,,, nor” 
let him be vanquished” by pleasures,, but enjoy them moder- 


ately,,. 


§ 55 Verbs in -€o. G. 492 (irew). HH. 824. 


N.B. Compare the mood and negative of the relative-clause in 
1. “Oozee (or"Oc) &y po) adnGevn, roUTw ob TLTEvOMEY (-coper) (Pres. or Fut.) 


66 


ie: 6 py ANDEvOL, ovx excarevoper (Past) 

with that of the ei-clause in 
1. ‘’Eav ree pu] ad Gevn, ov TLOTEVOMEY (-gopter’) auT@ (res: or Fut.) 
2. Et reg pop GAN Gevo, ok Excatevoper ait@ (Past). 


Observe that in sense also éay ree poy = Oc Gy jah. 


lal >, i= € 4 (A XN e rn \ c/ 
1. THs adnbetas apaptavet,, GoTis adv yATat Tovs “EXAnvas 
/ an / 4 an x an = lal 
Lovov TOD TwWmaToS,, KaNXOS hirety', AN Ov Kal TO THS WUYTS 4° 
/ \ \ \ \ / lal t / 
Mantota pev yap Tous Ta Oikala ToLovyTas éTimwY, WadLoTA 6é 
ca > a Sct by Ne a \ \ 
Tovs adiKkodvTas exodXalor,,. "Ere d€ boot Soxotey perv ypnaTol, 
5 oe J \ 42 / i x a \ bh a 
5 elval, Eley O€ [L1), TOVTOLS NTLATOUY, KAL TOLS MeV béya TAOUTOD- 
by i ’ i e \ , nr AN 7 ’ a = / 
aw ov Tavu epOovovy, o d€ péya hpovay €doKet adTots Kivdvvev- 
ELV, 
/ ’ tg (A 5 tXAa \ b) / a > 
TOUT@ OU MOVOY YapLV,, ELyoVv, AAA Kal ET-EVElpOUV KPAaTELV av- 


rn al ¢ / 
uTo tov Oeav KorabecOar. ~AAN GaTis péev evEpyeToin, 


a 95 A 2d 9S 3; lal \ n - an 
TOU Ev TOLOUYTES* Eb © av ALKOLVTO, TOY AOLKODVT ETLLWPODYTO, 
= an x rn - n na r \ AN J 
10 €rt-OupodvTes Kal TODTOY ViKay KaK@s TrocovyTes.—lI pos dé ToOv- 
\ \ e) nr > na ’ x X\ > \ MVPs 
Tots Tous Oeovs éehoBovvto, evoeBovvTes avTot Tepi avTovs Kal 


Tovs aaeBovvtas avayKalovtes,, atro-ywpely ex THS yopas.— 


54—" ric (enclitic). 8 Mood ? (§ 58). 9 "Opwe oé. 10 [mperative. 
Nai py. If the preceding clause had been negat., then poe. 12 yrraopat, 
c. gen. or v7 ¢c. gen. 

55—' Pres. infin. standing for imperf.; loved. > un (not od) in any con- 


dition, even if merely implied. 


VERBS IN -éo. 59 


\ ? 
"AANA Kal TOvs ToUNTAS,, TKOTELTE, Ef SoKeEl’, Ws EE adTaV exeivos § BD 
paar €T-NVELTO, OOTLS TA OiKaLa SEE Tovs yap tovn- 
Tas nyovvTo OLoacKadous eivat TOY VéwY, TOUTWY © WS OVOEVOS' 15 
aNXov €T- ce aye: Kat yap obv® éte Kat vov xen HfLaS OMOXO- 
yelv OTL OL VEOL (cap voov Tpoc-EXWaLW) VTO TOUTWY MpEeNOvITAL. 
>A KOUVET OUV TOE * 
=p / 2 nr / o 6 / 5 
To Képoos nryov Képoos, av" Sixatov 7. 
"AvOpwrov dvta Set dpovety TavOpwTiva’. 20 
x‘ A 
"Avip tjovnpos duvaTtuyet, Kav" EVTVYN. 
ef scar n / \ , / 
. “Or evtuxets, wadioTa Hn peeuee peya. 


2 
5) 
4 
5 
6. Ta pndév® RE OUTE [1 ToveEl Os 
7. Katp@ cxore: Ta Tpaypar’, avrrep’ vouv ExNs. 
8. Tay evtvyovvtay travtes avOpwrrot pinot. 25 
9. Tov evtropovv?’ Exactos ndéws Opa. 
10. Diret & Eavtovd TrEtov ovdels ovdEeva. 

11. Kai rode Wddtwvos: TWovrais eis ppovav pipiov un’ ppo- 
VOUVT@V KPELTTOV €aTLW. 


12. (Drill in equivalence of three forms of expression.) If 30 
aman’ is not’ negligent in® his work, he is praised = Whoever 
is not’ negligent in his work, that [man] is praised = The man” 
who is not’ negligent in his work is praised.—If a man was 
not negligent in his work, he was praised = Whoever was not 
negligent, that [man] etc.=The man” who etc. 13. From 35 
what" you say, teacher, the Greeks agreed with us” in many™ 
things. For if one does the right, we too honor him; but 
whoever does-injustice, that [man] is punished. Further, all 
who seem to be good but are not, these we mistrust ; and if a 
man is rich, we do not greatly envy him. But in-the-follow- 40 
ing-point’? we seem to me to-be-superior™ to the Greeks. For 


©5— if it seo ad good — of you please. 4 of these, as of no one else. 
5§ 41, 4. 6 Gy — tay, kay = Kai éay. ‘ra avOpwrwwa. ® ric (enclitic). 
* of, Pa Son 11 § 45, sent. 6. 12 Dative. 13 todd. ME ay piv 


yap. For the following, see above. 15 r6de. 16 koarety C. gen. 


60 VERBS IN -€o CONTINUED. 


we, if we are wronged, do not avenge-ourselves on the wrong- 
doer, but attempt to do him good. 


$56 Verbs in -é cont'd. Dissyllabie Verbs contract only ee and ee. 
C490; HA 
N.B. 1. Compare the temporal clauses 
1. Orar (or ‘Ordrar) cen Kivduvevaar, 0 avepEtoe Ov poPetrat. 
2. “Ore (or Ordre) Céoe Kurddvevaat, Kupoc ovx éofetro, with 
1. “Ear cen Kurduvevoas, ete. 
2. Ei céoe xevcvvevoat, ete. 

2. Distinguish between the impersonal forms of ééw Z need (dei, 
Edet, O€n, O€0t, detv, C€ov) and the corresponding forms of cém J bind, 
which are all contracted, 

3. Aéw, active, is little used except impersonally, as det pe ypaderr, 
cet pot revoc LT have need of something, or in the partic. ro d€ov, ra d€ovra 
what is needful or right, one’s duty. Frequent, however, is the middle 

Agopat ruvoc LT need something, céopai revo womoai te L beg some one 


to do something. 


1. (Drill.) Acopeda, SovpeOa. Aé€ovrar, dobvtar. Aciobe (two 
senses). ”“Edeu (two senses), 2. Ta’ tov mreovtwv éri,, Hocer- 
A 4.43 y. la) \ / (4 ’ / e 
davi €att. XadreTa@s yap Tr€ovow, OTav (exelvouv KEXEVTAYTOS) 
avepos Tus (7) Bopéas %) Notos 7) Zédupos) évavtios mvén. Kat 
N 95 L¢ al 2p e / } , 10 > / \ Q \ 
5 yap ovv of “EXAnves, omote Séou orrevdety,,, e7-exEelpovy Tov Oeov 
EVMEVT},, TOLELV, EVXOMEVOL,, AUT@ TOUS evavTlous avémous SodvTL 
modra Ovoev. Tote dé, avéwouv Kadov Tvéovtos, émAEoV OTOL 
2 -_ la) id / \ x la) ’ / lal b) 4 \ 
érrt-Ovpotev, rryovpevot Tov Oeov TAY avéuwv Kpatetv. ~Eviote b€ 


e/ ” ’ >’ nn b] NES A / 
MKOVTES OLKAOE OUK €7T-EMENOUVTO OVOEV’ TMV SEGVTMD. 


10 3. Since, you are by-this-time,, well-provided-with,, words, , 
I beg you to write something again about Jason* and his 
party,—how’ they sailed’, with fair winds’ blowing, after® the 

56—' the fate. 2 Of he bound. 3 at all. 4 See § 33. 5 we. 


6 Not optat. after the primary tense ‘‘I beg you.” Genitive absolute. 
8 wera (or é7t) C. acc. 


VERBS IN -6o. 61 


golden’ fleece, and how, by order® of the king, Jason had” to 
bind two savage, bulls, that with" these he might sow the 
dragon’s teeth. But lacking the means,, he was in despair, 15 
until,, he was aided,, by Medea. (For so much” did this 
[woman] love him, that” she begged him to take her with 
him when he sailed™.) With er aid”, then, he obtains,, what 
he desires,,, and they sail-off with’ the fleece. 


55) 


Verbs in -60. G. 492 (énd\dw). HH. 325. S57 


N.B. Compare the relative and conditional clauses 


1. “Oroe Gy wAEn (wWhithersoever he sails) with ’Eay roe rhEn 


2. "“Omroe wAEOL— ( os “ sailed) “ Et moe wrEoe 
e/ By id F * = ’ fi CZ 
3. "Orn ay when (by whatever way—) with "Eady wy 7AEN 
4. "Orn wre ( “ sy oh ) “ Ei an wréor. 
c L 


The mood varies thus after all relative adverbs. 


NC , y / 5 « a sy EY 
1. (Ilept “Hpaxréovs.) Ovdeis eoriv, oipar, dots’, Tats y wv’, 
5 9 60 ‘H yy n eo 5 7H \ e iQ} ” 
oux ém-eOvuper Hpakret omotos etvat. v yap pws,, OUTOS, Et 
\ ” 3 e Z / \ Cook A UA \ 
TUS KAL ANOS’, aTTaVTwY dia-pépor,, Kalb pwuy,, KAL TOMY Kab 
> / a \ > fa) , i a bec a 25 aN ein: 
evvola,, ye TH Tpos avOpwrovs. Tovto d€ cadpas,, €d7dov ois 
= ’ ‘ — \ V4 lal 
empattev. “Etodpa yap ov povov Tavpots Kal Néovaty evavTLov- 5 
b) \ \ a fal A / ” \ 4 
a0at, adda Kat Bacirevot KaKols, of KPELTTOVES OVTES TOUS ITTO- 
26 ON K \ \ 9 #5 ee ’ a) , e , xX \ 5) A 
vas €OovXoup. at yap ovr’, OTrou avOpwmovs Open 7) KAL AKOU- 
Z ” 7 / ’ Uf b] al 
cele SovAOUMEVOUS 7 TLYL AAXW TPOTwH AdLKOUpPEVOUS, EKEL-CE,, 
A ’ , ra > 9 / > ae) SILOS e eT 
Bonbav nrevGepov. Todto & érrole, oy iv adtos ws vikar 
lal ’ 9 C7 - Nuuasie/: / / 
oTEpavoiTo, aA wa, OTN Kat OTOV Ein duvaTOs, Biov avOpwrivor 10 
>) a) id igi na \ b] A ev an 95 A , e \ la) 
opOoin. poo-AKe,, Yap avT@, os ye mais nv Avos, Urép Tov 
aA \ A =- an i lal 
NTTWOMEVOV,, TOVELY Kal TOV SUaTUXOVYT@Y.— AXN’ vpEts, @ Tai- 
aA - nan an 7 
des, 7) aEvodTe Timacbar unde oTehavotcbat (WaTep ev "OdUp- 


56—* the king ordering. 10 2dee or yony (= yon) 7”). using these. 
12 ragouro. 13 Wore. 4 — to sail-off with (= having) her. eae 
then aiding. 16 having. 

57—'§ 45, n. 2. > when a boy at least. 5 af any one was. Note 


difference of idiom. 4 by what. 5§ 41, n. 4. 


62 CONTRACTS—TENSES OTHER THAN PRES. AND IMPERF. 


\ \ , ¢ A \6 \ 5) N , , 
To weTa Tov Oavatov Hpaknd*is), 7° Kal aUTOL TrELP@mEVOL TOUS 
/ x iss a \ >) a a = 
15 Te aXOUS Kal Uuas avTovs apabids,, EXevOEpovy Kal abdiKlas Kal 
> /- \ \ ¢ \ / lal ” a Cue 
ageBelas. Kat yap tro Tovtwy, TpL@v dvTwy, SovAOUTAL 7) 7)ME- 
ip - is 5 lal n \ lal 
Tépa TaTpis* npwwv ovv Settat TOoAN@Y Kal Kadrov.— 2. M7 
2: / A v e/ \ \ e > / ¢ \ an 
akiovcbw tov icwr,, 6 Te Kakos Kal 0 ayabos. 3. Tro Tov 
/ na a Uh e / a“ 
"AOnvaiwy amaké Tov éviavTod TavTes ol Taol,, ExTEepavovrTo. 
lal =a 9 A \ / \ J 
204. Ilapa,, tots “EXAnoww ovK tv Tapa TOUS VoOMoUS TOUS SovXOUS 


pacTiyour. 


5. The soldiers of Xerxes,, were lashed in battle’ and*® 
lashed on the march,,. But such’ soldiers of course™ Cyrus 
the younger did not expect to show the character,, of free- 

25men,. This being” so, foreigners, were hired by him from- 
wherever” it was possible, that with” these he might the 
better” enslave the Persians. 


$58 Contract Verbs—Tenses other than Pres. and Imperf. 
Roots ripa-, @eAre-, dndo-, Onoa- 
become ripn-, ptAn-, Ontw-, Onpa-. 
GitO4e. T3381 39 woe. 
N.B. Compare the mood of the subordinate clauses in 

1. goBovpac po) ért-BovrAebwou,, nyiv L fear lest they may— 

. EpoPovupny jury exe-Bovrevorey trv L feared lest they might— 
with that in 

1. rovro wow, iva pu) éewe-Bovrtevwory L do this, that they may not— 
2. rour éroin-oa, iva pu éexe-ovrevorev L did this, that they might not— 


1. (Ilept “AreEdvdpou tod Meyadov.) ‘AréEavdpos 0 Pidit- 


a /— / SN / 
mov tov Makedbovias Bacidtéws UTO pev TaVYTMY @MOAOYN-TAL 


bo 


” \ A a A bo € \ \ = 
aploTos 61),, TOY TAaXaAL@V oTpaTHYOV Elva, UTO b€ TOANWY TPO- 
af \ a A ‘ a A 
TeTIN-TaL Kal Tov ep, nuav. Tivas yap TeV avT@ évayTiw- 
- Li / A A la la 
5 MEVWV OUK ETLULWPN-TATO, TL OE TOV EOVaY OUK evikn-ce ; ToLlovTos 
57—‘ if you too do not—. T (when) fighting. sd sa OF 9G. 429. 


H. 282. 108 49, n. 10. 1 Plur., and use éyw c. adv. 2G. 436. 
H. 283. Wostnge.. Case? 14 waddov. - 


CONTRACTS—TENSES OTHER THAN PRES. AND IMPERF. 63 


x yA / b) / \ \ > U vA = > ? 
yap €pws,, TONELOU AVTOV TE KAL TOUS ExElVoU oTpaTLMTas eiyev, § 58 
e \ / i , a 
@OT OVbE TOS duVaTwTATOUS EpoBn-OnaaV, AAN HElw-cav Tacav 
\ ’ f— n / (d? > | ’ / 
Thv “Actav SovA@-cat KpaTn-cavTes,— OTrep Kal’ érroin-cav. 
\ an aA ig nan / L 
"Adda piv” émi-yeiph-cav’ TODP vuiv NEyELY, TELpa-TopaL avTOV 
‘ , n f e 93 n / 
tov Aré£avépor" dnr@-cat’, otos Hv Ett Tals Ov. 10 
V2 5 c i Y 
AednAw-Tat ody vTO Udoutdpyov, ws Pirimm@ dpte Uore/- 
¢ an e XN \ ’ MN / 
dalav 1, pn-KOTL TpEts HKOV ayyeNial,, KATA TOV AUTOV YpovOV,—1 
/ N ’ \ / ” ©; An we A 
fev, Tous IXXupLovs TroAEulovs GvTAas HTTH-OHvaL wayn jweyarn, 
/ mi - an / \ 
—1 6é, ’Odvpriaow* int vikn-ca’,—1 dé, Tov “AdXéEavdpov 
e A / 6: , Fees eas F iim’ ie AC e , 
EavT@ ylyverOar.” Tovtos’ ody 1d0mevov', ExelvOY OL MayTELS,, 15 
” an ’ Uf e/ / e/ / ¢ n 
ETL “ANXOV ETrOIn-cav HOecAat AEyOVTES OTL YyLYyVOMEVOS O Tats 
vA \ oe >) / H} Ce / > ’ bp \ - , 
Apa,, TPlal vikats OVdETOD HNTTH-TOLTO AXN El ViKN-COL. 
= 5 ¢ ih le I 
Pidotipos O Hv ’AréEavSpos éx tratdos. “Ororte yoov Pidut- 
J J - \ \ , 
TOS EUTVYN-TELE TOUS TOAEMLOUS KPATI-TAS, TPOS TOVS TUV-OVTAS 
li 5S lal ‘ , e 
édeyev* °O tratdes, Tavta Tpo-AapBaver o TaTHpP: waTE ho- 20 
aA na a aN - J 
Bovpar eyo 1) Ywpav’ atrop@pev, as vikn-copev’. “Hdrife yap 
SEEN ” Us / b) A / —teaeen a \ 
AUTOS Ovoma méya KTH-cETOaL Ex TOD TOES ViKh-cat.—To@ Oé 
Boveeharw éerd) wa a eretpa-Oncoav ypn-cacbar 
UK  €TELON) TAVTES PMATNY,. pa-On YPN - 
’ vA N vy — (a 4 > an 10 ’ ake ’ \ 
(ovdéva yap elad-cev 0 immos ava-Bhvat"), nTLA-caTO avTOUS 
’ / : \ c \ an 
AnréEavdpos @s ameipous,, dvtas. *“Epwtn-Oeis 8 v70 Tod Tra- 25 
berm. >’ J na \ ” ¢/ / Q n if 
TpOs, EL TOVTM@Y LaNAOV dUVAaTOS Ein iTTOLs ypn-cacBar: TovT@ 
n Y EN , year / \ pe # 
your, €bn, ypn-caiunv av érépov Bértiov. “Orep Kai €dnAw-cev* 
b] \ 2 / / aA CF ’ i S besitay / 
ev yap OrXLYwW ypov@ Tov timmov éexpatyn-cev. Atv 0 Pires * 
9 a 4 a J— lm 4 
Q. rai, ébn, Enter ceavt@" Bacirelav tion's Makedovia yap 
\ an v4 lal \ (9 qn 
ae ov ywpn-cet. Kat peta Tovto ov travu,, epoBetTo 2) 0 Tats 30 
vikn-Oein. 


2. How many” have admitted Alexander to be the” best 


S} ie Star 0m (ae > before undertaking. 3 to present Alerander what 
kind of a man he was = to present what kind ... . Alecander was,—an anticipa- 
tion (prolepsis) of the subject of the subordinate clause (introducing it before- 
hand), =G. 296. H.-220. S80. ialep. 6 was born. 7 pleased 
at this. 8§ 35, n. 2. ® places to conquer. Relat. c. fut. indic. G. 1442. 
He Olt, 10¢o mount, aor. infinitive. equal to yourself, to your 


powers, 2G. 429. H. 282. Monod, 


64 CONSONANT STEMS. 


of the ancient generals? 3. Is he said to have feared the 
enemy? 4. What country was enslaved by him? 5. After 

35 having won” what victories did Philip hear of’ Alexander's 
being born? 6. Whenever his father conquered those” op- 
posing him, what was Alexander wont to say? 7. Before 
acquiring’ a great name, what did he fear lest his father 
might do”? 8. Why, according to Alexander, did they man- 

40age Bucephalus badly? 9. What was he asked by Philip? 
10. Why did Philip bid him seek” another kingdom ? 


$59 Consonant Stems. 
Formation of the Present Stem from the Verb-Root. 


(This lesson should be prefaced by a brief outline from the teacher 
of the eight classes of present stems, with the subdivisions of the 
fourth and fifth classes, and a few examples under each head.) 

G. 566-621. II. 392-404. 

Distribute the following verbs to the first six classes of present stems, 

giving the root of each, and explaining the formation : 


1. dyyé\\w L announce, report 11. ad-ecvéopae L arrive, reach 
2. aisbavopar LT perceive; learn 12. Baivw I step, go 
3. aisxivw I put to shame; mid. 13. Badrdrtw L throw; pelt 
LI am ashamed 14. Prarrw L harm, injure 
4. ddioxopae L am captured; 15, yeyvooxw LT know ((g)nosco) 
caught, convicted 16. ceixvupe L show, point, indicate 
5. adddrrw L change (trans.) 17. cca-@Oeipw L corrupt, spoil 
6. dpapravw LT miss, err, make a 18. dvvw L make sink or enter 
mistake 19. ddavyw LI drive; intr. ride, 
7. co-OvnoKkw (Oav-aroc) L die march 
8. dao-Kxre(vw I put to death 20. érmifw I hope 
9. dx-d\dNvpu L destroy; mid. J 21. épigw, c. dat. L strive or contend 
perish with 
10. dpragw L seize (rapio) 22. etpicxw I find 
58—" Aor. participle. rept-rou Coini, .. *° Art, ¢, partic. 17 roiv 


¢-H0r. ind, 18 Aor. optative. 19 Aor. infinitive. 


CONSONANT STEMS. 65 


. Sevyvupe L yoke (fuyor) 
. Oarrw (rapoc) L bury 
. Oavpagw L wonder at, admire 


46. 
47. 
48, 


xparrw I do, act (“prac-tical”’) 
pixrw L throw 
canifw L blow the cadrrvyé 


26. KaO-éopae LT sit down; encamp 49. onpairw [give a sign (onpetor), 
27. kadkuxrw JL cover (‘apo-ca- LI make known 
lypse”” = un-covering, re- 50. oxérropac 1 consider, ponder 
velation) (‘‘scep-tic ’”) 
28. knpirrw L announce by xypvé 51. orél\dw L equip, dress, arrange ; 


. kréextw L steal (* clepto-ma- 


nia’); cheat, deceive 


52. 


I despatch 
aparrw L trip up, make stum- 


30. xkrAtvw L bend, make incline ble 

31. xopigw Lcare for ; carry, bring 53. oparrw LI butcher, slay 
away 54. aww L save, rescue 

32. xorrw L cut (“com-ma ” 55. raparrw L confuse, disturb 


. xptvw L separate (discerno) ; 


judge 


56. 


rarrw L put into line (ordo), I 
draw up, post, station 


34. kptrrw L hide (“ crypt”’) 57. reivw I stretch (“ tone”’) 

35. AapParw L take, get, receive 58. réuvw L cut (‘ana-tomy”’) 

36. NavOarvw L escape the notice of — 59. ruyxcrw LI happen on, obtain 
37. Neirw L leave (‘ ec-lipse ”’) (c. gen.); ZL happen to (c. 


» paivoua Lam mad (e mania’’) 
. pavOarw L learn (& mathe- 


matic ag 


- pysrnoxw L remind; mid. L 


recall to mind 


; vomit I believe 


60. 


partic.) 
im-coxvéopat L (hold myself 
under) undertake, promise 


. gaivw I bring to light (doc), 


show 


. d0avw L anticipate, get the 


42. opirrw L[ dig start of 
43. wréw L sail 63. gevyw L flee (fugio ) 
44. rdjrrw L strike (“apo-plexy”) 64. dpagw J tell (“ phrase ”’) 


. wvew I blow, breathe (“ pneu- 


matic 2) 


. ovrarrw f keep watch, I guard ; 


mid. / guard myself against 


I. Formation of the Fut. and First Aor. Act. (-cw -ca). 
(For the changes suffered by mutes at end of verb-root when 
brought before -ow -ca, see G. 74. H. 54.) 
G.662,669. H. 420-21, 428-29. 


4) 


$60 


Form these tenses for the verbs 


66 FORMATION OF TENSE-STEMS. 


S 60 of the above list ($59) numbered 5. 10. 11 (fut. only). 14. 16. 23. 
24 (Our-). 25. 27, 28. 29. 32. 34. 37 (fut. only), 42. 44. 46. 
47. 48. 50. 53. 54 (gw-). 55. 56. 64. 65. 


II. Second Aorist Active and Middle. 
(For the inflection, see G. 481. II. 320.) 

G.675. H.435. Torm this tense for nos. 2. 6. 7 (@av-, G. 649, 1. 
H. 64). 9 (mid. only). 11. 18. 22. 35. 36. 37 (G.642. H.435a). 
30; 00; 09% 60.63 (G. 649. lt. 435a). Also for EX W (G. 677,650, 
H. 437,43). dyw (G. 535. TL. 436). 


III. First Perfect Active (-ka). 

(For reduplication, see G. 521-26; 95,1. HH. 363-67; 73a. For 
euphonic changes before -xka,G. 73,71. IL. 447a.) 

G. 682. HH: 446.- Forni, this tenses for nos: 1.710; 15.8) 20: 
25 (G. 95,1. H. 73a). 30 (G. 647. TH. 4480). 31. 33 (G. 647. H. 
448b). 41. 43 (wAev-). 45 (zvev-). 51 (G, 6455, 7 bt 448a), 54. 57 
(G. 647, 645. HH. 4485). 61 (G. 78, 95. HH. 55d, 73a). 64 (G. 95. 
II. 73c). 

IV. Second Perfect Active. 
(For the inflection, see G. 481. H. 321.) 


G.687. H.450. Form this tense for nos, 17 (G. 643. H. 451a). 
37 (G. 642. H. 4510), 44. 46. 47 (G. 69, 523. H. 49, 365). 63 
(G. 642, 95. TH. 4510, 73a). By G. 692-93, HL. 452 for nos. 5. 14. 
16. 28. 29 (G.643. H.451a). 32. 56. 65 (G.95. H.78a). Also 
for Gyw. 

V. Perfect Middle = Passive (-pat), 

(For inflection, see G. 487-90. HH. 328, p. 97. For euphonic 
changes before -pa, G. 75, HH, 53. N.B. o before » in place of 
T, 6, or 0.) 

G.698. H. 459-60. Form this tense for nos.1. 5. 10. 11. 14. 
15 (insert o by G. 640. H. 461). 16. 17 (G. 645. H. 460). 18. 23 
(G. 523. H. 365). 24 (@az-,G. 95,5, H. 74c). 25 (G.95, H. 73a). 
Of. 28s 2909 250 (G. 647. II. 4485). oe Moe, oo (G. 647. isk 448)). 
34, 37 (Ae-). 41. 42 (dp-wo-,G. 529. H. 368). 44. 46. 47 (G. 523. 
H. 365). 50 (G. 523. H. 365). 51 (G. 645. H. 460). 52. 53. 54, 


CONSONANT STEMS IN DETAIL. 67 


55. 56. 57 (G. 647, 645. H. 460). 6] (G.700. HH. 463a). 64. 65 


(Gs0o et. 1aG). 
VI. First Aorist Passive (-®nv). 


(For euphonic changes before -Onv, see G. 71. H. 51.) 

G. 707. H.468. Form this tense for nos. 1. 3. 5. 10. 14. 15 
(insert « by G. 640. H. 461). 16. 18. 19. 20. 23 (Zevy-). 25. 27. 
28. 30 (G. 647. H. 469). 31. 33 (G. 647. H. 469). 34. 35 (An). 
87 (Aem-). 41. 42. 46. 47. 49. 54 (ow). 55. 56. 57 (G. 647, 645. 
H. 469). 64. 65. From these stems form the First Future Pass., G. 


(RUS ae 6 Oe: Gree Et 
VII. Second Aorist Passive (-nv). 


(For inflection, see G. 482, p.107. H. 322.) 

G. 712. H. 468,471. Form this tense for nos. 17 (¢6ap-). 24. 
29 (xAam-). 32. 38. 51 (G. 645. orad-). 52. 53. 61. The follow- 
ing have also a first aorist: 5. 14. 23. 30. 44. 47. From these 
stems form the Second Future Pass., G, 715. H. 474. 


VIII. Liquid Future and Aorist. 
(For inflection, see G. 482. H. 326.) 


G. 663-64, 672. H. 422,431. Form these tenses for nos. 1. 8. 
8. 13 (fut. only). ie 30.338. 49,251) 590-5 6, 


Consonant Stems in Detail. § 61 
Lingual Stems. 

Tlémevopor G. 487; 490,3. H.328,p.97. For fut. of verbs in -/Zw, 
-iZopat, see G. 665, 3. H. 425. 

Drill. 1. (Fut.) Weicw. "EnXeyov btt coco. *Ovopacew 
épyn. “Epyetas Bracopuevos’. Nopiet?. ‘Hyetrar copeiv. “Hees 
mopiav. “Opyrodpar. "“EXeyev ote >ndretrac (or wWnd.olto). 
Ov« ébn aywreicba. Tots Oeots omeicw. 2. (Aor.) Ti émo- 
pioas; “Eomretocapev. “Iva py Oavpaon. “Iva coceve. Ppacovs 
pot. Bovropar kouicar. ’Atipacdor. Ovk érevoducba. M7) 
epytonabe’. “EdoBovpeba un aywvicawto. Karta tovs vopous 


61—'S§ 82, n. 2. * Aor. subjunct. with y is used in prohibitions. G. 
1346. IT. 866, 2. 


68 LINGUAL STEMS. 


wndicacbe. 3. (Perf.and Pluperf. Act.) “Hpraxapev. Tebav- 
paxévat. Iemeixota. ‘Hprakecav. 4. (Perf.and Pluperf. Mid. 

10and Pass.) BeBiacpat. “EWrjdica. Eipyaotat. Wap-eoxeva- 
opeba. “Enpevopévor eioiv. EipyacOa. “OQvopacto. 5. (Aor. 
and Fut. Pass.) “Ereic0n. “Eoodncav. “Iva pur) opyicOjabe. 
"Iva noOetuev. “AvayxacOjvar. Komiobértes. 


Synopses. 6. Fut. Act., in synopsis, of reiOw, ropiZw; Fut. Mid. of 

15 PuaGopar, aywriZopa. 7. Aor. Act., in synopsis, of raraviZw, abpoifw ; 

Aor. Mid. of zapa-oxevagw, Wevdoua. 8. Perf. Act., in synopsis, of 

vopnigw; Perf. Mid. of weiOw. 9. Aor, Pass., in synopsis, of #dopat, 
dpyiGomat, Oavpagw. 10. Fut. Pass., in synopsis, of ow. 


$ 62 TIadw epi “Adefavdpov. 


Cc 
Bovdoluny av tipepov viv Ere wrElw Tepi AXeEavdpou dpa- 
A - \ 
car. Te yap tatpi, érel éwpa avtov ov povoyv dvow,, éxovta 
- ’ € F. \ 
olav Hon Eppaca, adXrAa Kal padiws wyopevoy UTO NoOvou', EdoKEL 
, \ , A \ \ \ Bp ase | ” , ee 
BiacacOat pév pnoév, Teicar S€ Tpos TO Séov’. "Ete dé, voulaods 
btov Bacirevoovta yphvar’ taivevecOat padrov THY adrwD?, 
lal / th 
"AptototéAny peta-TréuTreTal,, TOV TOTE hirocopwy Tov évdokd- 
\ A 
tatov. “O 8 ov« éevoaT avtov, adda Tov Taida éTLaTHpOVA,, 
la) / 
TOAAWY ATr-ElpyaoaTo, Kal UTO TovVTOV eHavpacbn Kai edirdyOn 
ovy ATTov 7) Didurros. — Tavtwv o€ tov BiBrAtwv tH Todds 
o \ 9 / an n 
10 HartoT ?AXEEavopos Habn, HoT avTHY w@vopate THS TrOodEWLKTS 
nan 5 A / 
apeThns epod.or® Kal eiyev det weO” Eavtod.— DirlTTov O€ TENEUTI)- 
aavtos “AnéEavdpos dy TOTE audi Ta eiKoow ETN THY Bacidelav 
, ee N , \ , / AN eA 
Tapa-Aau Paver, dua dé TavTH Kal POovoy péyav Kal KLVdvVOUS 
p 6 (2 \ ig Cia? \ > la) if 3 
mavrayolev’. Oi yap BapBapou ot eyyvs otKodyTEs vopiaarTes 
\ S Ny 3 /- > / BJ / ’ / 
15 KaLpov,, elvat Trept eAXevOepias aywvicacbat abporabevtes Els To- 
an ie: 
Aewov Tap-ecxevadcavto. Ao Tov Makedovar ot pev otpatnyot 


’ rn N b) i2 ¢ ld \ y bial ’ 
ehoBovvTo 1 avayxacbein o véos Bacirevs ToUTOUS €daaL avToO- 


62— reason. 28 56, N.B. 3. 5 having come to the belief, decided 
(aor.). 4 = yp) eivac. 5(ép’ dddv) travelling-money, a vade-mecum. 
6& 46, sentence 20. 


LABIAL AND PALATAL STEMS. 69 


/ 5 Cr oF \ M } /— / > / e 8 
vdmous eivat, ws’ THY Maxedoviay Kakov TL Epyacopevous, o 
’ArdEavSpos, iv’ adtovs Kordcevev, Os TayloTa SUvapW nOpoicev 
6tu Bertiatny, ws THY ynv Si-apTacor,,. Kai ovK« éevaOn Tijs 20 
éXTr Loos". TIpiv ie éxelvous EtToimous,, elvat aywvicacbat, du- 
notaaOn 1 Mere AUTOV MEXpl,, TOD oso: 

¢e Cg ’ 

"AAG amply vuiv be-nyjncacBar TOUS Ona Mets: OS UT 
"AnXeEavdpov éxoraaOnaar, ocna es perv Tapa EE 
axovoat Pidirrov", ws mpo Tod" Tois “EXAnow éeypyoato. 25 
Tlovva yap Kat Seva eipyacto avtovs obtos. Avo 6 ovK én é- 

/ ; \ 2 / 7 - th 
mauto Anpoabévns tovs "A@nvaiovs Kedevov Tipwpnoadbat,, 
AUTOV, DOE TOS RerOY - TIovAa EIS, He @ avopes A@n- 
vatol, ev) HT Tov" TobTo TeOavpaka, OTL obTw Didurrrov KeKo- 
AaKATE OV" pds elpyaotat. IloAXa per’ yap epnpia Ge uel, 30 
ovdey O€ Tap- -eoxevace Troinoat. "Exetvos d€ TOV vweTEp@v 
TONEWY TAS MEV TETTELKE a éavtod elvat, tas Sé ag- iene Tas 
6é Ss-nptraxe. IIpos 8€ tovtois épevotar™” Tpos Uuas", Kat Tols 
f 23 io 9 ” ’ lal 

Yperépors monreulons éotretaotat. Ilor ody, @ dvdpes ’AOnvatot, 
moTe vomlette Oety TL TpaTTe; Meéxype Tov" Whdretcbe per 35 
ayovicacbat, aywvieicbe 8 ov ; —Totadta ToddaKis EyovTOS 
Anpoabévous, Guus of A@nvaiot, ov TeTELopévot, Ot-7ryov,, Wndbe- 
C6 (v4 A ’ a / , ¢. Q , x ra) NG 
omevol, €ws,, TH ev Naipoveia payn yttnGevtes TA Pirin 
Soxovvta éBiacOnoay Trovetv. 


Labial and Palatal Stems. $63 


Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. 

nopsis of the fut. act. and middle. 
2. "Apyw, yptgu, deikviju, tpdrrw, adhAarrw—synopsis of the aor, act. 
and middle, 3. (/’wt. eptat.) He made proclamation that he 


1. "Ayw, dpxyw, TEUTO, 





62—7§ 24, n. 7. 8 ore c. Superlat.= we c. superlat., § 46, IIc. °§ 52, 
n. 2. 10 not deceived in his hope. 1S 108; M3: 2 RxOr Oo. in you. 
14 less than nothing = more than anything = wadtora, Which might have stood 
here. 15(= rotrwy &) for what, genit. of cause. G. 1126. H. 745. 
Waphile. ‘‘For while you have passed many decrees—.” thas been 


false to you. 18 — péyoe rivoc till when, quo-usque. 


70 LABIAL AND PALATAL STEMS. 


$63 would send, that we would lead, that ye would flee (mid.), 
5that they would receive. 4. (Aor. subjunct.) Let us not’ con- 
ceal the truth,. Do not’ do that. He will flee (mid.), that 
they may not’ pursue, injure, cut, slay, bury him,—that we 
may not’ pursue, injure, cut, slay, bury him. Whoever’ prays 
will receive. Whoever’ receives will pray. 5. (Aor. optat.) 
10Oh that they may not’ conceal the truth! Oh that you may 
not’ do that! He hid himself, that they might not’ pursue, 
injure, cut, slay, bury him,—that ye might not’ pursue, etc. 
Whoever’ prayed used-to-receive. Whoever’ received used-to- 
pray. 6. (Aor. imperat.) Write. Pursue. Confute. Throw. 
15 Pray. Guard-yourself (mid.). Receive. (Plur.) Write. Cut. 
Dig. Pray. Receive. 7%. (Aor. infin.) I bid you send, act, 
write, pursue, receive, pray, not' to steal. 8. (Aor. partic.) 
The man’ who has ruled. He who has stolen. Of him who 
has dug. To him who has written. Those who have prayed. 
20 To those who have guarded themselves (mid.). 


¢ ra a CIS: ¢e XN U ) \ A 
9. OttTw ypa Tois ETEpols,,, @s av evEaLO avTovs ypHabat 
geavto. 10. Of Aaxedaipoviot av-opvEaytes' Tov ’Opéatov Ta- 
gov,, Tov év Teyéa kai Ta data ovd-deEartes,, EOarpay ev TH 
Sraptyn. 11. Oldimodos AtcavTos TO aiviypa,,, 1) UpvyE Eppiryev 
25 €avTNY ATO THS aKpoTroONEas,,; Oldirovs 0 ApE&e Tav OnBatwv. 
12. Kata tovs tov “A@nvalwv vopovs atipor Hoav olTives TOUS 
yoveds,, 1) Opérerav. 13. ’Eav te apOova ypypata ovnd-refo- 
wea, eav Te TA AvayKaia KTHToOMEOa,,, TOV Oavatov ov phev&dpe- 
Oa, Ta 5é ypnpuata adros KaTa-eirouer,,. 14. Et Didremwos 
a > A ’ Z \ V4 b) / ” lal 
30 TOV eyyUs OlKovYTWY TIWas KaTa-oTpéraiTo, AXéEavdpos ETL Tals 
N fatty) ’ , > e/ > \ \ \ \ ’ \ ” 
QV TOUT aKoVwY OVX OETO, ANNA TPOS TOUS TrEpl AUTOV ErEYED * 
A , 
"Euot 6 matnp ovdev atro-retper. Tay b€ taidwy deyorTwv: 
an n \ A ff BI 4 
Lot tadta xtatat, Ti dé Képdos,,, py, €av Eyw pev TONG, TPAEw 
d€ unoév ; 


63— pn. 2In three ways, by § 55. sentence 12. Use aor. participle. 
gi + av-opttrw I dig up. 5 bones. 


PERF. AND PLUPERF. ACT., FIRST AND SECOND. {pil 


Perf. and Pluperf. Act., First and Second. § 64 


(For formation, see above § 60 III-IV, with references.) 
1. Atadoyos 
TIoAvdyjpov kal GdAwv Kvukdoroyv,,. 

Tis ce BéPrade, ® Lorvdnyue; Tv yap povyv cov axov- 
TAVTES THS VUKTOS' NeXOlTapev TA Opy,, BonOnoovTés. cot. 

°Q, aderdol, oia® rérpaya. Odtis' yap BéBrade. 

"ArAA ovdevds’ ce BeBradotos, Tis TA TpoBaTa KéKrode ; 
*H pdrnv,, cvv-hyas has, cal cabevdav,, (das, ; 5 
"ANN @ hiro, ova pavOavete’. OdTis yap pou Tov opOan- 

ov €K-KEKOpE. 

"AANOH A€yets, DEAE’, OVdéva TOV AVOPOTaV Got TOV OpOar- 
pov €&-opwpuxévat* advvatov yap. Aco 81) eikos éote Ala vocor,, 
co. TeToudévat, ce S€é waived Oat... 10 

"ANN @ Tovnpol,, aAnOH TadTa Aéyw". Elévos yap Tus, @ TOU- 
vona Ovris éote, TOUTO [LE TETTOLNKE TO KAKOD. 

(IIpos add7jXovs) “H patvetas od Tos 1) Kabevdmv réyet. (Ipods 
IléAvdnpov) Tod ap’ obtos 0 avOpwros ; ~AddvvaTov yap avTov 
Tepevy eva. 15 

"Advvatov pévTot,, v7),, Aia. TwepvAaya yap THv Ovpav. *AAN 
évtavOd Tou €v T@ dvTpw KExpudev EauTOv Te Kal TOUS TUV-OVTAS. 
"Ex-xexopotes yap wou Tov opOarpor 7) Tpos yhv épptbacw éav- 
ToUs 7) els’ TA TpOBaTa. TavTa yap pot apOova. "AAXAA yap” 
Tay TOMY OVTM KaT-El\Anha TOUS KaKOUS.— 20 

Tocadta Lorvdnpos tots dddots Kixrore d1-eXéyeTo. “Odve- 
aevs yap, ws yéypadev "Opnpos, U0 Tod yiyavTos,, TOUTOU KaTa- 
KrELaOels,, ELS TO AVTPOV, TO EaVTOD dvOMA NANAYEL, Kal érrELO?) 


” \ a ’ U Ni > / e / \ () 
Ol\Vv@ TOV VOUY eEKEKNOPEL TOV EKELVOU, OL OUV-OVTES TAVTL oOévet,, 


64— in the night. G. 1136. H. 759. 2S es a: 3 Exclamatory : 
the goay I—! 4 Understood by his hearers as ot rig (= ovdeic). 5 since 
no one has—. 8 do ye understand. 1— © dere, With irregular (reces- 
sive) accent. S what I tell you ts true, * wong. 10'S 39.-n..6. " do 


what I may. 


72 PERE. AND PLUPERE. MID... (= PASS:): 


25 moxNov péyav eotpopecay eis Tov opOadpov. Ava d€ TavdTa 
Tous dddous Kv«rw7ras Llorvpynpos cvv-nyer. 


2. Form the perf. act. inf. and partic. of d\Xdrrw, DAaTTH, ypadu, 
CeKVUPLL, KNPUTTW, KAETTW, KOTTW, KPUTTW, EiTW, TEUTW, OTPEPW, TATTW, 


TpéTw, pudarTw. 


$65 Perf. and Pluperf. Mid. (= Pass.). 
(For formation, see above § 60 V, with references.) 
1. (Ilepi "AXeEavdpouv cat Tov OnBaiwv.) Pirur7ros ody THs 

Cm / e lal 
[AAdSos THY TrELoTHY KaT-EgTpaTTO, WS ev TH SeuvTEépa Kai EEN- 
KooTH Tapaypapy yéypartar. *Amro-ywpyaavtos 8 avtod, év 
TH OnBaiwv axpotrore, 1) Kadpeta éxadelto, Kat -edédELTTTO 

5 Maxedovwrv dvraky. *Ezred1) 6€ weTa Tov TOD TaTpos OavaTov 
"AdéEavdpos tap-édexto Thy apynv Kat emt Tos Opaxas Hv 
TeTpappevos', evTavOa’ 617° of OnBator ws’ TovTOV am-ndXaypEvoL 
Tap-ecKevacavto OTws' Tad aipnaovat’ THY axpoToA. Ov 
yap TodXovV xpovouv’ ad-tKTo map exeivou ayyedia,,. ”"EXeyor 
5 / \ / \ - / Sut ’ an 

100vv Tovdde* Ava Ti THY hpovpav TavTnY Eder, EvTavOa Te- 

wv 

OpadOat,,; els Huds axovtas,, elanypéevot eloiv, nets O€ TpeEts 
’ x / a € ’ >’ a ANN ” ¢. ’ / 
evlavTous TeTapaypmel., UT aUTaDV. ETPAKTAL,,, WS ELKOS, 
’ , tN y 5 / 5) , 5 
AnréEavépos: vro TovTMY ody pNnKEeTL EK-TETANYMEVOL WpeEV. 
"AXN’ eppidOav €x THs TOdEWS. 


15 2. Form the perf. and pluperf. indic. pass. of adyw, addddrrw, Ed€yyo, 
mparrw, rarrw3— the perf. pass. inf. and partic. of wAnrrw, rpétw, gu- 


Adrrw, Eevyvopu. 


$66 Aor. and Fut. Pass., First and Second. 
(For formation, see above § 60 VI-VII, with references.) 
1. (Ta Nowra rept THY OnBaiwv.) “Tro tev To.adTa reyou- 
tov Teabévtes of OnBaitor ert Tos Maxedovas Tous év TH aKpo- 
65—! rpéiropa I betake myself, turn my attention. ? then indeed, or at 


length. 38 24, n. 7. 4 prepared themselves to seize. Sin a long time, 
gen. of the time within which after a negative, 


ACK? AND FUT. PASS., JIURST. AND SECOND: 73 


Toner TayOévtas HYOncay, eis dé TOUS GAXOUS” EXANVas TpEéTPeELs § GE 
érréuhOnoav Sedpevor avTav Tap-eivat OTL TaYLTTA ws' HON TOTE 
TOV TON MoV aTr-adraynadpmevot. ~AAN ovdev ErpAyOn wv ET- 5 
eyelpnaay,,. Tov pwev yap “EdAjvev of mrelotou, poBovpevor 
un Tov OnBalwy vitnodvtov Tad apxOetev UT avTaY waTEp 
émt,, “Earapewovoov, ov« €Bonfovv;,, 1) 5€ Maxedover dpoupa 
icyipotépa’ tv 7) WaT” Els hvynv TpaTAvar. “Kv @° O€ ToUTOUS 
éTroNLopKour, €&€-eTAaynoav akovoarTes ANéEavdpov Taduv €v TH 10 
“EAN GSt OvTa. Odrtos yap, Tov BapBapwr eis huyny TpaTrévTwr, 
ere HKOvoEV MS TaVT ev OnBais TapaxyOein Kal ev OrALYo" 1) 
puraKn KaTa-KoTNToLTO, EvOUS TUA-AEYElans THs SuVapEews aTra- 
ons eis Bowwriay adg-ixto. TH 0 votepaia’ mpos TO TELYEL,, TOV 
OnBalov érayOn wéev Taca 1 oTpaTLa, OV pévTOL Tpoa-nXON, El 15 
Twos’ tplv Te BraABHVaL OL Ev-oLKODYTES GANA VOY ye" TreLaOEteV 
cvuv-arraynvat. Ot & ovK« Oedov oreicacbat,, adda (Trav 
Tovvaytiov'') éxknpvxOn” Tovs THY “EXXada BovdAopévovs aur- 
edevOepouv" TaTTecOat peT avtav. “Emi d€ ToUT@ opytabEvTos,, 
"AnreEavdpou, 7) ev Tors Ou-npTacOn, TOV S €v-oLKOvVT@V THEL- 99 
ovs i) éEaxicyidtoe KaT-exoTnGaVv, TpLcpipior 8 edovAWOnaaL, 
Tov © olkiav ovdepia édeihOn TAY THs Tov IIwvdapou Tov Ta- 
NALOU TOLNTOV. 

9. What was your teacher just,, telling you? He related,, 
how, envoys having been sent to the other Greek states, the 25 
Thebans were led“ against the garrison of Macedonians, but 
how they were terrified* at hearing of Alexander’s being still 
alive,,,—how (though the whole army was drawn-up before 
their wall) they were not reconciled", but preferred)? rather,, 


66—!' on the ground that—. § 24,n.7. dn wore now at length. #8 58. 


4Imperf. c. neg. often translated would not— or could not—. > too strong to 
be—. With comparat. followed by 7 wove c. inf. cf. same foll. by quam ut 
c. subjunct. in Latin. Siy wm while. Of. tv roirw meanwhile. Tin a short 
time., * Se. nuepa. et mwe (Eav we) in Case—. 0 a@drAa vUV ye yet now at 
least (if not before). 1 quite the reverse. ! The subject is the rest of the 
sentence. ‘ovv-=help to—. ‘Aor.opt. 'N.B. éxdnyny, but é&-exdayny. 


Use aor. opt. Aor. partic. with or without catmep. '” Imperf. indicative, 


74 SECOND AOR. ACT, AND MIDDLE. 


30 to be cut-down than to be enslaved.—3. Synopsis of the aor. and 
fut. pass. of ypagw, cwkw, Oa7Tw, eizw. 
$67 Second Aor. Act. and Middle. 
(For formation, see above § 60 il, with references.) 


N.B. Porentia, Oprar. anv Inpic. always take ay, and, if a nega- 


tive, ov. 
EMOoyu av L should go { obdeic ty etmoe bre nO One would say— 
nrOov av I should have gone | ovdete ay ize bre no one w'd have said— 


| ric Gy Touro vopisete; Who could believe that? 

Tic ovK Gy TOUT Evopuce; Who would not have believed that ? 
The optat. is used when the potentiality hes yet in the future, the 

past tenses of the indic. when it belongs to the past. G. 1327 ff, 

1335 ff. II. 872, 903 (895, and note). 


\ JieDN \ / - ? > ca a es 
1. (Ilapackevn,, emi tovs Mepoas.) “Ev apyn TOU Tept A Xe- 

(Z / 9 / e / VA - an e > Tal 
Eavdpov Noyou, @ hiro, UT-ecxouny Si-nyjcacGat iui ws exetvos 

bd A 9) s- / 5 
els THY Aclav €u-Barwv,, KaT-Ecyev. PidvTos pev odv Eb p71) 
) , / \ = ° 
atr-€Bavev,"EXXAnvas av yayev ets THY Aclav, boTEp ZépEns 
yy / td \ , > \ 

5 ETETL TEVTIKOVTA Kal ExaTOV TpoTEpoy ets THY Evpwmny eic- 
/ (a= \ 5 e / , = 
éBare,,. DiroTipmos yap Av o avyp, et TLs KAL AdXOS’, KaL ViKN- 
oa aN b a4 / i, ¢ \ ppiae 4 2 a. ial 2p , 

as Thv €v Xatpwveta pmayny nyEe“av eyeveTo TAGNS THS a- 
} Ce \3 / e 7, uf Ey et be / 
0S, WS Tapa’ TavTwY w@poroynOn... v @ 0€ Tap-eaKevaleTo 
/ , id / / nan 
». Tpopacwy,, TOLovpEVOS WS Bovdopevos Oixny’ NaBetv® 
\ a ’ 7, ¢ i ’ la) aA > \ ’ 
10 mapa Ilepowy, ar-wreTo UTO Tivos éyOpod, 6s ov TUY@Y Trap 
Pf la) is - J— 
avtTov dikns emi THY ToLlavTnY éTpaTreTO Timwpiav’. Ov’ pévToL 
U yy, / rn i} SN x ¢ 
adixa’ haiveta tabety’ Pirirmos. “Huapte yap ta wéyiota, 65 
b \ a / / a / \ 
ye, aro THs Ledotrovyncov péxps ToD Bufavtiov Kata-dpaywv 
\ an al uh an 
Kal TEL@V TACAY THY YAY, OVO Kal TPLaKOVTAa TrONELS Ev TH Nad- 
a fs \ - 5) @ \ 4 
15 KLOLKH (iva pn AdrGs ElTw') Eide Kai Hpavicer. 


dvaBatvew 


67—! Partic. + finite verb = two finite verbs in English; ¢nvaded and—. 


78 Di Ne o: 3 rapa C. OpmodoyeroOa freq. (= v70). “866,051; 5 to get 
satisfaction. 6 Note the separation, by means of a verb, of the art. and ad- 
ject. from their subst.,—a freq. order in Greek. ‘to have suffered no un- 


just (penalty). 8 not ta speak of—. 


SECOND AOR. ACT. AND MIDDLE. 75 


2 \ ’ i ’ / /- / \ q 
Aro-Oavev © odv’ "AreEdvdpo Bacirelav peyadnv pev Kat-$ 67 
h- / / a x Ke a , Nis 
éhumre, TeTapaypevnv 5€. Hutpe yap ottos Opaxas Te Kai” EXXn- 
- fa) \ /- nq S 
vas ért-Ovpodvtas,. THv dovrelay huyetiy, WaTrEp On, @ HiXrot, 
éuabetes kal ove” éXabev™ éavtov" év peydrots wv’ KLVduVOLs. 
\ BS _ 
“Oorte thy apynv Tapa-haBov, eb 1) EvVOVS SUvapmLv KaBav peya- 20 
ae, tg ray 
Anv adb-ixeT els THY “EXAaba Tpiy ToUTOUS" cuV-EOEty, TAY EWS 
av éwadev Ott paov,, amro-Barelv 7) kTHcacbat,,. Nov’ & aic6o- 
i a a 
fevol avTov On Tap-ovta &€&-eTAaYynoaV eTL TO TAXEL,, TOU av- 
dpos. LvaA-Aeyevtes odv eis KopivOov cat wydiodpevor (ws 67" 
érXevepor Ka’ ov dovrAoc) evi Llépcas otpatever Pan, Exetvor ryepwov 25 
¢/- b \ a / Deira S N ‘ ® ’ / 
elAOVTO aVTL TOD TaTpOs. DidoOTipMos yap wv Kal OUTS éBoUAETO 
tpatrécOat eri THv Timwplay TOV Ilepoa@v. °AXN avd’ ws" eyé- 
veT avT@ oYOAN Eu-Barety ets THY Aciav, Tpiv Tovs Opaxas 
- a , 
Kat-eoTpewato Kat OnBas nhavicey édov', ws ev TH Tpoabev 


oS 
Oo 


Tapaypapn dedyrAwtat. "EvOa 67" dav novyidv, yevomévny 
Kata THY EAXdba TpOOdpos eyeéveTO OTPATHYOY TLWAa KATA-ALTOY, 
Os" THv Bacirelav apEer, ayayety ets THY Actav. 


2. (Aor. optat.) Now, let me see”; what did I learn to- 
day? The teacher related to us how Philip committed the 
greatest crimes,—took’' and destroyed many cities,—met a not 35 
unmerited death, having perished at the hands of a personal- 
enemy,—how he left everything” in confusion. 3. (Aor. cf.) 
In-addition to this, he said” that Alexander succeeded to the 
government,—took a great force,—arrived in Greece as soon 
as possible ;—that the Greeks assembled’ and chose him lead- 40 
er ;—that he subjugated the Thracians,—took' and destroyed 
Thebes,—saw quiet had been established,—became eager to 
march into Asia. 


67—’§ 17, n. 6. 0 he did not escape himself being— = he was not un- 
aware that he was—. i 4,.¢. the Greeks. ? ypuy o€ but as tt was, or ts ; 
ofteA introduces the facts after a hypothesis contrary to fact. 13 Oy often 
ironical. Mot de not even thus, not even in these circumstances. Note the 
accent. G.1388,3. H. 284. 5 did he get leisure. 16 Of. tvravda 6n, § 65, 


lieve SOO, as 18 geo’ tow G. 1844-45. H.866,1. 'advra. * égn. 


76 LIQUID STEMS. 


68 Liquid Stems. 


(For the fut. and aor. act., see § 60 VIII, with references. The other 
tenses will be found under their proper sections in § 60.) 

9 ‘s nw 

1. (Ilepi tov Mepoixadv.) Trpepov, & hiror, Bovropat vpiv 

onunvat Tp@Tov pev du iv aitiav TOEMoS Llépaats éyéveTo' pos 

/ 

"A@nvatous, érerta b€ Tiva TpoTov éodnrXav avTovs of Beot. Oi 

yap “EAXnves of €v lwvia oikodvtes, ToAAA ETH UTrO-pElvaVTES,, 

ec lal — ) ) Tim 

5 THY UTO TOV BapBapwr SovrELav, EBovrEVoVTO STs eXevOEpiav 

atro-haBovTes apuvodyTat, Seouévots & avtots BonBelas >AOnvatot 

vavs éotetdap eixoow. ‘Kzrevd7 b€ ob TOL ap-iKovTO Kal ol aNXOL 

ovppayor Tap-naav, éxpivav deiv Lapders dia-hOetpar édovtas, 
e \ ’ i ’ \ / ’ / a / 

av Thv axpoTrodly avnp Ilépans Aptadépyns Kat-etye, Sivapey 

” ’ ’ / > \ \ 9S \ / / 

10 €x@v ove odtynv. Avtiy pév ody THv TOALY bi-EPOelpav KaTa- 
y, ¢ be Il a ae 3) ’ ar ” ey FM) é 
KavoarTes,,, 7 d€ Ilepoa@y ppoupa 1) év akpoTroXet ApLoT” Huvva- 
To, WaTE oharevTes THS E€Amidos' €E-éExAiVaYv of “EAAnvEs Kat 

Epuyov. 
- an e 
Baowrevs b€ Adpetos eredy nyyédOn ote dia-POeiperav* Vap- 
’ a S=39/ / a te > / \ \ 
15 devs “AO@nvatos kat “Iwves, NEyeTat yareT AVAL, WS EelKds, Kal TO 
/ / > s b) \ 2 a > / \ 
Togov TElvas Els TOV ovpavoy TokeEvpa,, Badeiv evyopuevos Aut 
) ~ ec an = / \ ’ / \ \ yy 
€£-eivat EavT@ Timwpnoadbat Tovs ‘AOnvaiovs. (Tous yap "lw- 
5 23 / 4 ’ € A 6. ¢ / > \ N ” 
vas’ éyiyv@oKED OTL OVY UTO-pEVvOvaLW’ EAUTOV, AANA OELAOL,, OVTES 
pavovvtat’ Kat €x-KdLvover’.) piv 0 éu-Barety els tHv Evpo- 
20 any ayyerous AEyeTAL ATrO-cTEtAaL GHnmavodYTas OTL del yHV TE 
iJ an n \ n 3S na 
Kal VOwp,, EAUT@ TEUApat (TOUTO yap THpELoV HV TOD UT-aKovEL,,). 
(2 a 2 \ / 
Oi & ’A@nvaioe atr-exptvavto peéev ovdév, Tous & ayyédous aTr- 
tA \ \ \ ’ lal >) \ / 7, ’ , 
EXTELVAV* TOUS peV yap avT@Y ets TO Bapabpov’ eu-BaxrorTes, 
n \ e/ y / 
Tous 6€ els dpéap’, éxéXevoy yhv TE Kal Vdwp ex ToVTwY hépeELy 
= rn > rn - lal / 
25 Tapa Baciréa. ~EvtavOa 61 étt wadrov Aadpetos éyarernve: 


68—'a war arose to the Persians against the Greeks = arose between the 


Persians and— 2 most bravely. 3 Cf. tevoOn Tic éX7iCoc, $ 62, line 20. 
4 Or indicative. 58 58, n. 3 (prolepsis). SOroptat. . Form it: ’ the 
pit; at Athens one into which criminals were thrown, 870 ppéap, PpsaToc 


well, 


LIQUID STEMS. "7 


I an a a 
Kal vouilwov AOnvatous ovk apvveicbat, ec atrak daveitat, ToA-§ 68 
Any Svvami am-éoteire Teony TE Kal vavTiKnY, apyovTa Oé 
if 
Mapéomov. 

"Ada Tov ”AOw Tepi-TrAéovow avtots Bopéds avepos ém-étrece 
 péyas Kal atropos, Kal TOY pév VEOY WS TPLaKOGLaL bL-ePOapyaar, 30 
lal 9 > fi ¢ AY v - Ve / \ AN nan a 
Tov avOpwrrov umep Svo pupiadas: Mapéovio dé Kai TO TES 
oTpaTevpate oTpatoTredevomevo,, €v Maxedovia ot Opaxes émt- 

i lA \ >) an ’ n 3) \\ \ / 
TETOVTES N€YOVTAL TOAAOVS avT@Y aTroKTEtVal, aUTOS bé Mapédo- 
vlog TOAAA TpavpaTa, AaBwv €E-Epuye, THY TaTpiOa (ws EavT@ 

b] 4 Ld - e/ \ i \ / an / 
éd0Kel) KaT-atoyuvas. OvTw pev ody THY TOUT@Y TPaELW,, ThN- 35 
ANavTes of Geol at-éhnvav avTovs abdikovvtas. “Os d€ TO devTeE- 

Ui - a 
pov Kat To TplTov ot Llépoat tiv Tatpia KatT-noyvvay, TOVTO Ets 


avlts,, ava-Banro. 


2. Now then”, my friend, answer” me this’: What did I 
to-day make-known to you?—You said,, that the Greeks in 40 
Ionia endured" slavery many years,—avenged-themselves,— 
destroyed Sardis”, but did not take the acropolis ;—that on 
this being announced” Darius became -angry,—despatched 
messengers, and after that an army ;—that the gods defeated 
his enterprise.—3. Would you, my boys, after enduring: sla- 45 
very many years, have avenged-yourselves’? And do you 
promise,,, as the Athenians [did], on becoming men” and re- 
ceiving arms,, that you will not disgrace them, but will show- 
yourselves to be” brave and remain wherever” the state,, 
may post,, you ? 50 

68— G. 372. H. 288. 10 gig avdOtc for another time. es AD: tie 
Distinguish amd-cptvae aor. imperat. mid. from azo-Kptvac aor. inf. act. G. 
485 end. H. 3890. 13 ede, not rovro, if referring to something that is to 


follow. 14 Write both indic. and optat. throughout. DAs G: © Genit. 


absolute. ACS OL: 18 Gydpec yevopevor. 19 Oprec. ov ay C. Subjunct. 


$69 


5 


10 


15 


20 


78 PHCULIARITIES IN AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. 


Peculiarities in Augment and Reduplication. 
G. 522, 524-25, 529, 535, 537-38, 544. 
H. 366, 365a, b, 368, 436, 359, 369, 361. 
N.B. From this point on the principal parts of all verbs used should 
be learned and recited. See the Verb-List. | 


1. By the above sections of the grammar, in the order given, ex- 
plain and translate the following forms: ciAnda, EtAnuprat, Ce-eiAeypac 
(dt-eXeXOnv), cvv-citeyprat, Elonna; Eyvwka; peprvnpat, KexTHpac; EAyAUKA, 
éAHrapat, aKhKoa; iyayor 3 Ew, cixov, Eimopnr, Eipyalounr, Eicor, EtrOY 5 
Ewpaca; Exabelopny, ExaDevoor, Wreryouny. 


"R 


2. (Ilepi Acvoyévous.) Tlodra b0-erréypeba, @ pabntai, arr 
¢ § 
ovTw dSoKm® pot eipnKévat vuiv *“AXEEavdpov” ws Atoyéver Tore 
1-ed€eyOn ev KopivOw. “H map’ adXov Tivos 1)dn axnKoate ;— 
S47 A > , 5) 5) aes e 
Elkos y nas axnko€évat, @ bi0acKane, adr’ alcyivonel opondo- 
al an an / \ n 
yourTes., ov peuviabat Tod Aoyov.—’ AxoveTe 62) ara Kadod 
\ 
Aoyou. ‘“AréEavdpos yap, et péuvnobe, Errevdn Tayiota’ TH 
>: 3 td \ \ nO , x > \ 
apynv Tap-eirnpel, ABV TOVS ON TUV-ELAEYMEVOUS TrEPL AUTOV 
, - a3 EN \ > 7. ” es Py / \ , 
OTPATLWTAS, ETL TOUS EvaVTious Hyayev " XXnVAaS Te Kal BapBa- 
7 \ Ee, ! \ 
pous, Kal éviknoe. “Kyvmxas ody OTL TOVTWY TOUS MEV KAT-ELpya- 
J vy s\ \ bp] / b le) ’ la) e / 
amévos ein, TOUS b€ e&-EANAGKOL,, EK TOV OLKLOY (MOTE pNKETE 
A fl / \ / iz 
avT@® Tpaypyata Tap-éxewv), KEKTNMEVOS O€ TOTaUTHY dvVapL, 
5 A , 5) 7 p) > , 
Oony ovodels AXXOS TOV aVOpwTO?, ad-iKeT Ets KopivOov ws rye- 
a € Va a 3 
pov KnpvxOncopevos Tavtwy Tov EXAnvav. Lordv obv rpoc- 
bd rs) f \ \ , 
eXGovtwy Kal cuv-ndopévayv avtT@, nATLGE Kal Tov diocogoy 
hi \ > N >) hob 6) 4 > 
Avoyévn tavto romoew. “O bé, éret ovdev avT@ Euerev,, oUTE 
Vs > , BF 22. b) / 
d0Ens avOpwrivyns ovTe ypnuaTtonv, ovK epaiveto arr éxabéber 
” ? fe / / 6 \ > 2) Pee 2 / 5 
olxol,, €v TO TiOw (TavTnv’ yap eixev olKidv). “AXéEavdpos ody 
> \ 7 ’ / 35 ’ , ¢ AN nr / > \ ’ f 
(ov yap’ jvelyeT® GpmedovpeEvos,, UTO TOV TOLOVTOV) GUTOS eTropeEv- 
69—! doco por I seem to myself, I think that I—; regularly poe for tuavrp 
in this phrase. 2S 06; Nicos 3 when we admit = to admit. 4 bare 


TAXLITA US SOON AS. 5S 66, n. 4. 6 this he had as a house, not this house. 
Why not ? TSUNCE. 


MODIFICATIONS OF VERB-STEM. 79 


On mpos éxetvoy, Kat ToAXOL elrrovto. Aoyévns € Tpo Tod Trifov 
exadevoev ev TO Hrlw. "Ereidn S& exelvos Tpod-EerT@V avTOV 25 
NpwTHTEV,, El TLVOS TUyydver Seopevos, Mixpov, épyn, ao TOD 
ndtov atro-yopnooy,,. “O dé Bacirevs, érel THY éNevOEpiay éw- 
paKkel TOD avdpds, OVK Ela TOUS TEPL aAUTOV TKWOTTELY, AAN EiTrEV" 
"AAAG pV, eyo, et wr "AdX€éEavdpos Hv, EBovrounr® av” Acoyévns 
elval. 

3. Have you ever heard who has told about the death of 30 
Socrates? Remember (perf. emperat. mid.), then, that Plato 
writes how’ fearless’? he was” toward death, and how sweet- 
ly,, he slept (¢mperf.) up-to,, the day on" which he drank” the 
poison,,, and how on that day he conversed (aor.) with his 
assembled friends, and how they could’ not endure theirss 
grief, when they had seen (pluperf.) him drink (pres. ptc. ) 
the poison. 


Modifications of Verb-Stem. $70 
e or o added to Stem. Metathesis, ete. 
G. 636, 653, 657-59, 654. H. 405. 
1. From the following lengthened stems form the tenses called for 
on the analogy of ripd-w, piré-w, éndrd-w, giving also the pres. indic. of 


aoe 


each, with translation : 


aiofe- fut. and perf. mid. etpe- fut. act., perf. act. and mid. 
dAo-,, fut. mid., perf. act. (aor. pass. ntpé-Onv) 5 
apapre- fut. mid., pf. act. and mid., , Ova- pf. act. 

aor. pass. pabe- fut. mid., pf. act. 


Pra- pf. act. and mid., aor. pass. | yede- fut., aor., and pf. act. 
Povre- fut. mid., aor. and pf. pass. | oie- fut. mid., aor. pass. 





yeve- fut. and pf. mid. cye- fut. and pf. act., pf. mid. 10 
Oge- fut. mid., aor. pass. Contra (doxé-w), 
éOeXe- fut. and aor. act. dox- fut. and aor. act., pf. mid. 


# 
69—‘ would wish. ay with past tense of indic. tells what would be, or 


would have been, the truth, if the conditions were, or had been, otherwise. 
Cf. § 67. 9 we. URS as a) Ceo ear ? fee, aor. Of rivw. 


80 MODIFICATIONS OF VERB-STEM. 


$70 2. (Ilept Sorwvos kai Kpotcov.) Xorwv o “AOnvaios ap-iKeTo 
mote Tapa’ Kpotcoy Baciréa THs Avdlas. “O & @6n TavTev 
ae) , ’ , 5 > , y \ rt 5) \ 
15 avOporrwv evtTvyéoTarTos,, Eivat (ov yap Tw els THY KUpou apynv 
elo-eBeBAnKEL), KaL Lorov™ e€BovrAnOn evpety, Tiva Tept avTOD 
, > a 3 , , ’ io 4 4, 3) an id 
yvounv,, aTo-pavettar. “EBouNevoaT ovv OTwS’ ExEivos TATA 
Ta xXpnuat alcOnoetat, KeNeVaads Tovs SovAOUS TrEpt-ayovTAas 
> a \ / 5 \ , \ \ ” > a Ss) NG 
emt-delEat TA TUVTA’, Kal e7TELON KaLpOS,, EOoEEV AVT@ Elva, TAO 
20eimev: °O Eév “AOnvaie, ToAAaKIS pev FoOOnpAal GE TAaVU copor 
an é 
dvTa, ToANAKLS b€ BEeBovAnpal cou dia-eyOjvar. “KOedaoeELas 
BN 9 Ta 
av ovv pot eirety TY avOpwrav nUpnKas EvdalpoverTaTOY,, OVTA ; 
r la b) > , Suh, > \ \ ” / ¢ \ 
(Todto & npwtncerv oldopevos avdtos TO dvona cynocev.) O dé | 


suey, ’ nD , a , / 
Yorwy amr-expivato: TédAXov ’AOnvatov, tdioTyv,,, TeAvNKOTA. 


iS) 
Or 


Tiva 6€ per éxetvov, bn Kpotcos, kata-pewdOnkas evtvyéota- 

” v \ / le b) aN / Nie 
tov ovta; (“OQueto yap Sevtepds y avtos yevnoecOat.) Kai o 
Yorwy eitre: KrEoBiv, @ Bacired, kai Bitwva, Kat TovTOUS (bLw- 
Tas, TeOvnKotas. “EvOa 67) dpyicOels,, 0 Kpoitcos: “AXXN’ eyo, 
‘O 6€é Serv arr- 


ay i rn \ YJ / > a 
30expivato: Ovy ardwoopnal, ® Bacired, éyw AXXO EyoV EV VO, 
d 


Epy, OoK@ ToL NwapTnKEeval THs evdatpovias,, ; 
adXo etl ywTTns. Lkewropeba,, yap ras Tob Blov npepas, Ocal 
clolv* Ouws,, 6€ TOANOY ovoaY TiV éEtépav ovY EUPHoELS OvdEV 
opolay,, TH étTépa. Lol odv, Kalmep péypt TovTov Ta TayTa’ 
EUTUYOUITL,., ITWS,, OVX OpoLoY EaTAL TO yEVNGOMEVOV' TOLS yEeyEVN- 
35 pevois. “Qar éav pot wercOns’, ovK oinoer evdaiwwr eival, TpLW 
av acharas,, Tos TO TéXOS ad-ikn TOD Biov.— QDs" be vaTepov 
arnbevorva nvpéOn Lorwv, )6n joOnpweba ev TH TeTTAPAaKoTTH Kal 
EvaTyn Tapaypahy* TAUTHY ovY SEenoopat Dwav Taw ava-yvavat,,. 

3. You will now perceive what-kind-of-men Solon and 

40 Croesus” were. The one" did not care,, for money; to the 


other money seemed of-all-things the* best. He, therefore, 


70—! at the court of. 2.00 Dv os > yywpny aro-patvopa L express my 
opinion. 4érwe c. fut. indic. after verbs of planning and preparing. Cf. 
§ 65, line 8; 68, line 5. G.1872. H. 885. °the whole. Attrib. posit. 
® in all things. 7 the future—the past. ® if you take my advice. * how. 


10 By prolepsis. HR Ogi. uae Sens 6 


SHORT VOWEL RHTAINED. v DROPPED. 81 


begged Solon to tell who was the happiest man he had found”, 
in-the-notion-that™ he was himself to be admired.;? 


Short Vowel Retained. v Dropped. se ga | 
G. 639; 665,1-2; 647. HH. 423-24; 528, 8 and 9; 519. 
N.B. Let the student point out all peculiarities of formation in the 
verbs here used. 
1. Kipos rods otpatnyols cuy-Kardéods Aéyeu EAGY Els THY 
BaBvrovidy ws am-oXdv Tov adeAXdov: opudcat' yap TOTO 
Terelv’, TOD adedkhod Teipabértos,, EauvTOV aTr-oNécar. Ol dé 


an e ’ an lal 
TTPATLOTAL YaNETIVAVTES” EXeyov OTL OVK GpmovVTaL payelo Cat, 


or 


mpl av éxelvos UTd-cynTal,, ToTovTOY pLacbov EavTois TENeEiD’, 
Ocov Tpo Tod’ érédXecev AAXols. Todto & oduocaytos Kupou, 
Hracav amavtes él Bacidéa. 2. Act 7) copia dpiorov KTHma 

(é \ / d \ a / IZ 
Kéxpitar Kal KpiOnoetar LTO TOV cwhpovar,,. 8. Méytotos 

\ I N > / / ’ b] \ \ / 

atpatnyos Kpilein av “AréEavdpos, wéytotos 8 avip p71 KeKpl- 
cOw. 4. Of AOnvatos eyndifovto Gomep nets YEtPls: AVAa-TE- 10 
tapevn. 5. Oduoceds éx-Tabels’ ém’ addoTpiov,, TAOLoU TOV 
TRodV,, éTéeNece KaDevdwy. 6. Tis Eda Els aypov ovYy-KahOV 

\ t ’ \ / b} na b] \ b} \ 
TOUS payoupmévous ;—Ovdevos KadéoavTos EAMoLW aVTOL Els THY 


Ud 2) / - ih 
TONLY * OfLWMOKaGL yap. 


7. Who will fight? I asked who would fight. 8. Whois 
will swear to fight? 9. Who of you would have sworn’ to 
ride’ against the king? 10. How many men were driven out 
of Thebes? 11. Who have raised the hand? 12. How many 
have been judged “the® wise” of Greece ? 


70—" = whom he had found (pf.) being happiest. UA OA as Put: 
pass. participle. 


71—! he had sworn, inf. in indir. discourse. 2 Fut. infinitive. 3 be- 
came anyry; aorist. IR. 393. 5 stretched himself out; pass. = middle. 
ePuture: US 6%, * Translate the article. 


6 


82 IRRHGULAR VERBS. 


S72 Irregular and especially important Verbs. 
G. 621. H. 539. 508,16. 533,11. 521; 3. 524, 5. 
1, Commit to memory the principal parts as used in Attic prose of 
the following verbs: gpyopat, écOiw, Exw, \Eyw, dpaw, TaTyw, TVW, TPEXW, 


UT-LTX VEOMaL, Hepw. 


2. CHE ‘Odvacelas.) “Ev apyn ‘Odvacetas oi Be0t cvv-ednrv- 
fa e a an 
5Oaow ets "OdXvpTov Kai Zevs o “ Tatip avdpav te Gea Te” 
” 1 a / 1 AS i) ee > / ” N ») 
apyer' Tov AOywr'. Kiev ody OTL adikws avOpwrot Oeovs aiti- 
tal \ e tal / b] \: n bd Ue b he 
@VTO,, KAKA EauTOLS TEuTTELV* EK Yap THS ExElvwY avolas,, 
ylyvecOat Ta KAKU, UTO-TPETOVTOV TOV DEY Kal TPpo- 
ELTOVTWY AUTOUS [L1) UOLKELD. 
10 Todto & ws adndés eat dere, axovaavtes ot étrabor ot 
¢ 
mept ‘Odvacéad kal boot atr-wdovTo. MédAXkw yap vpiv épeiv 
Qn \ €. ( ’ > J 6 n b] ts ’ , 4 ip ND \ Ps \ \ °06 
TpO@ToV Lev ws (Ev OVdEMLA AVAaYKH EyomEvoL’ adra bLa THY ’OduG- 
Z nr 
aéws dvotav) els TO KvKAwrtros avTpov,, EXnAVOoTES, TOUTOV Sé ov 
Kkata-AaBovtes évdov, TaV dirov benPévtwv’ "Odvacéws arro- 
n / n 
15 dpapety (@ovtTo yap dewa TreicecBar), ovK HOEdev exeEtvos, AA’ 
pl ¢ 
av-eéuevov Tov Kukrwrtra, wv idocev. “O d€ Kixrwr oixad é€d- 
, 5) \ Z bd / \ / e \ ” e 
Owv, émerd) Kat-éxreEloev,, AUTOVS, KaTa Ovo élov Eparyev EE. 
aA ’ x > , 6 2a\ , > \ 5 ” A 2 \ 
Kat ov« av éravcat”™ ovde TOTE, El 17) Olvoy ETrLEV, OV "Oducaevs 
‘* NX lal J n 
nveyke Kpatiotov. Ilept d€ Toy peTa Ta’TA Yyevouevwry ikavas 
~ a a \ / Lo UZ 
20 vomifw eipnabar év TH EENKOoTH Kal TETaPTH Tapaypady: WoT 
> U4 8 / 3. \ @ nan 
ov dence Tad TavTA pnOHvat. 
a \ sed , 
"Exrecta 6€ Altodov LZépupov pev els TAOVY,, KANOV Tapa-cyov- 
\ 2; 3 / 2. / ad / 2) a 2 > nr 
Tos, TOUS & évavtious avémous émt-TpévavTos,, Odvacet év acK@ 
\ 
Sedemevous,., EmELo7 Eu“EeArOV HON TOTE THY TaTpLO OYecOaL, 


56? 
in e e \ / \ , EN \ 
25 éxelvov prev Umrvos elrev, of d€ hirou d1a POovov,, EXvTay TOV 


72— begins, opens, the conference. * Indir. disc. is regularly continued 
with the yap-clause. 3’ Concessive; though the gods tried-to-dissuade. 
4 Concessive ; though held in, constrained by, no necessity. 5 Concessive ; 
though his friends begged. oS i eat bes eh 7In Engl. to be transferred to 
the preceding clause; some most powerful wine. S there will be no-need. 
2S 1G0, Tis 2: 


VERBS IN -pu “Tornpe. 83 


’ , os” \ aN \ oo» ’ / > 3 
ATKOV, OLOMEvOL TOAVY YpUaoV Kal apyupov aTr-oicedOat,,. “AXX 
»2)\ See CheN A a Seay / , \ 
evOUs nvéxOncay b7T0 TOV KAKOV aVé“wV TEPEVYOT@V TAALY TPOS 
\ A a \ \ \ A 
AloXov, ovdevos KeXNEVTAaVTOS TOV Jew, AXA OLA THY EaUTOV 
/ Ny 
dvotav. “O & opytabeis €&-jXNacev avToUs, ovK €OédwV ETL TOV 
Lépupov rapa-cyetv. 30 
/ Si IN’ / ua ’ an Fe ah, NX / 
Ilanuv dé To TpiTor, mpo-evrovans avtois Kipkns Selva TeEl- 
XN 
cecbat, €av' Ceo tas ‘HXtov Bods, t1r-écyovTo pev oe 
TES ed adras aTr-ONELD, oe d€ Ova ALmov,, N€yovTaL TAS aes 
Tapa Tas vads éXdoa Kal aro-KTelvayTes hayeiv* eis aunyara,, 
A 5 / a ~ 
yap eiva’ temTwKdTes. Tooatta pev ovy éppnOn év TH TpLa- 35 
nw a \ \ nan / 
KOoTH Kai SeuTépa Tapaypahyn: Ta dé pEeTAa TOUTO yevoueva Bpa- 
oS a A N \ an A i 
yews, Uuiv ép@. Aumovor yap THY VijToV,, AVTOLS MEeyas YELLOD,, 
’ y \ ie. e b) ’ \ / / > 
ém-é€mreae Atos KeAXEvVoaVTOS, of O Ets THY OdXaTTAY TEGOVTES aT - 
@NOVTO ATAVTES wha ’‘Odvaocéws* ovK ae yap exeivos. Otto 
& av Saou ee OTe Sia THY éavT@y dvolay AKOYTMY,, TAV 40 
Gedy els KAKA Kal TETTMOKACW aVOpwTroL Kal TeTODYTAL. 


3. Synopsis of the fut. and aor. of the verbs mentioned above. 


Verbs in -pt. o%3 
Iornpt—Root ora. 
I. Pres., Imperf., and Fut., Act. and Middle. 
G. 506, 509. H. 331, 351. 
N.B. The Future o7i-cw by the w-conjugation. 


iorn-pe Lam making (some one) stand ( tora-pae Lam taking my stand 
iorn-v 1 was making as eS tora-uny Iwas taking * 


2 


ori-ow I shall make = oh orh-ooparl shall take “ * 


1. (Auddoyos.) A. Ata ti Rav0ias tov trrov av-iorn-ot ;— 
B. "Ore ov« adtos av-iora-tat.—C (mpoc-erOav). Ti dpte,, éré- 
yete, @ hiros ;—A. “Hpwtar éyo dia ti ZavOlas tov trop av- 


i? ¢ \ }. ” cad > \ CR CL ’ > an 
Lazain* 0 6€ piros pov €dEYEV OTL AUTOS O LTTTOS OUK aV-LOTAITO. 


72—'° On the principle of indir. disc. él ayouy might here be substituted. 
Note that éav then becomes ¢. 


84 VERBS IN -p. “Tornpe. 


$73 —C. “Adda mpotepor,, ovK av-taTn ZavOlas, aXN avtos av- 
tata-To. Ovxéte dp’, év Svvape.,, éotl’ Tov av-icta-cbat ;— 
A. Paiverar. Act & odv® av-tara-vat Tov dovXov. 

2. (Avaddroyos.) A. "Axkov@ 6Tt pets of “lwves TS ds 
—B. OD pédr2Xopev,, atro-cTHceTOar* Hd yap ap-loTa- peba.— 
10A. Oavydaoia réyers’. Kal tives eioiv ol Ap-LOTAVTES vpas ; 

"Kzrei opddpa,, poBovpat pry Kab-LaoTHOoW bas els amroplay* ob 
yap adb-loTa-pevor els KLVOUVOUS pEeyddoUsS ws él TOU’ Kad- 
iota-vtai.— B. Ki ev trovnpoi tives nas ad-iota-cav, xab- 
taTa-ped” av® els KLYdUVOUS, WS TO ELKOS* VoV be TOUTOLS TLOTEU- 
15 0vTes, TOS Av ovK ad-laTaliucba amo THY 1) €E-ava-cTNHOaVYTwY 
nuas 7) TovNpo’s apyovtas Kab-totavTwy ; ~AXN ovKéTe pér- 
Noval TOUS TOLOUVTOUS, Oimal, KATA-CTHGELY, OVOE was e€&-ava- 
OTHGOUGLY. 
II. The Two Aorists and Perfects Active, 
Aor. and Fut. Passive. 
G. p: 119)-and, §$.508;509). <1.5335,351; 500,71. 
N.B. Only the Second Aor. and Second Perf. by the pu-conjugation. 
t-arn-oa [ made (some one) stand | é-orn-v (INTRANS.) [ took my stand 
é-orn-ka (INTRANS.) [ have taken my stand = 1 stanp (pres. state) 
et-ary-Kkn L was standing 
E-OTN-KWC 


hati, standing 


€-OT WE 


© , 
E-OTN-KEVAL 


€ , 
ESOTA-VaAE 


to be standing 





é-ar-Onv (ara-Ojoopar) [ was (shall be) made to stand, 


3. “Apictoyopas hv 6 atro-oTtnaas Tous “lwvas ato Adpeiov. 

99 Azro-cTavtes ovv Lapoes péev KaT-Exavoay, avTol O€ Els TPAyY- 
bad Kat-eotnoay (2d ut) MeyloTa, MY OVK aT-nAAaYyNEeAa),. 
mpw Tv ‘EAXdba Tacay ev TOK KaT-éEoTnoap (1st aor.) Tots 

Ilépcais. Otroe yap ae eu yeas érOovtes Ud’ ‘Hpodorov 

NEYOVTAL VIKNTAVTES Toda pev TpoTTaLa, otnoacba, ToAAAS € 


713—! has the power of—. AS le nO: > strange news. The subst. for 
Oavpaora is in the verb; Aéyw implies a Adyoe. ae ls. 0s 5 we would 
be getting involved; § 69, n. 8. 6S 67, nm. 12, ‘ troubles. 


VERBS IN -pr. TiOnpe. 85 


bd A A s ’ Nake y2 . 
hpoupas,, Kkata-oTnoat. “Ev Mapabave pévto., eis tThv “EdXdaba 25 
, 7 / ¢ i \ 4 
dva-TAEvoaVT@V", ovK EaTtAaOn TpoTratov. “Tro yap Murtiacov, 
i; n ’ a / fel 
Kkata-cTabevtos otpatnyov, “A@nvaiow mevobévtes v7r0-cTHhvat 
n fi ’ \ nan ie aE 
avTots Kab-iotavTo éxacToOS Els THY EauTOU Takw Kal éviknoar. 
\ @ f- 7 \ an 
Aco 61) ov Tot ev es THY HyEwovlay KaTa-oTayTES THY THS EXXa- 
/ ’ a , rn 7 9 ip 
dos, Tadwv é€v Sarapive TpoTavov Tov BapBapwv' stncapevos, 30 
Le / é la ¢ id ¢ / 
Tpo-eLaTyKET ay ws EBdouynKovTa ETN TOV EXAHvoV: of © "lwves 


(ee a 11 \ b f— >) / ¢ \ b A 7 
ol ap-EoTOTES THY €XevOepiav EPUAATTOV UTEP EVEVNKOVTA ETN. 


4, Distinguish between, and translate accurately, the forms «ar- 
EOTHMEV KAT-EOTHOAMEY, KATA-OTHVaL KATa-oTHTAL, KaTa-oTdc KaTA-oTHOAC: 
—xa6-torny xar-éorny, iva Ka0-tord Kara-oTw, iva Kab-oTaipev KaTa-arai- 35 


plev :—kab-ioracay KaQ-earacay Kab-tcracay Kaf-eorwoar. 


5. Aristagoras induced the Ionians to revolt, not that he 
might involve them in troubles (for he himself was a Greek), 
but that he might continue,, at-the-head” of his own” city. 
6. If the Persians had erected a trophy at Marathon, the 40 
Athenians would have become involved” in very great trouble. 
But whoever” withstands the enemy as [did] the Athenians 
will perhaps erect a trophy as they [did]. 


TiOyp.—Root Oe. § 74 
N.B. Only the Pres., Imperf., and Second Aor, by the ju-conjugation. 
G. 506, 509. HH. 329, 349. 
I. Pres., Imperf., and Fut., Act. and Middle. 

1. (Various translations of ri@nut.) We put Socrates,, 
among’ the philosophers. For while’ he did not spend his 
time,, making laws’, as Lycurgus and Solon,,, nor, did he man- 
age well his own affairs’, yet he was wont-to-make his com- 
panions: thoughtful,, and good [men], telling them that vir-5 


73—8 i.e. the Persians. 9 over the—. 10 Or wpo-éoracay, 2d pluper- 
fect. 1 Or ag-eornkorec, 1st perfect. 1? Perf. participle. pied niga es 
S-MOrss fOr MOOG See 11.0; 1S 50. 


74—! iy or ec. ?Emei vopwoug pev—. 3§ 44, n. 6. 4§ 37, line 18. 


86 VERBS IN -pe. TiOnpr. Ketpar. 


$74 tue,, alone, renders’ and will render’ them happy,,. Who, 
therefore, would’ not regard* him [as] a very-great teacher ? 


¢ Le = / an / 
2. CH npetépa ratpis, ras méedrer owlecOar ;) I potepov peév 
e \ fa - A \ , 23 /, la bd ’ na 
ol cohol THY TOTAVY ToOvS VvoMos éTiHEcay, viv 8 akLovper,, 
J \ \ / / i ¢ 2 
10 avTol ToUs vomous TIWEcAar'. Xkemréov,, odv, OTav TLOWpeEOa, ec 
. 7: > la) / A A rn 
um’ ayabav mpo-Tievtat i) UTO Tovnpav. Kt yap TH TOY ToVN- 
a , Ie x \ \ , r a 
pav yuan Tpoc-TiOEiwea, Tayews av KaKHY THY TOAW' TLOEibEV 
> ’ / wT) A No 22. / £ 10 \ \ / 
€& evoaipovos.— Ete b€ ypy omocas Kpivovtas” KaTa TOUS vopous 
\ an / ’ 
Thv Wihhov OnoecOat'' Sixalwy vopwv yap ovdev dderos,,, Eb THY 
inwnhdov Oncopeba adixws. Tots pév ody trovnpots ém-tiOapev™ 
RK \ \ / - na ¢ 
duxny, Tovs S€ xpHnaTOUS TrEeipwmEeBa TipavTeEs’ oVTw dia-TLOévaL 
\ \ - e A 
Tpos THY OnmoKpaTlav, WATE Kai TOUTOVS” avTH TpOODUws Tpoc- 
Tie Oar”. 
3. Oi EXAnves, omrote peév érri-TiOetvTo Tols TroAEmLOLS, NaBov- 
Ve b) ZL \ / a e / / 
20 TES Ta OTAAa ETraLavitoy,, Kal Spou“w@ Tpo-Hnyov, oTOTE wévToL” év 
/ i / an ’ / NV 2¢ 
Takel,, Topevopevol BovrolvTO eTl-oTHVAL,,, ETLOEVTO TA OTTAA. 


II. Second Aorist and Other Tenses. 
(EOn-Ka, -kas, -Ke.  "EOe-pev, -re,-cav. G. 802, 2. I. 333. 432.) 
Ketpou. G. 818. H. 482. 
N.B. Ketwar often stands as a substitute for the rarely used 
perfect passive of riOnp. 
E..g. Nopove reOjxapey act., but vduoe xetvrae pass. 
4. Distinguish the forms One réOnke, O@ reOw, TiDer EriDer, TEVTWY 
(imperat.) rebévrwr, reBeic TeBeic, TEVae TEOQvat, TOW TEDW, Bec ODeic. 
5. Kandos 0 Xoyos” o bro EZevohbovtos auv-tebeis mept THs 
25 Kupou avaBacews eri tov aderpov. Kupw yap tavtas evpicko- 
pev TiaTevovtas. Ei yap tive cuv-Oetto" Kat et Tivt oTrELoaLTO,, 


74—' Write both indic. and optative. 68 67. TT OecOar vopove to enact 
one’s own laws, reg. used of a democracy. Swhether. ‘state. when—. 
1 that we will cast—. Fut. in indir. disc. reg. used after verbs of hoping, ex- 
pecting, swearing, promising. G.1286. H. 948a. 1S 0, Mae 13 by—. 
4 that these too may—. 15 wévroe & Stronger substitute for dé after pe. 
16 account, 17 Why optative? See § 53. 


VERBS IN -pr. TtOnpr. Ketpar. 87 


NY ” id U U b] , an € , \ , 2 74 
Kal el TLL UTO-TYOLTO TL, EV-EMEVE TOLS MMOAOYHMEVOLS,, KAL ovKS 
an Qn / \ N t ¢f 
éyevoeto,,. Kaxas yoo" rote dia-Keipevot pos avtov ot” EX- 
? , ee lal € a eg. ” > , C3753 
Anves (AKoVGaVTES OTL TOAABY HLEpoVv OSoV ayo aUTOUS, W ETL- 
rn A n > NX / > as ld 19 « 
Oeiro T@® Bacirel) evOds ouv-nrAdaynoav,, aVT@ TuV-JEewEv@’’ 30 
if , / \ , > ) /- / 
pura Oov, Te Tap-é£ewv TAElova Kat Tadw eis lwviay KaTa-oTHCEL. 
/ a / \ / 
6. "AXXos Aoyos U0 Hevodavtos cvv-eréOn wept Lwxpatovs. 
Z, ; \ , A A \ \ 
Suy-cevtat S€ TO ToAV’ ex OLadoywr, OVS ExELVOS TPOS TOUS Pi- 
lal \ / e ye 
Nous érroveito. T. Lwxpatny, Kalwep Tapa TavTwy owodoynbEevta 
9 / a \ ip 
ppovipous ws él Todv' TOVs cuV-ovTAS DeEival KAaL YPNOTOVS, 01 35 
nq / 9 lg AN n / ’ al 
"AOnvaiot, at dBeov,, Oévtes” avdtov, THY Whhov EOevT’ arro-KTEl- 
a : JL ec /— YU , 
vat. 8. Revopavte™ Ovovte™ hee” tus éx Mavtiveids ayyedos re- 
lal lal / 
yov I'puAXov tov viov adtod TeAvavar. Kai éxcivos am-ébeto 
\ x 7 oe, 7 bl \ O25 Cir IP 
pev Tov oTéhavov,, Giov & od éravaato. "Erresdn & 0 ayyedos 
’ an 9) , by ¢: 
mpoo-éOnke Kal éxeivo, OTL KAANGTA AyWVLTaMEVOS,, ETETEV 040 
, U4 € a / > 5 
['pvrXos, marw 0 Kevodav ér-ébeto tov orépavov.—Kd ye”, @ 
— A ’ \ lal 6 \ N a 
Fevopov: arn enue Oés tav” mpos cé pidixas,, Sva-Kewmevov. 
1 an / A ¢€ an nA 
9. "AOfvas péev torus THS “EAXAOos 7) evdoEoTtaTy ev TH’ ATTLKH 
a is \ \ SYA ig / a Ip ¢ 
KetTat, o 6€ AvuxaBnttos TO Opos,, UTEp-KELTAaL THS TONEwWS. “H 
be > Ne, y-= a a4 On? / 
€ Lardamts Kar Aiyiva vnooe TH ATTLKH ET L-KELYTAL. 45 


10. Most excellent” laws are said to have been established” 
by Solon, but often the Athenians were so disposed toward 
the accused” as” to cast their vote[s] contrary,, to the laws or 
unjustly. Certainly” on Socrates they imposed the heaviest” 
penalty. 11. The messenger having added what he added, 50 
why do you think did Xenophon put on” his wreath again ? 
12. By whom was the Iliad,, composed? I asked by whom 
the Iliad was composed®. 13. On what did Cyrus agree with 
the Greeks ? 


74—'8 your (y’ ovv) introduces at least one instance certainly of the general 


statement preceding. on his agreeing. 20 mostly. G. 1060. H. 7190. 
VS elena: 2 having come to regard (aorist). °3 While Xen. was sacri- 
jicing there came to him. R.%. 4 ed ye bravo. °° as one of oY among—. 
26 GowoToc. aT Aorist. 86 devywr. ope une ht, ao Seen. 18; 


3! néytoroc. ee ACE. Clits 33 Both moods. 


88 VERBS IN -p. Atdopr 


3 75 AtSopr.—Root So. 
N.B. Only the Pres., Imperf., and Second Aor. by the pu-conjugation. 
G. 506, 509. H. 330, 350. 


I. Pres., Imperf., and Fut., Act. and Middle. 
1. Tots pev didwat, Tots 8 adb-aipetrar,, TUYN. 
2. Napitas,, duxatas kat didov Kai NauBave. 

3. “Eav tis’ tt Tapa Tivos NaBy, Sixaiov® éotiw @s Ta TOA 
atro-OLdovat. Ei Oé Tus O7Aa pawvomeve@,, avdpt aro-b.60in', Tas 
xn ” ee b / €e , eg e \ x \ 

5av el7oe OTL ov Sikatos o amo-dL6ovs. 4. Ol peéev Kata Tovs 
/ Cd \ 
vomous Kplvovtes dikny émt-TLOévT@Y, of S€ TOUS VO“oUS Tapa- 

/ / Ud > \ , ¢ / aN e 
Baivovtes Sixnv d60vTov. Ov yap cwOnoetae 1) TONS, éav ot 
as nm / \ nA tdi = a ers 5 Eas ee. 
adicovytes Sikny pn didacw. 5. Tis tur, ® vedviat,,, avip 
YEVOMEVOS, OVK OmetTal, Kal ovv-OnceTaL THY TaTpida fn TPO- 

1l0dacew; Kat yap ot “A@nvaioe thy rictw,, éd(d0cav TVS: 
Tyv watpiba, iv nutv of twatépes Tapa-d16ddcl, Kal Tols Hpereé- 
\ e a ’ > i 5 , ’ \ fs 5 Ny 
pols Taloly nets OVK EXATTW Trapa-OwoopEV, AANA THELW’ Kal 
apetvo 6. Ot Oeoi did0tév cot HOovyv,, oO pire. T. ILap’ *A@n- 
valois oTpaTny@ mev Svo Spaypai,, THS mépas® ed(SovT0, oTpa- 
15 TLOTH O€ EXATTH Kal VAaUTY,, TPLWBorOV. 8. "Ev Tats Tov ’AOn- 
vaiwv €xkKrAnalats,, EOLOOTO AEyELY TO BovrAopéevw. 9. Ke wrODTOS 
He i med Ey es) Ties / 5 ) , ) ” 
vuty OLootTo’ pet adiKlas, TavTES (oiwat) aTrd-cyoicO’,, av. 


10. To give is better than to receive,,. 11. Receive what is 
offered’ with good-will’,, and render thanks to the giver. 12. 
20 Alcibiades,, tried-to-betray his country to the enemy after 

swearing” that he would deliver it to his children larger and 


better than he was receiving"’ it. 


75—' Why is enclitic rec here accented ? 790th: 3 we Ta TONG 
generally. 4R.19 for form of conditional sentence. 5G. 361, 358. 
H. 254, 236. S rye 1mépac = Kal Exdorny nuépav = per diem. the 
thing offered (participle). SRhok ° Aor. participle. 10 Original 


tense ? 


VERBS IN -p. “Inpe (t). 89 


II. Second Aorist and Other Tenses. 
("Edw-ka, -kas, -ke. "Edo-pev, -re,-oay. G. 802,2. H. 334, 432.) 


13. Ads pot miety”. Adtw Tis pot BiBriov. Tis cou TodT’ 
édwxe; “Tpeis édote. Tis cou Tovto dédwxe; “Tyets dedmxare. 
Bovropat att@ BiBrlov dodvar. 14. AicOopevos OTe 4 TOS 25 
| mpovdo0n™ (rpo-do0nceTat, Tpo-déboTat) 
ae (rp0-d00ncovT0, mpo-dedomévyn ein) 
ébyn dixkny doce (Sodvat, SedwKévat, dLdovat). 


\ TOV T™ pOOOoTHy 


15. ‘H dotca ravta TavT adb-alipettar TVYN. 


16. “Os” péya TO pixpov éotw év Kaip@,, SobEv. 30 


17. He prays,, to the gods to grant” health,,. And” may 
they grant’ it. 18. What did you give him to drink? They” 
gave him wine, 7 water. 19. When was the money paid? It 
is said not to have been paid”. 20. The city having been be- 
trayed, we delivered our arms to the enemy. And they” de-35 
livered-in-return the traitor, that he might pay the penalty of 
betrayal. 20. Distinguish the forms éédorae didorat, duddpevoc dedo- 
pévoc, dedda0at didocBat, Ode OW, Oddvrwy (imperat.) ddovTwr. 


“Inpe (t)—Root €. S76 
N.B. Only the Pres., Imperf., and Second Aor. by the pr-conjugation. 
CooL0;- E476: 
("H-Ka, -kas, -ke. El-yev, -re,-cav. G.802,2. H. 432.) 


1. "Adg-es pe. Ovw ad-rjow.—M7 ad-js' Tov Ktva,, OvK 





agb-h avtov.—M1) ag-re Tovs bpvidas,,. “AX dn ad-etpev. 
¢ N ’ Ld ” / \ \ id \ 
2. ‘O otpatnyos ov BovXeTat ovTE Tpo-EcPaL Tovs Tpos auToOV 
hevyovtas ovT ad-eivat TOV oTpaTov: aKovEeL yap ov maKpav” 
aTretval,, TOUS ToAELLoUS. 38. Tar-éoyou TavT ap-joew*: Arad 
7#5—" to drink=a drink. 12 — mpo-e000n. G. 541. H. 360a. 
13 How—, exclamatory. 4 Aorist. 15 G\Xa. 16 Exetvor. WR 30-2, 
18 — of the betraying. Art. c. aor. inf. 
76—'S§ 61, n. 2. > far; lit. long journey (se. d06r). 


90 VERBS FOLLOWING tormpe IN CONJUGATION. 


r \ / ® ’ ’ / Qn df 9 / 
TOUTO TO Eidos,, nUpov ovK adp-eevoy. 4. Kakds ins, ® TokoTAa,, 
SEN. 9 \ e / a in \ \ , \ 
lels, yap apaptavers TOU oKoTOvV. 9. Meta tov toXemov TO 

y e 
otpatevpa ap-el0n: ap-ebev 0 oikad’ teTo ws TaxyioTa. 6. Kd- 
Gm \ a Py a \ 2R e ved \ , 
pos op@v tous” EXAnvas vixwvtas To Kal’ avtous Kai duwKovTas, 
e / 5 SUS TAL 6 39. L te) e if e la) na \ e 
10 7d0pevos’ OVS’ ws” ep-ter Tots EEaKoaloLs iTTEVCL,, TOLS TrEpl av- 
\ ¢ se, an a 
Tov ouv-OL@Kely* VaTepov 8 tevto pev exetvot, Ktipou édp-évTos, 
2 \ / ef ’ > \ \ f— 
Els TO OLWKELVY, LETO O AUTOS KAT-LOM@V Bacinréa. 


7. “Ad-els ta havepa un dimxe Tapari,,. 


8. Now at length’ they were disbanded. 9. Doing their 

15 best”, they could not shoot" with Odysseus’, bow. For it was 
too mightv!; for them” to shoot. 10. While® you" (plur.) 
were abandoning your allies, we were hastening to” the res- 
cue,,. 11. We shall not shoot yet,, in case’ they may let him 
go voluntarily, 12. Distinguish the forms ax-n dp-n, ap-ein cr- 


E , -~ ~ -~ a e/ > 
20 Ein, AT-NpEV a-Etpe, MP-ELVal UT-ELVAL, ELC ELC EC. 


wars Verbs following torn. in Conjugation. 

1. Ep-mi-p-mAn-pe! (wAa-), eu-wAy-ow, etc. L fill. 

2. "Ep-mi-p-mpy-pe (zpa-), éu-mpr-ow, etc. L burn. 

The Deponents 
. Atva-pat, duvij-copat, uvy-Onv’, Cedvvyn-pwac L can, am able, have power. 
. “Emiota-pat, ériori-copat, nreary-Ony L know, know how to (ce. inf.). 
. Kpépa-pat, cpeuf-couae L hang, am suspended. 
. "Empid-pyv (Aor.*) J bought. G. 505, and p.121. H. 489, 9. 539, 7. 
For irregular accent in subjunct. and optat. (e.g. dvrwyrat, rpiairo), 

see G. 729, 742. H. 487, 2-8. 445a. 


oO GO — Ww 


1. "Exopev0n ws édvvato taytota—llopevoetar ws av dvvn- 


76—* when—. 4 the force in their own line, t.e., those immediately op- 
posed to them. > though—. 6S 67, 14. 1 ra apavi. #-&..66. ni 2. 
°$ 64, line 20. 10S 66, n. 4. M266... 0: ” Accus., subject of in- 
finitive. 12S 6601.6; 14 you—we are in contrast, hence emphatic. 
Hence— ? iC line 12: 16 § 66,n.9. Subjunctive. 

77— For inserted p, cf. \apBavw and see G. 795. H. 534, 7a. For inserted 
o in perf. and aor. pass. éu-7émAnopat, tv-erdioOny, see G. 640. ” \N.B. Pass. 


deponent. 3 Used in Attic prose as aor. of wrvéopar TL buy. 


VERBS FOLLOWING torn IN CONJUGATION. 91 


Tau Taytota— Eropeveto’ ws duvaito’ tayicta. 2. Ti émpiav-§ 44 
’ / / \ XN b} \ ’ ’ nr / } / Y 
To; Ouvdév: tis yap dv apetny €& ayopas tplaito; 3. *Eviote 
\ a af 
TOUS €v TH TOAEL péyloTOV’ SuVapevous EwpPaKapEev HKLOTA TO 
Sixatoy émictapévous. 4. “Os av érriatntar” dvvata. 5. ’Emi-5 


oTatar carTivew Ilats ov nmictaunv. 6. AvvjcecOé por 


17? 
auv-eGetv ; Ov déxa npepov" duvncopeba. T. Wav rrotcobdytes 
ovK eduvnOncayv TO Odvacéws Toor Tetvar,,. 8. lov xpéuatat 
Soe, By ’ Y / Sa , D 
TO twatioy,, mov; Ov dvvapai cor eitetv. 9. Kpéuawto tav- 
/ nr Nn an 5 
Tes ol Tpodotat. 10. Ot otpati@tat Tov “EXAHVwY ewvodyTO’ Ta 10 
€ SO! ef. MO se) / ) \ aA , ) / bli Ps ek) 
éavTov ExacTos” émiTHdeva,, ev 5€ TH Kupov avaBacet éviot 


Fo sali 
e 


ovK' Av" tptacOat ovdéev 11. Toney édovtes ot BapBapor Ta 
lepa év-eTriumpacay’: Lautows dé povois TeV aTO-cTaYTwWY ATO 
Aapelov ov Torts oTE Ta lepa év-empnacOn, &TE,, TOUS AAOUS 
es mpo-dovaw. “Totepov dé xpovw ot peta ZépEou 7-15 . 
cay sil AKpOTrONLY ev- empare THY AOnvaiwv. 12. Oi “EAAnves 
of meta Kipou otpatevodpmevot Tas meee nupov ras THs Ba- 
Burovias VdaTos €u-TeTANTLEVAS, WOT EVLlOTE OVK EdUVAaVTO bLa- 
Baivew avev yehipar,,. Tatas yap Bactneds év-érAnoar, iva 
hoBov Tous Ba Gs TES Oi b€ rovvaytiov” édridwv 20 
év-ETiLTAAVTO* EK ee TOUTOU nrliaTavTo Baciréa OTL éavTovs 
poBotto. Ov Hee 7V 207, Tas TAappous €u-TiwTAAVAL. 

13. TloAX™ jrrictato épya, Kaxds 8 nrictato TayTa™. 


14. The Greeks were said to burn houses, but not the tem- 
ples of the gods. 15. The Athenians were easily filled with 25 
hopes. 16. Philip,, was not able” to buy the votes,, of all the 
orators, 17. Cyrus knew how to rule if any one did”. 18. 
Let those that” know not™ how to fight know” that” the toil, 


77—‘ After the relat. adv. we, the mood varies as after the pron. dc. See 


§ 59. >Imperf. the tense of repeated or customary action. § See again 
§ 55 (repetition in the past). 7 Agrees with the noun that is implied in 
the verb—those having the greatest power. 8 Or 6 émtorapevoc. 9§ 65, n. 5. 
0 ech his own—. " there was no buying anything. 2 — 76 évayr.on the 
contrary. Cf. § 66, n. 11. 2 Horaccent see. 120) SE TOT ene 
verse is a dactylic hexameter. 1° Write both imperf. and aorist. TSO) 


line 3. a) ea 188 55, n. 2. '9Tmperative. °° ort. 


92 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE w-CONJUGATION. 


is hard. 19. All would buy” virtue from the market, if they 


30 could”. 20. We marched as fast as we could—we shall march 


$78 


5 


as fast as we can‘. 21. Explain the mistake, often made by begin- 
ners, in edvvero, dvvdueOa. 22. Synopsis of the pres. and aor. of dvva- 
peat. 
Irregular Verbs of the p-Conjugation. 
1. Eipé (€o-, Lat. es-se), Evopac Jam. G, 806. I. 478, 

. Eipi (i-, Lat. c-re) {shall go. G.808. H. 477. 
3. Oni (pa-), djow LT say. G. 812. H. 481. 
4. Kad-nuae (j0-), (e)kaOhpny Lam seated, G.815, HH. 484, 
5. Oida (i6-), nen, etcopar L know. G, 820, H. 491. 

Synopsis of gpyopae J go is as follows: 


bo 


EPXOMAL, HA, Ww, lout, WL, Eval, tov. 
eipe L shall go, tomu, iévar, iw. 
nr\Oov L went, EXOw, EXOouue, EAE, EMOetv, EMOwr. 
éhyrvba, regular.—Observe that éoyouae is used only in the pres. indie. 
(Hpxopny is the imperf. of apyouac), and that the optat., infin., and 
partic. of eiue have both a pres. and a fut. meaning. 


1. (Drill in distinguishing forms identical or similar.) “A 
eloe, TAVT’ olde.—Tadr dn 76n.—'Edapev tayéws elcec@ar- 
map-éceabau' yap tayéws.— Edacay 6n Tovs addovs adp-iévar, 
am-téval’ © avTol ws av dUvwvTat Taytota.— Or’ ov Topp oi 
TONEMLOL AT-HoaV, aT-noav Tpos avToVs ol aTo-cTaVTES ad’ 
npuov.— Ayabos ict, baci, Kai ed* ic” OTe evdaipaov Eve Eloet 
yap ov’ diros tots Oeots. 2. “Opxov,, dudovtes ot “EXXnveEs 
éhacav Towvoe: “lotw Leds 0 wavf opav ael. 38. Te alaypa 
Képon,. SudovTe Pato o xpnatos: "Am-it av AaBwv THY TOVN- 


- a “ ’ / ’ ,’ \ >’ 
10 plavs. 4. Of piroe cov eizrov OTe amr-tovev”. *AXX' olet ov adn- 


a ’ \ ’ , 2 > 5 Sas mn , / / 
Oas abtovs am-téval’ ;—OvxK oida éyo. Todto pévtoe dvvapat 


¢ b) / 6 f \ 
cot davat, 6Tt od" pe Ajcovow’ ar-vovTes’. 5. Lwxpatns pyaiv 


77—" R. 19. 
78—'S§ 72, n. 2. ? Future. 3 be assured. 4 that you are. 5 offer- 
ing. SavOdavu, now. They will not depart without my knowing it. See 


§ 67, n. 10, and G. 1586, H. 984. 7 Present. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE w-CONJUGATION. 93 


evpetv abOoviav avOpwoTwv olopévwv pév eidévar TL, eldévat & 
oAlya 7) OVSEV* AUTOS 8 a wn® HOELV", OVSE’ WeTO ELbévat.—Té ys, 
@ pabnta; “Koes ov ev Tots eidoow 7%) év Tots olopévors Etdévat ; 15 
6. ‘O pév TO 6Xov, eld@s" eidein Av Kal TO pépos,,, Of d€ LOVOY TO 
pépos elddTes ovKéTu lado TO Odov. T. Bovrev” cabopeba™ 
api,, TO TUp ;—Madota™: év yeiwavi yap éotrépas” exabnweP? 
del Tepl TO TOp. 8. Zevopav réyer ws Kipds wor’ eb’ &pyatos 
Kab nuevos eTrOpEvETO. 20 
9. Dirorovos,, (oO, Kai Blov KTHocEL KaNOD. 
16. Ed ic’, dtav tis evceBav Ov Oeois, 
Kav pixpa Ovy, Tvyyaver cwTnplas. 


11. (Dialogue.) Do you know where the enemy” are en- 
camped (=seated) ?—Some” say they are encamped not far 25 
away, and that within two days” they will depart; but from 
others I heard that’ they were encamped across, the river 
and would not depart within a month,,; others again,, think 
they are already departing. Pickets are posted;} that we may 
know as soon as possible, but up to,, this [time] they have not 30 
come”.—If the enemy should approach”, what would you 
say” was necessary” to do?’—If they were already approach- 
ing, we should know”; but as it is", we do not know any- 
thing”, nor shall we know until® the pickets come. 


Seeond Aorists in -p. from Verbs in -o. S79 
G. 799. H. 489. 


, fA OG € ° 
1. ‘AXicxopat,,, dkooopat, éddov' (jjAwy), EddwKa (jrwKa). 


78—' = if he did not know things ; hence py. See § 55, n. 2. 9 no more 
did he—, or he did not—either. 10 = gi tic TO OAOy eidein. R. 19. 1 not 
likewise. ? do you wish that we—. G. 1858. H. 866, 8d. 13 by all means, 
yes indeed. Cy. S64 line:2: 'S By prolepsis; § 58, n. 3. Nd Tk OG 
TES OO, TD: Ore. Write both indic. and optative. WPert: (= pres: 
state). 20 Perfect, SOD tate. yi ho: 2 dety OY yonvat. Aah ays bes 
Craps 519: CEN te Ome Oe bh *© not—nothing. 6 roiy dv Cc. aor. sub- 
junct. 


79—! -wr, -we, -w, -wpev, -wre, -woav. G. 803, 2. 


5 


10 


15 


94 SHCOND AORISTS IN + FROM VERBS IN -o. 


. Baivw,., -Bicopae’, -€Byv’, Pe Bna. 
» (Budw"), Siwcopar, eBiwv', BeBiwxa I live. 
4. Ttyvookw,,, yrwoopat, éyvav', EyvwKa. 
5. -dpdakw', -Cpdcope, -pav, -decpaxa L run away. 
6. Avw, ciow, educa TL make sink or enter. 
Avopat, dvoopat, @v*, dedvna L sink, enter, dive. 
7. DOdrw,,, POhicopat, epOqv (€p0aca). 
8. vw, diow, epuoa 1 make grow. 


Pvopar, poropat, epov, TEDUKA rf JVOw. 


Note here 1) that regularly the fut. has a mid. form, and the perf. is 
in -xa, 2) that if there are two aorists, that in -aa (Ist aor.) is transi- 
tive, the 2d intrans., as édiaa edvy, Epica Epiv. SO Earnoa Eorny, and 
regularly, 


4 


lal / 

1. Tva6e cavtov: cavtov yap yvovs Twavta yvooe. >Adda 

id } an lal e A / 9) NY , c >), 3) 
navra Oe yvovar, wa yes caviov. 2. Swxparous vr A@n- 
vaiwy aceBelas’, drovTos of Pirot eben Onoav atro-dpavar OnBake,. 
(év- Sus ae €oOnr,, adroTpiav EXaber' dv aro-dpas). ~AXN ovK 

yi e \ lem e a ee / 
nOerev, WoTTEP ATEBELAS, OUT@ Kal KAKias, GA@VaL* WoTE OavaTos 
ér-t@v" avtov’ €bOn* Kaxiav®. Tips pévtor a€vos éBiw waddov 
) Oavatov. 3. Lorwy, ws On av-eyvoKapev, oVK edvVaTO aval 
rn > a \ x b) a Vd ” \ 

Kpotcov evdaipovas Sv mpiv av exetvos TeXeuTHTH* eyvw yap 

\ 95 lal (4 an SUS: A ¢/ Sy a7 \ 
Tov ev BuodvTa OTL KaKwS EvioTe TeXeUTA. “TaTepoy & &det Kat 

al A / 2) ’ A ’ / ¢ \ \ 

Kpotcov yvovat Yorwv’ opOas,, evmovta’> érre1d1 yap Lapoers 

, an ’ 3 
édXwoay, TOV AoLTrOV Blov AéyeTat Bidvat LOvmTNs wv Tapa Ilép- 

an / if / » 

cas. 4. "Ev tots BEDE oT oy Bi Briots apy VOTED Divtepay ara 
Te” Kada Kal 6 Kal Tepl THs ev Ee Hayns,—@s Apre- 
pucia Bacirea,, vTép HépEou Wan ceee vavv TOV eae aKOv- 
ca Kxat-édvoe. Atwxopévn yap v70 vews "AtTiKhs Kat hoPov- 


79—°In prose used only in compos. amo-, ava-, kara-,etc. Aor. inflected 


like gorny. 3 Use Zaw for the pres. and imperfect. +In prose used only 
in compos. a7ro-, ék-, ete. 5G. 505, and p. 119. H. 335. ° of impiety. 
S69. S anticipated cowardice in coming upon him. 182 0,0. 9. 10 7g 


... kai O) kai a formula for despatching subordinate matters and coming to 
the important one; besides other fine things, about—. 


VERBS IN -vipe, (APTHER A VOWEL -wvipr). 95 


pévn fu) adroin, éyvw BérTLov elvat irov KaTa-ddaat i) avTy 
\ 
Kata-dovat. OtvTws ody éyéveto havepa'' wayecOar éeTictapévn 
@oTep Tis Kal GAN”. "~Kyéveto & 7 wayn dv’ Ans THS Nwépas 
\ \ ’ , 5) , \ o aA ” , 13 
(rapa yap Atoxyvrovu axovopev Tov ipALov Obval ETL LaYoLEVwr’’), 
téros & ntTnOels ZépEns &BovrHnOn ws av dvvyntar” Tayiota Els 2 
\ S. J— an > \ ¢ ” > / € / 
thv “Aolav d1a-Bnvar+ ov yap ws nrmilev at-eBn,, 1 payn. 
ne \ a > \ an ’ , $) aA > 7; \ \ / 
Kai d1a-Bas ato Tis Etpwrns ets Lovoa av-eByn Tpos THY pNTE- 
pa” Atoccav.—Au-nyeitar 8 “Hpodotos rai trode, ws “EXXAnv Tus, 
Ch3 > \ la ’ / a > \ / > ’ J 
iv amo llepowy azro-dpain, dvs ets THY OaraTTaV oVK aVv-EryeE 
\ / 9S ’ / n > Hien >) / e b] \ 
Tplv atabdicus HAOev oySoyjKovTa* TOVTO 6 ATLETOV,,, @S AUTOS 25 


eipntev Hpddotos. 


5. (Drill.) Those-who were captured,—those-who ran away, 
—we ran away,—they put on their breastplates,,—may you 
anticipate him [in] crossing” the river’. 6. Alcibiades is said 
to have lived a wicked life. 7 The sun did not set until” he go 
sank the ship. 8. Let a man’ know himself; for whoever” 
knows himself is wise. 9. Recognizing” that he had been 
convicted according to the laws, he did not try” to run away. 
10. Odysseus, narrated how he had gone down to Hades*;. 


Verbs in -vip. (after a Vowel -wipr). § 80 
Acix-vopu. G. 506. 509. 797,1. H. 332. 352. 525-28. 
N.B. 1. Only the Pres. and Imperf. by the pu-conjugation. 2. o only 
in the sing. of the indic. and second sing. of the imperat. act., other- 


wise naturally short. 


1. -ay-vipu' I break 2. Aeix-viju L show 
gaya am broken 3. -év-vope I clothe; mid. myself 
79—"! showed plainly. 12 Note gender. 13 Sc. abtwy ; gen. absolute. 
14 Or we dvvaro, by indir. discourse. 5 Aor. participle. 16 Accusative. 
17 goiy c. indic. 18 ric, 19TIn three ways. See § 55, sent. 12. 20 Aor. 
artic. with ére-clause, or acc. (himself) c. partic. ae otal G 22 sic C. gen. 
Pp 


(sc. ofkiay). 
80—'In prose Kcat-ayvopu, appt-evvdpe, A7-OMATe (AX for Av), but in perf. 
bddwra. % A number of second perfects act. are intrans. in meaning. H. 501. 


96 VERBS IN -vip. (AFTER A VOWEL -vwiwp). 


$804. Zevy-vipu LT yoke, join; bridge 8. "“Op-vope L swear 
5. Kepa-vvope L mix 9. UWhy-vope L fix, fasten 
6. Miy-vope L mix, mingle mTexnya’ am fired 


7. -dA-dope' LT destroy ; mid. perish 10. "Po-vropu® J strengthen 





oAwra’ Lam ruined, lost Eppwpae am strong 


a \ ae, 5 
1. "Onrtyos Setxvi ta évTos iyts. 2. Oivey ot “EXXnves 
e > / > ’ 7 - ’ ie = e/ e A ‘ 
voaT. exepavvucay, aN axpatov ovK Erivoy BaoTep apets. 3. 
Ka on \ \ } B \ 3 £ a (eG! e 
av weCy,, TOTAMOS [41 OLaBAaTOS,, 7), Ol VUV OTPATHYOL, WOTTEP OL 
* e e 
Tanatol, Cevyvvact roto. Htpor dé cat €v BaBvrwria ot 
MY 
5’EAAnvEs of peta Ktpov ava-Bavtes ToAAas yehipas TroLoLs 
eCevypevas. Tov & “EXXjaTovtov fevyvis BépEns mpayyat’ 
SS) id ’ / - ¢ / Mi 4 \ IND, per Nn 4-2-5, 
elyev, ws emideikvucw Hpodotos: tas yap yedupas’, as’ éCev&e 
ees \ , pe ees) , er Saas? a ” D6 
ovo’, YEluwy péyas KaT-Eakev’ ETL-TETwWY, WaT AddAsS EdEL dvO 
f f rn \ \ an hi 
Cevyvuvar. 4. (Md@os.) ’AKcovopev Tapa trada.od dirocopou ta 
10 Opnta yévn, @s erolnaay ot Oeol, Ex ys Kat Tupos plEavTeEs Kal 
/ A / / an A 
TAVTWV, OTA TUpl Kal yy KEepavvuTaL. Ov pévToL ev TO AUT@' Exa- 
b] / Gog ae ee \ UA ’ \ 4 / 
aTov émnyvucav Cooy, WoTEp Ta Sévdpa, UXXra SvVO cKEXN,, Cevy- 
/ Nv / (oe / ’ \ / VA Ny / 
vuvtes 1) TEeTTApAa’ Evolovy adTa dvvacbat Baivery Te Kai AXANXOLS 
oup-meyvuvar. “Erte 6€ decxvudow" of Oeol émt-pedXovpeEvol,, WV 
- lal n / 
15 TeTolNnKaoL yevo@v", Ta pev avT@V apdt-evyvVTEs OplEi TE Kat 
/ (eA Ay N\ Y.Ve laee / n We te /2 / 
déppacuwy (iva pn dia yemm@v atr-ordAVMVTAL), TOis b€ POmny Topt- 
a \ / ee 5 b] / > 9 / - 
CovTes,,, Tos d€ Taxos,,. OUvTws ody Eppwpéva ovK Hv xivdivos 
avta at-orrvo bat ef uy" TO avopwrav. Ovrtou yap, ovT nude- 
- 3 e \ 
ETMEVOL OUT EppMpévol, TavTaTaclW av VTO Onpiwy aTr-wXoOVTO 
\ a 8 >) \ 9 / > a if a as \ 
20 KAL YELMOVOS , Eb [L1) edelyOnoav AUTOLS TO TE TUP KQAL 1) TTOALTLKN 
7 Yi / 
téxyvn. Ilupi péev yap yp@pevos Kepavvvol av Tis yadKov, o1dn- 


Y / 7 957 +N Ue a > 
pov,, apyupov,, Kal eK TOUTMWY OTA av TrOLOIN TavTota,,, ois’ ov 


252 
/ an \ \ a ies \ U \ a 
poovoy Ta Onpla am-oret' addra Kal OiKLas Ka’ appata Kai vads 


80—* In Attic prose little used except in perf. mid. 4 the two bridges 
which—. Numeral in the relat. clause. 5 For augm. see G. 587, 1. H. 359. 
® two others. Note the separation by a verb of words belonging together. 
See § 67, n. 6. WSe.rory. » * See nis: 9 show that they care. G. 1588. 
H. 981. 10 — ray yevor, wr (S$ 45). "ef pn except. ” For augmented 


prepositions. G.544. H. 361. 'S with which to destroy. See § 58, n. 9. 


VERBS IN -vip, (APTER A VOWEL -vvipn). 97 


oup-mneer: THv S€ TodTLKHY TéexVnY paboyTeEs Eis Toes cUV-§ BO 
3 £ ’ 7 > if / ’ \ ti \ Chal. 
epxoueda, opvuvTes ANANHAOLS BonOnoeww ETL TONEMLOUS, KAL PW- 25 
BY ee duxatoavyvyn. Odvtws ody wérnye ta Ovnta 
yévN TAVTA, WOTE POGUE Kal pn atr-o\\va Oat. 

5. “Opxov ov devye, kav dSikatws opvns. 

6. Néos & am-0dAdvO™, 6vtiv’ dv dir eos. 


7. Who used to mix wine with water? The Greeks. 8.30 
Who aided Jason,, [when] yoking the bulls? Medea,,. 9. 
What did the youth” in Athens swear on becoming men? 
Not to betray” their native-land. 10. Who appointed Cyrus 
general? His father. 11. What broke-to-pieces the bridge 
built” for Xerxes? A great storm. 12. In what’® was Soc- 35 
rates clothed”? The same himation winter” and summer”. 
13. Are all [the things] that” you have learned in this book 
fixed in your mind,,?—We shall try to fix them as well” as 
we can.—Good™! my pupils, I praise,, you. For you have 
shown [yourselves] industrious;, and zealous,, pupils, and [in] 40 
doing this work well, you are clothing-yourselves in strength” 


for greater works. 
"Eppwdo’’. 


80—!4 = dm-6dXvTaL. 1S On SENG. 0, 16 Fut. inf. (indir. discourse). 
17 Perf. partic. in attrib. position. 18 Accusative. 19 Perf. participle. 
20 Genitive. 2 CF Ine. LO: 2 uadtora. See § 77, n. 4. *°38 74, n. 24. 
+See n. 9. 2 81G. 26 Perf. imperat. mid.; be (= fare) well. 
d 


RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 


[These observations on some of the common mistakes in beginning 
Greek follow no systematic order, but are given as the book itself re- 
quires, They are meant for ready reference and (here and there) as 
supplementary to the statements of the grammars, but are in no way 
intended to present completely any of the subjects touched upon. ] 


Attributive Position. 


The predicate or predication of a sentence is the statement 
we make about a certain subject. The subject must be ren- 
dered “certain,” that others may know clearly what it is of 
which we are talking or making predication. Thus, the un- 
prefaced information, ‘The man escaped,” causes one to ask: 
“What man?” The subject must, therefore, be more closely 
defined before we predicate of it; as, “The man én the jail,” 
“The man with the wooden leg.” Such words or phrases are 
called attributive, and 

In Greek if a noun has the definite article, its attributes 
stand either-—a) between the article and noun, or b) after the 
noun, with the article repeated. Thus: “The ¢én-the-jail 
man,” “The man the (one) 7 the jail.” 

Exception: A qualifying genitive may be an exception, and 
regularly is so, if a genitive of the whole. See also R. 4. 


Predieative Position. 


Words and phrases not in the attributive position form part 
of the predication (or statement) about the subject, and are 
said to stand in the predicative position. Thus: “The re- 
pentant sinner from sin doth turn.” 


RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 99 


A subject in the neuter plural takes its verb in the singular. 2 
Eg. ta d&vépa hv cana the trees were beautiful. 


The Greek Article 3 


a) if not ambiguous, often stands for the English unem- 
phatic possessive pronoun. #19. éyeu to to£ov he has his bov. 
3ut éyw To ToEov avtod L have his bow. 

b) is 1) Restrictive, or 2) Generic. Fg. 6 dvOpomTos, o 


TONE LOS = 
1) the man (7. e., the one we are speaking of) ) = Resrricrive 
the war (in question) . (Determinative) 


2) man (the genus, as distinct, e.g., from brutes) 2 
is thi | GENERIC. 
war (this thing war, marked off from peace) 


Also in English the article is sometimes generic: “The laborer is 
worthy of his hire.” “ Woe to the pilgrim.” 

c) often, but not necessarily, is used with abstract nouns. 
Eg. 4 apetn virtue, 7) Suxatocvyn justice. 

d) is, as a rule, omitted with a predicate noun. Thus: Ké6- 
pos Tavta TavTwy apiatos HY Cyrus in all things was THE best 
of all. Td Oavpafew apyn éote THs copias Wonder is tue be- 
ginning of wisdom. 

e) often, but not necessarily, is used with names of people 
well known or already mentioned. (Originally the art. used on 
the second mention of a name was demonstrative. ‘O éé Siuwy, or 
"AXN 6 Yipwy, meant: “ But he, Simon ”’—* But that man, Simon.”’) 
This observation applies also to names of towns. 

f) is always seen in 7) "Acid, and 7 Evporn; and is always 
used with those names of countries that were adjectival in 
origin and continued to be felt as such. Thus: 7 Artin (se. 
yopa or yh)—adject. “ArteKos, -7, -ov; 7) “EXXds, 7 Daxis, 2) 
Aakoviky, ) BaBvrAwvia, ) Bowwriad. But Adédéa (with or with- 
out art.), because no longer felt as an adjective. 

@) was originally a demonstrative pronoun (cf. French le= 
the, from Lat. le), and in a few uses always remained so, viz. : 


100 RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 


1) in contrasts. “O pév () pév)... 6 8€ (% 8) this (man or 
woman)... ¢hat (man or woman) 

2) with 6é at the head of a clause, to cHANGE the sUBJECT. 
fg.“ T told him to write; and he writes” 6 8 ypader. 

3) apo tov before this, heretofore. 


4 Possessive Genitive of Personal Pronouns. 
0 (mos pou my HORSE (N.B. not my horse) 
To b@pov cov = your irr ( “ not your gift) 
To GOXov avtod his prize ( “ not HIS prize). 
Note here—1) the presence of the arricie, 2) the PREDICATE 
position of these unemphatic possessive genitives. 


5 a) With unemphatie words Never begin a clause or sen- 
tence; e.g. with avrov him. (Pre-positive conjunctions, preposi- 
tions, and the article are, of course, not taken into account.) 

b) Contra, words that receive stress on a natural reading of 
the sentence must be brought toward the head of the Greek 
sentence—unless, to be sure, other means of emphasis are em- 
ployed, as yé, prolepsis, choice of word, etc. 


6 pév...8€ a) are used in contrasts. #.¢. 
WORD AL- (Ley 5 eae Bac. sas ge DOT OS 
Athens to be sure ... ..., Sparta however 
Athens on the one hand... , Sparta on the other 
Athens / grant you...... , Sparta on the contrary .... 
We CIBNS gy tenes , yet Sparta (but, still) 
DROUOI ALHONS. Jot ae. * CEC, -ObG; 


Often, however, emphasis on the words to be contrasted is an 
adequate rendering. 

b) wév.. . 6€ follow the words to be contrasted ; or if these 
are nouns with art. or prepos., then before the nouns. £.g. at 
pev AOjvar..., dé Swaptyn. *Ev pév tats "AOnvais .. . ev € 
TH LYwapTn. 

c) A sentence 1) may be composed of two parallel clauses ; 


RULES ANI) OBSERVATIONS 101 


in which case pév and 6é usually ciaim the secoua place in each 
respectively, wév preceding even post-positive conjunctions, as 
yap, obv. Thus: 


| fe POV YAP ae a a8 ; (Scheme 1) 


Or 2) a sentence may, during its course, fall into two or 
more parts. Here, too, wév and 6é mark the points of separa- 
tion and contrast. Thus (Scheme II): 


@ he Fé) eel 8: TOM vet pels ie) (8. 6) “be. Le, “en ©) 0 978 (6 0" (6 


TOV Lev TONELOV SELVOY Elval, 
Ta 6€ GOXa Kana. 

d) Never use vév... dé in any but co-ordinate clauses, and 
not even then at the same time with other articulating for- 
mulae. Thus, never with 
Partic.-clause + finite verb, as: My son having died, I returned. 


ot ayabot ’A@nvator vomifovar 


ei-clause +result-cl, ‘“ If he comes, I go. 
OUIOVOY. 82 “ANN Ot...) not Only “POUL OISO. sn or 
Si eee A (Aen Negi ae nae VOL ea ORO le ee ay Se 
eeben pee aa MOE A on Arn gt RCT UO ter Ce eae eee 
CUTE oan OUTEM eter WOULNOT nh Ol eae 
OOS Bleces goes OUOe sate OL Hato ae TEO Dion tle Sree d ce Geer 
MOGOUTOV..425. SOG OV oy 225-6 ES TUG GE hay WIS ee cS oe 
Greek Order in Translation. v3 
If possible, keep the Greek order of words, even at the ex- 
pense of literal translation. 
Conjunction of Sentences. 8 


If you can give no good reason for the asyndeton (non-con- 
nection), CONNECT YOUR GREEK SENTENCES, if not by a logical 
conjunction (as yap for, obv or toivuv therefore, adda but), then 
by &€ or ov as particles of mere transition. (The reasons for 
asyndeton may be postponed.) 


102 RULES AND OBSERVATIONS 


Caution’1-’Never pév dé'in succession. 2. The First sen- 
tence, of course, needs no conjunction ; nor does any detached 
sentence. 

9 Subject of Infinitive. 


The subject of an infinitive is (unlike Latin) not expressed, 
if the same as that of the main verb. "Edn é@éreuw he said 
he was willing.—In this case any predicate substantive or ad- 
jective stands in the nominative. "AX€£avdpos évomrle Beds 
eivat Alexander believed thut he was a god. 

Exception: In contrasts, as: ov« &by avdros (or éavtov), adra 
tov adedgpov eOérewv he suid he was not willing himself, but his 
brother was. 

10 Infinitive with Verbs of Thinking. 

After verbs of thinking NevER a 67e-clause (but an inf., or 
ace. c. inf.). Nopifec tv apetnv copiav etvar he believes that 
virtue 7s wisdom. (Verbs of thinking: vouif@, olopar, ayéopuat, 
tbromtevw [ suspect, doxet wou tt seems to me.) 


11 ‘O ypadov = 
a) the man that is (here and now) writing (Determinative Art.), 
b) the man who writes, he who—, any man who— (Generic “ ). 


To any one who wishes T@ Bovropev@ 
Those who say this Ol TOUTO A€youTES 


The people who did that, he will punish rovs tobt0 Tmowmoav- 
TAS KONACEL, 


12 Otros, Ode, “Exetvos 


a) as adjectives, require the article with the noun. 4. g. obros 
6 vomos this law; ) wayn éxewwn that battle. 

b) as pronouns, are an emphatic he (she, 7t). LE. g. obtds Te Kat 
¢e ” 2 4 rn ’ \ , > re 
0 ayyeros both he and the messenger ; ov THv TovToV otKiav 
rey Ido not mean us house.—FYor the unemphatic he, 
she, it, see rule 16. 





RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 103 


TIas (“Aras ), “Odos. iS: 
a vA =- / 4 a t é 
Taca (amaca) TONS EVERY city | Tacat TONES —|_all (the) 
Taca » rods the WHOLE city | wacat ai Tres J cities 
6An 1) TONS S | ONae TONES Whole cities. 


(Use of these words in the attributive position may be postponed.) 


The SussunctiveE supplements the Imperative Mood in the 14 
Jirst person : 
[Aéyo let me tell] Aéyopev let us tell 


réye tell Aéyete tell 
rNeyéTo let him tell Neyoutav let them tell. 
“Av 15 


stands preferably near the head of its clause (N.B. never at the 

head), after a negative or interrogative (as ovx« dv, Tis av, TAS 

av), or after an adverb (dows av, 75€ws av, Tay’ av), or—if these 

are not ee ars Ha its verb.— Observe that av oe posi- 

tion to pév, dé, yap, and usually to ovv i0kOs yap av, lows & av). 
“Ay at the head of a clause is dy, 7. €., ea Uf. 


Personal Pronouns. 16 
Limphatie. Unemphatic. 
eS ha) Oe Lh Sats 
cg ree aes Eme i —, LOU, jL0L, jE NO Bien 
OU, COV, TOl, TE You —, GOV, JOl, JE 
OUTOS, TOUTOU, etc. I —, avTood, avTa, etc. (N.B. never 

éxetvos, -ov, etc. at head of its clause.) 

\ Airos. 17 


&) avTn 7 TONS, AUTHS THS T., avTH TH T., etc., the city ITSELF. 
QUTOS TE KAL Ol Taldes, AUTOU Te—, avT@ Te—, etC. HIMSELF 
and his children. N.B. At the head of a clause avros, 
avTov, avT@, avTov, etc. ALWAYS Means self. 

b)*) avtn Tors, THS avTHs 7., etc. the same city. 

c) in oblique cases is an unemphatic 8rd personal pronoun; 
see rule 16. 


18 


19 


104 RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 


Possessive Pronouns. 
Limphatic. Unemphatie. 
o é€uos didtos my friend 0 pidos fou my FRIEND 
--o0s Pe OUR pt gov your 
66 if 66 
Seas ia 2 Ge any hin 
O nmeTepos iros, etc. 0 hiros nuar, ete. 


Reflexive Possessives. 


“ ’ an > lal / / 7 
TO €u@ (OY E“auvTOv) Pio TLaTEVH 


66 66 


lal an t 
a@ (OF ceavTod) TLOTEVELS 


66 66 


EAUTOU TioTevel, ete. 


Conditional Sentences 

may present the condition 

1. as a REAL case, fact, or actuality, in time present, past, or 
future 

2. AS AN ANTICIPATED case, lying in the future 

3. aS & POSSIBLE OF IDEAL case, belonging to the future or 
present 

4, AS & GENERAL case, Whether past, present, or future. 


I. The Conditional Clause, or IIpo-racis (Negat. p}) 


eee 


. for the case hypothetically real uses the indicat. (mood of 
fact) 

anticipated case the subjunctive 

possible or ideal case the optative 

general case the subjunctive or optative,—the for- 
mer for pres. or fut., the latter for past time. 

Note. The hypothetically real case may as a matter of fact 
be contrary to reality, and yet the indicat. is used,—the im- 
perf., usually, if contrary to a present reality (e¢ éypadov if 
were writing), the aorist if contrary to a past reality (ed éypayra 
if I had written). 


bo 
. 
- 
n 
nn. 
Ca 


ee 


RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 105 


II. The Conelusion, or ’Aré-d001s (Negat. ov) 19 


1. of the case hypothetically real may take any form of inde- 
pendent sent. (indic., imperat., opt. c. av, etc.). 

2. “ “ anticipated case by the fut. indicat., the imperat., or 
other expression of futurity. 

3. “ “ mossible or ideal case usually by the potential opta- 
tive (opt. c. a 

4. of the general case in pres. or fut. time usually by pres. or 

fut. indicat., in past time usually by imperf. indicative. 


Note. If the hypothetically real case be as a matter of fact 
contrury to reality, the conclusion adds ap to the indicative, 
—the imperfect if contrary to a present reality (ébevyov av T 
should be fleeing), the aorist if contrary to a past reality (épv- 
yov av L should have fled). 


Examples. 


1. a) Ei te éy@, doo if TI (now) have anything, I will give it. 
Ei Bovrec, dvvacat if you wish, you can. 
Eid jwaptev, axov ipaptev if he erred, he erred involunta- 


rily. 
b) Ei te etyov, édidovv av if [had anything, I should be quw- 
ing it. 


E? te édaBov, éwxa av if I had received anything, 
should have given tt. 

E? te €XaBov, edidovv av had received—, should be—. 

Ed éBovrov, édvvw av if you wished, you could. 

Ed éBovAnOns, édvvnOys av if you had wished, you would 
have been able. 

2. Kap te ee (subjunct.), docw 7f L have anything Coe 
* wre), I shall give tt. 
"Edv BovrAn, duvjce if you (shall) wish, you will be able. 
‘Edy te XaBys, des poe if you receive anything, give it to me. 


106 RULES AND OBSERVATIONS. 


8. Ei te éyorpe, doinv av if I should have anything, I should 
give tt. 
Ei Bovrovo €dGety, Svvato av if you should wish to go, you 
would be able. 
Ke €dOo0, avr av idot if he should come, he would see all. 
4, a) Eav te éyw (subj.), didmpe tf L ever have anything, I (al- 
ways) gre wt. 
"Eav Bovrn, dvvacat if or whenever you wish, you can. 
Edy tus Krérty, Koraberat if any one steals, he is punished. 
b) Ei re éyouus, edidouv tf or whenever [ had anything, I (al- 
ways) gave wt. 
Ee Bovrou0, édvvwm if or whenever you wished, you were 
able. 
Ei rus Krérrow, exorabeto 7f any one stole, he was punished. 


Note. So, too, in general cases introduced by the relative 
pronouns, or by relative or temporal adverbs : 


A ” e 4 ” aC. =. ee ” \ ” e 
{ OS AV, OTAV, OTTWS AV, 7) AV, EWS AV, TPLV aD, With suBJUNCTIVE 


e 


l és, OTe, OTWS, 7, €ws, mpiv, With oprative, 
the former if a primary tense is found in the main clause, the 
latter if a secondary. 


20 Passive Deponents 
so far as used in this book. 
Bovropnat, eBovrAnOnv noopat, naOnv 
déouat, €6enOnv palvomat, €uavnv 
dia-éyowat, Ou-eXeYOnv -pupevynoKopau recall, éuvno Onv 
dvvapat, eOuvnOnv olopat, wnOny 
EVAVTLOOMAL, NVAYTLWOONY TELpaopat, érretpaOnv 
€mrl-peA€omar, em-ewednOnv | Tropevouat, émopevOnv 
ericTapat, nrioTHOnv poBéopar’, epoBnOnv 





1JIn prose ava-, or v7o-. * Properly the passive of poPéw J terrify. 


N-OCABULDA RIES 
TO THE 


EXERCISES. 


These lists are not for reference merely, but to be memorized and 
recited with the corresponding paragraphs. Words already learned 
and etymologically connected with the words in the list are sometimes 
added in parentheses. These, too, should be recalled and recited. 


is 
Verbs. 
ayyeddr\gw Tam bringing news, announcing 
adyw I am leading, bringing (Lat. ago) 
Darrw I am throwing, pelting 
Basrevu, ¢c. gen. Lam king (of) 
ypagw Lam writing 
EXW I have, am holding or keeping, c. inf. can 
biw Lam sacrificing, offering sacrifice 
kehevw I am ordering, urging 
Eyw I am telling, saying, speaking 
vw I am loosing, destroying, solving (Lat. solvo) 
pepw L am bearing, bringing (Lat. fero) 
pevyw Tam fleeing, c. acc. fleeing from (Lat. fugio) 
ddd but ria (Gna Geautinmn Sevabiers 
yap, post-pos. for ovx, ovy (G. 62. II. 88a) not 
Kal and ; adv, also, even ovdev, NOM. or acc. nothing 
pun, ©. Imperat. not 7/, nom. or ace, 
Ort, CON]. that (Gi115,22. H2iia) — what? 











108 VOCABULARIES. 
0-Declension. 
2. Bappapoc barbarian 
Paroxytones. HAwc sun 
/ 
ioc, “ov, 6 life QPavaroc death 
inmoc horse KIVOUVOC danger 
ALOoc stone TOAE MOG AL 
Aoyoc (AEyw) tale, account, word, | TYPa”Vvos tyrant 
| e 7d ae ; 4 
speech | Hpdoorog Hi cI odotus 
axe wolf Irzapxoc LTipparchus 
VOMOC custom; law es Poa : ‘ 
; : “pyupor, TO (tpyupoc) coined silver, 
E€voc stranger, foreigner 
; ee mone 
TOVOE toil ; distress, trouble i Soe y 
ef Von OTPATO-TEOOV camp 
UT VOC sleep . : 
: ; TaXarroy talent (weight) 
piroc Sriend 
TpOT aLoy trophy 
Kpovoc time 
dexa, indeclin. ten (Lat. decem) 
Qs Q , 5 . a 
cevopor, -ov, To tree “TodhaKeg many times, often 
7 | . 
Epyov work, deed (Germ. rept, c. gen, aft. verbs of speaking 
Werk) and thinking about 
Evdov wood, stick of wood | 
o7)Nov mstrument, weapon | 4, 
medov (poetic) ground, earth : Properispomena. 
medtov plain Onpuoc, -ov, 0 yeople, populace 
* NOC s OU, ’ 
ToCov bow —oovdoe slave 
olvoc wine (vinum) 
dé, post-pos. but, and, often not | zosroc wealth 
translated anon grain; food 
EICy Cs ACE: into, to, in(to) ravpoc bull 
> Ite 1 AW) i - a os 
EK, 6 (G, 63. H. 88c) c. gen. out of, Kupoc Cyrus 
Srom 
év, c. dat. in, among abXor, 70 prize 
nV’, noav was, were (3rd pers. ) CELT VOV meal ; dinner 
owpor gift 
3. m™AoLoV boat 
Proparoxytones. oKNTT pov sceptre 
ayyedoc, -ov, 0 messenger eivat, inf. to be 
avOpwroc man ov-bé nor (only aft.-a pre- 
cipyupoc silver ceding negat.) 





GS 


OOABULARIES. 


our, post-pos. go, then fi ial) 

TAP-EXW L provide, furnish, 
cause 

TET I send, escort 


mearev, C. dat. L trust, rely on 

how 2 

Oe: NOCats USN. 
best not translated) 


TWe 5 
9g 


WwW 


5. 
Oxytones. 
ypc, -ov,6 field, country (Lat. 
ager) 
cdedpoc brother 
EVLAUTOC year 
Oe0c god 
iarpde healer, physician 
puaboc pay, hire 
oupavoc heaven, heavens 
mTELOC foot-soldier. 
OTPUTOS army 
orpar-nydc (ayw) general 
Kpua0c ; gold 


aizor, -@,-6v of him, to him, him 

abrav, -otc, -ove Of them, to them, 
them (masc.) 

det, With acc. c. inf. there is need that 


ETEL since (causal) 

when (temporal) 
vopicw T believe, think 
vuV iow (temporal) 

6. 
Adjectives. 

yabbe brave ; good 
ivyptoc (ypc) wild, savage 

‘> worthy, deserving 


“bloc 


1, dreadful 


1 OL 





109 


Onpodsvoc (Onpoc) public, the people’ s 


atya rivate, one’s own 
9 


iKAVOC enough, able, competent 
KAKOC cowardly ; bad, evil 
Kare Jair, beautiful 
NBivoe (AiBoc) of stone 

IKpOoc small 

VvEOC new ; young 


EvAUWVOC (EtXor) wooden 

ON yo Sew 

metoe (muarevw) trusty, farthful 
mohépuoc (7dAEp0C) hostile ; subst. 


enemy 
movnpoe (rovoc) painful; worthless; 
bad 
sopoc wise, clever 
‘irwe (giroc) friendly 
KareTroc difficult, hard ; harsh 
Xpnaroc useful, good 
"AOnvatoc Athenian, subst. an 
Athenian 
Myooe Median ; subst. Mede 
ael always 


seven (Lat. septem) 

7s (Lat. est), are 
(5rd pers.) 

long ago, of old 

yet (alw. c. negat. 


éxra, indeclin. 


éati(v), eiai(y) 


mada 
mw, enclit. 


i ourw, OF ov... 7W) 
aiCnpoe iron 
pooc fear 

a 

Adjectives continued. 
éAevbepoc Sree 
pakpoc long 
[EaTOC full 
popio myriad, countless 


TaNaoc (wadat) old 


110 VOCABULARLES. 

mova (aAovroc) rich opi. c wisd 

TOo\AOL many oTpa irég (VO cab. 5) 
Pidia \prdAoc, -L0C) fr iendship 


dipxw, ¢. gen. Tam first, begin; rule 
e0édXw IT will, am willing ; 
purpose 


émi, C. ACC. upon, against 


Bopoc spirit; heart; cour- 
age; anger 

prev IT remain 
repay, ¢. gen. across, on other side of | ¢ 
TOT APOC river 
Kpotaoc Croesus 
Aanedatportoc Lacedaemonian 
Avovc Lydian 
Tetaiatparoc Pisistratus 

A-Declension. 

8. 


Nouns in -@. Feminine. 

(assembly) market- 
place 

G-Ovpid (Bop) despair, discourage- 
ment 

cause, reason 


ie os 
ayopa, -ac, 2) 


airia 


a-moria (muardc) fuithlessness ; dis- 
trust 
Bia violence 


édevbepia (-poc) freedom 


EaTEPA evening (Lat. vesper) 

éx Opa enmity, hatred 

nena day 

jovyxia quiet 

Ged (poetic ; usu. ) Bede) goddess 

Oupa door 

Ouaia (Bvw) sacrifice 

caxia (xaxéc) badness, wickedness, 
cowardice 

oikia house 

rovnpia (-pic) worthlessness 














piro-aogia philosophy 
point of time, hour, season 
(N.B. xpdvoe time extended) . 


{ao 
wpa 


divev,c. gen. without 

Piatoc, -a, -0” (Jia) violent 

I am a 6o00Xoc 

yet (temp.), further 


Ey Onde, -a, -dv hostile; subst. enemy 


OovAEUw 


éTl 


peavOavw / learn 
povoc, -n,-ov alone 
povov, adv. only 
néyre, indeclin. five 
répoc (répav) crossing, ford; re- 
source 


ri, enclit. something, anything 


paivy L bring to light, show 
pid0- copog philosopher 
9. 


Nouns in -y. Feminine. 


9 


davayKn, -ne necessity, constraint 


Bodh throw, throwing, shot 
eipnvn peace 

joovn pleasure 

Kpav'y?) outcry 

AnOn oblivion (unseenness) 
hOyXn spear 

horn pain, wief, sorrow 
paxn pate 

mwENTN small shield 
apevoorn sling 

TUXN fortune, luck, chance 


puyn (devyw) flight; exile 
[lepaepovn itt 


pueTat, C. ACC. 


VOCABULARIES. 


ddoc, -n, -ov whole, entire 

ToNUC, TOAAH, TOAD Much; pl. many 
ovv*,c. dat. (in company) with 
TPETW L turn; put to flight 
idnroe, -7, -ov high, lofty 

xopa place, region 

We as 

"EAAnvinde, -h, -ov Greek 


*In prose ovr is best restricted to 
certain phrases, as ody (rotc) Qeotc, ody 
(roic) Omdoue. 


10. 
Nouns in -a. Feminine. 

aipata wagon 
yépopa bridge 
y\wrra tongue 
dvéa opinion (held by me, 

or of me); reputation 
pax apa (battle-)knife 
ToaTela table 
Motpa Fate 
Movoa Muse 

Prepositions. 


avric. gen, insteadl of (orig. over 


against) 
amo 7 (off) from, away 
éx (€&) “ (out) from, out of 
To ~* in front of, before 
év c. dat. in, among, during 
avy ** (along) with 


ic C, acc. into, in, to 


bread, loaf of— 
headship, beginning ; 
government ; province 


cipro 


apxh (dpxw) 


oiKn right, justice ; satisfac- 
tion, penalty ; lawsuit 
OLwKW I chase, pursue 





M4 , Ld . . 
evvéa, indeclin, nine 


év-roc, C. gen. inside of 

éx-roc, c. gen. outside of, beyond 
KON village 

pnxavh means, contrivance 


(Lat. machina) 


povy (uévw) stay, delay, waiting 


pvBoc myth, story 
oxrw, indeclin. eeght 

Ore CON]. en that, because 
Pacuoc, ~a, -ov easy 


gitioy (atroc), usu. pl. provisions 


oT Moov stadium (600 Greek 
feet) 

TEV fcut 

TOTOC spot, place 

vAN wood, forest (silva) 

Mévavdpoc Menander, a poet 


it, 


Nouns in -as, -ns. Masculine. 


dear érne, -ov master (of the house) 
idtwrne (idtoc) private person 
pabnrnc (wavOavw) learner, pupil 
veaviac (véoc) a youth 
oixerne (oixia) house-slave 
omhirne (d7A0r) heavy - armed 
dier, hoplite 
merraaryc(méArn) leght-armed sol- 
dier, peltast 


sol- 


, t . 
orparwrne (atparia) soldier 
roédrne (rogov) bowman 


Bepinc Xerxes 

UKvOne Scythian 

apiOwoc number 

yryvwoKw I perceive, ke 
recognize temp.) 

oudagKnadoc teacher i, posseble 

N = 


f\s 


112 


I throw into; in- 
trans. J invade 

eia-(30\n invasion 

etxoou), indeclin, twenty 


eia-(sc Aw 


ev, adv. well 
0 (by) now ; already; 
at once 
vikn victory 
/ ‘ . 
TaN back ; of time again 
moa0c, -n,-ov; how much? plur. 


how many? 


mparTw I do; intrans. fare 
Thwepov (tpépa) to-day 
VOC son 


varepoc, -a,-ov later 

vareporv, adv later 
Evpwrn Hurope 

O- and A-Declensions 
eontinued. 


12. 


12 Nouns contract, and Nouns feminine, 
of O-Declens. 


vOUC, VOU mind, sense; attention 


TOUEC sailing, voyage 
pouc stream, flood, flow 
yi) earth 

diemredoc, ty vine 

Pupdroc, } papyrus 

vnTOC, I island 


disease, sickness 
way, road ; journey 


VOG0C, 1) 
e , € 
000c, 1 


mapQevoc,  marden 
mrivOoc, ) = brick 
Tappoe, }) ditch 


oikieg? aCe. Up (little used in prose) 
rovnpta L lead or carry away ; 


intrans. wethdraw 





VOCABULARIES. 


BiBrtor (BiProc) book 
JvpPruwoe, -n, -ov Of papyrus 
yijevoc, -n,-ov (yn) earthen 
Cevrepoc, -a, -ov second 

LT find 
Oadarra,-ne sea 

lepdc, -a, -ov, c. gen. sacred (to) 


€ , 
EUPLOKW 


iepov sanctuary, temple 
taropia research; history 
Kadurrw I cover, conceal 


kara, c. acc. down, in the line of 


KWTN oar 

peappeapoc marble 
vnowrnyc, -ov slander 

7™nyN spring, source 


Toppw, oft. c. gen. far away (from, 
or ™) 

mpoc, c. acc, to, towards; with (of 

relations betw. men); against 

(of hostile relation); for (of 


purpose) 
TpO0o-EXW I hold to, apply, 
pay attention 
Tapoc burial; grave, tomb 
WO-TEP just as 
Atyurroc, h (sc. yn) Aegypt 
"Acoupia Assyria 


Annroc, ) (sc. vnaoc) Delos 
NetXoc, 6 (se. TOTapOc) Nile 


Tldpoc, } (sc. vnooc) = Paros. 
Xéoc, ty (sc. vnaoc) Chios 
13. 
Adjectives of two endings. 13 
ct-OuKoc, -ov unjust 
a-Oavaroc deathless, immortal 
cv-ae.oc unworthy 


countless, numberless 
not free, slavish 


’ if 
ayv-aptO joc 
cv-edevOEpoc 


VOCABULARIES. 


di-voue without sense, silly 
d-miatog faithless, untrustworthy, 
| incredible 
dt-7ropoc without means, at a loss, 
perplexed 


without daring, coward- 
ly, unenterprising 
Searless 
é-ypnatoc useless, unserviceable 
év-dogoc tn repute, famous 
émt-Kivouvoc dangerous 
well-disposed, friendly 
kakd-vouc  tll-disposed, malicious 
Kakxoupyoc (eoyov) wicked ; subst. a 
wrong-doer, rascal 
mpo-Oupoc zealous, eager, ready 
pr-apyupog money-loving 
piro-xivduvog danger-loving 
@iro-roAepoe fond of war 
industrious 
ambitious 


ct-rod proc 


(t-pof3oc 


of 
€U-VOUC 


pid0-7Ovoc 
pido-ripoc 
Contract Adjectives. 
di-TovC, u-, Tpt- single (simple ), 
double, triple 
lipyupoug (apyupoc) of silver 


a.dnpouc (aidnpoc) of iron 
xarkoue (yarkic) of bronze 
Xpuaovc (xpuadc) of gold, golden 
aoducia (cédcKoc) injustice 
daveevbepia (-poc) wliberality 
cvowa (cvovc) folly 

amopia (-poc) lack, perplexity 


avrixa, adv. for example ; properly, 
at this very moment 


Bacireva queen 
ebvowa (evvovc) good-will 
Tuarvov cloak 
kaxovora (-vouc) — ll-will 


8 





113 


waxoupyta (~yoe) rascality 


Kat NAVE retau-dealer, shop- 
keeper 

Kptvw L distinguish, choose ; 
judge 

Tpobopia (-oc) zeal, readiness 

atyn silence 

OTEVOC, -h, -ov = narrow 

TiN honor, esteem 

TOoAPA, -NC daring 

TpOToe turn, way, manner; plur. 


habits, character 


pid-apyupia love of money 


"Acia Asia 
"Arooaa, -n¢ Atossa 
"Agpooiryn Aphrodite 
"Opnpoc Homer 
Uraprearne a Spartan 
14, 
Word-Formation. 


l. d-Kivovvoc, -ov.  d-70AEpMOC. 
) - 


a-7ovroc. ci-dwpoc. t-pudboc, § v- 


3 is of a 
apxXoc. «-pNKXavog. a-TOTOC. a-TaPpoc. 


a-ciroc. d-deurvoc. &-Oeoc. a-piroc. 


of - 7 of of 
a-ripoc. d-uTvoc. -olKoc. d-wpoc. 
2. duTvia. Goria. aTyia. Gwpia. 
avapxia. aunyaria, arora. 


3. Roots repr. ve. wep. wAsF. 


15. 


axovw, c. gen. pers. L hear (from) 15 


I wish, prefer 

I become, am born; take 
place, prove (to be) 

through 

I lead in; introduce 

here, there; then (temp.) 

et ws permitted, posseble 


Bovropat 
ylyvopat 


NOL 

dla, C. gen. 
£id-ayw 

> qn 
evrav0a 


é£-eare(1’) 


16 


114 


eLnxovra, indecl. sixty 
EpK Opa (indic, pres. only} I come 


TTA, -NC defeat 

kara,¢c.gen. down along, from; 
upon 

kaw I burn 

KpUTTW I conceal 


peaxopar, c. dat. L fight 


perpen memory, remembrance 

val yes | 

TATKW L suffer, experience 

reiOw I persuade ; pass. obey 
(c. dat.) 

TETP rock, cliff 

TOpEVOpAL I go, journey, advance 


mov; oft.c. gen. where ? 

ovp-payoe,-ov ally, allied 

oxecor, adv. nearly, about 

under; c. gen. of agent, 
by, at the hands of 


e U 
uTrO 


"AOjrvat,-wv Athens 
Aisxvdoc Aeschylus 
16. 


Prepositions with two Cases. 


Sia. through 
ce. gen. if local, temporal, or of 
an agent 5 
c. ace. on account of, by reason 
of, owing to, thanks to 
kata down, along, in the line of 
c. gen. of that from or upon 
which ; 
c. ace. in the line of, —course 
of, —region of, in accord- 
ance with 
imép above, over, beyond 
c. gen. if local, and in the sense 
in behalf of, for, about ; 


VOCABULARIES. 


ec. acc. if temporal, or of a 
limit transgressed 
pera 
ce. gen. (tn company) with ; 
¢. ace. after (in time, place, or 


ran k) 


axpoc, -a, -ov highest; best 
axpov, 70 height, summit, hill-top 
arayxragw (avayKn) I compel 
dvw,ady. (ava) — up(wards), above 
coa-heyopar, Cc. dat. ZL converse (with) 
éxet, adv, there 
eoyacopat (e_pyor) L work; tall (field) 
Augment eipyalouny 
ere-ylyvona,¢c. dat. 1 attack, fall 
upon 
Karw, adv. (kara) down(wards), below 
1 oppose, hinder, prevent 
I take, get, receive 


KwAUW 


Aapfarvw 


Neirw 1 leave, forsake, quit 
Aipoc hunger, famine 
opoc ~ crest; hall 


ten thousand 
once ; ever; some day 


pupLor, [t, =a 

moré, enclit. 

Tpwroc, -n, -ov first 

mpwror, adv. at first 2 

pomn strength, force 

oTepvov breast 

atparevw L make an expedition, 
carry on war; mid. serve as 
soldier, go on a campaign 

auh-héyw (auv-) L collect, levy 

WO-TE so (that), so as 

"Aprakepénc, -ov Artaxerxes 





BaPurwria Babylonia 

Aven Lydia 

Ilehorov-vnotaxoc, -4, -dv Pelopon- 
MweEStan 

“Yordorne, -ov HHystaspes 


17 


VOCABULARIES. 


Third Deelension. 


Ti, 
Palatal and Labial Stems. 
adware, -exoc, ) fox 
Qwpaé, ~an-, 6 breast-plate 
) wiipub, -tK-, 6 herald 
xopat fy -ak-, 0 crow, raven 
ant 


puppnk, -nk-, 0 
aadreyé, -vyy-, ) trumpet 

aupryé, -tyy-,) (Pan's) pipe, tube 
padayé, -avy-, phalanx, line of 


battle 
poppeye, -cyy-, ) phorming, kind of 
lyre 
pvdrag, -ax-,6 watcher, guard 
Aidio, -o7-,6  Aethiopian 


Roicdtw. -wr-, 6 Cyclops 


Moire, -ix-, 6 Phoenician 


ayyerta message, news 
flute 
yvapmmoc, -ov known, distinguished 
N.B. Of two endings (yeyro-oKw) 
CodO€ trick, deceit, cunning 
éaxaroc, -n, -ov furthest, last, utmost 
eiperhc, -ov (evpioxw) finder, discov- 
erer 
Hooper ie=os) ec. dat. or partic. J 
like, am pleased with 
knptrrw (kpput) L proclaim 


avAvoc 


KBapa cithern, kind of guitar 
Avpa lyre 

povarxh (Movsa) music (the art) 
ovoc ass 

Taavigw I sing the paean 
cadreystijc, -ov trumpeter 


aadrigw I blow the trumpet 


ovy- ypagw (auv- ) I compose, 
up (history of) 
I play the oupery’s 


aupicw 











115 


pirdo-Tovia industry 


poppigw I play the doppeyé 
pvrarrw (dvrat) [ watch, guard 
W[LOC, ~I], OV cruel 
Alowmoc A esop 
Anpocoxoe Demodocus 
‘Eppaje, -0v Hermes (G. 184. 
H. 145) 
‘Ocvacea the Odyssey 
18, 
Lingual Stems. 18 

Y) in + 
palpate nroc, 6 light-armed soldier 
Epwe, -wT-, 0 love 


XenaroTNC, -OTNT-, hh (ypnordc) good- 
ness, usefulness 


@morne, -ornT-, (Woe) cruelty 


flelot, slave 
2) ind 
shield 
_ hope 
greave 
(xarijp) native land 


EiX\we, -wr-, 6 


’ , aN e 

adoTlC, -lO0C, 
> , 1d € 
eAmrlc, -10-, 

f = € 

KV CC, ~l0-, 1) 

> € 


TATPIC, -10-, 1) 


Tuparvic, -t0-,) tyranny 
peupectc, -acoc, «= myriad ; ten thou- 
TpLac, -AC-, triad [sand 


guyde, -d0-, 6 (dvyi) fugitive, exile 


“Apwac, -a6-,6 Arcadian 

"EdAae, -a6-, Greece 

“TAtde, -a0-, the Iliad 
3) in @ 


opvic, -iBoc, ~t, dover, 6 bird 
4) ace. in -y 


| pec, -W0c, 6, épur, ty strife 
write 


KX apec, -eT0C, -t, xXapu, y grace ; grat- 
tviude; favor; thanks 
"ApreMtc, -l0-y Artemis 


116 

Iptc, -c0-, -v [ris 
Xapirec, at Graces 
abpoifw aud\-rEyw 


Pra Gopar(ia) I force [clad 

yupvoc, -h,-ov bare, naked, lightly 

L go forth from and 
leave, I quit 

deer 


éx-\eitw 


éLadoc 
evOic, adv. —straightway, at once 
both... and 
I come down, return 
(reg. of exiles) 
vupgn nymph 
oup-ropevopar, c. dat. [ accompany 
L beget ; bring forth 
tpeaxovra, Indecl. thirty 
xwplor (xapa) place, spot ; fortress 
"Arreny (sc. yn) Attica 


RAi os KGL 


KAT-EpKXOpat 


TUKTW 


Bow ria Boeotia 
"Epvpar boc rymanthus, a moun- 
“Halococ Hesiod [ tain 
Opasv/ovdoe = Thrasybilus 
Lmrdprn Sparta [fortress 
DiAH Phyle, a mountain- 
19. 
Liquid Stems in -v. 
1) in -WV- 


aywy, -wvoc, 0 (yw) assembly ; as- 
sembly for prize-contest ; 
contest, games ; trial 
storm, winter 
chiton, tunic 
"ArodAAwY, -wv-, 0 Apollo 
Mapador, -wv-,6 Marathon 


KEW, -wWY-, O 


th and € 
XiTwV, -WV-, 0 


2) 1M. =o7= 
aXexTpuwr, -0voc, 0 Cock 
leader, guide 
swallow 


Le 4 , Ag 
WYEUWI, -OV-, 0 

Se? Ue € 
xeAtowy, -ov-, 1 





VOCABULARIES. 


V6 j , ; e 
Klwy, -o1-, 


2) 4 e 
Aptwr, -ov-, 0 


snow 
Arion 


3) in ==, ==, 


deAdic, -tVv0C, 0 

"EXsvaic, -tr-, ff 
/ 

“EAANY, -nvoe, 6 


4 ~ 
LaXaptc, -tvoc, } 


dolphin 
Hleusis 
Greek 


Salamis 


aywrifopat (aywr) [contend 


ope pooc 


running 


éyyue, adv, oft. c. gen. near 


’ , ~ € 
eaOnc, -NT0C, 


favpasuoc, -a, -ov 
id , 

lEpov 

peaduara, adv. 


‘ it 
JLOUVOIKOC, -H, -OV 


pvaTHpla, -wy, TH 
TaXy 
TUy py 


TW, TA, FWY 


dress, clothing 


wonderful, ad- 
mirable 

sanctuary ; pl. 
sacrifices 


most, especially 

musical ; subst. 
Musician 

mysteries 

wrestling 

boxing 

safe and sound 


(G. 309. TH. 227) 


ré, enclit. and post-pos.* and 


TE Kad 
TETUPTOC, -N, -OV 
Asloot, -wy 
"HAetoce 


S > GQ 
Hace, -tdoc, 1 


"TranNia 


OXvpria 
f OXvproc 


[TeXomov-vnaoe 


DeceAia 


Tatvapov 


both... and 

Jourth 

Delphi 

Eilean 

Elis 

Italy 

Olympia 

Olympus 

Pelops’ island, 
Peloponnésus 

Sicily 

Taenarum 


* re before a noun, if with prepos. 


or att. 


Cf. pév, yao. 


20 


21 


VOCABULARIES. 


20. 
Lingual Stems in -vr-. 


pxwyr,-orroc (apyw) leader, ruler, ar- 


yépwr -ovr-~ old man [chon 
ylyac, -av7r- “%  guant 

CoaKnwy, -OVT- ; dragon 
Bove,-ovt- 6 tooth 

Apaxwr, -oV'T- Dyraco(n) 


counsel; Council, 
Senate 

public assembly 

I pick out, select 

év-oT AOC, -Ov in arms, armed 

KAnpo¢ lot 

revraxoowt, -at,-a five hundred 

I sow, scatter 


Bovdy 


> = 
Ex-KANOIA 


Ex-AEyw 


OT EINW 

“Aro\Awviog Apollonius 
‘Tdowy, -ovoc Jason 

“Podtoc of Rhodes, a Ihodian 
LoAwy, -wvoc Solon 

Tpwikdc, -y,-0v Trojan 


7a Tpwika the Trojan war 


21. 

Lingual Stems, Neuter. 
dippa, -aroc chariot 
Ogppa skin, hide 
ovoma name 


deed, act, affair, 
matter, trouble 


mpay a (xparrw) 


, 4 
OTPaToc (-7ia) 
body, person; life 
arrow 


ovpareupa (-0w) 

ow La 

TOcevpa (-evw) 

Tpabpa (re-rpw-oxw) wound 

Kenya thing; pl. prop- 

e erty, money 

éri 0. gen. on (locally, eg. the table) 
in the time of (eg. Solon) 
in the direction of, towards 





iB We 


I drive, ride; intr. 
march, proceed 
light (in weight or 

worth) 


éX\auyw 


Koupoc, -n, -OVv 


HN-K-ETL no further, longer 
vEvpov nerve, sinew, cord 
olopat I suppose, think 
ovopagw I name 

OUK-ETU no further, longer 


TAH, adv. oft. c. gen. except 
ritpwokw (rpavpa) L wound 

rokevw (rogov) I shoot with bow 
BaBvrwy, -wrvoc Babylon 
Bovnvcidne, -ov Thucydides 
Zevopwr, -ovrog Xenophon 


22. 
Liquid Stems, and Monosyllables. 
ap, =06 TO spring 


awrhp, -nvoc 6 (awc) saviour 


até, -Y0C, 07) goat 
yravé, -Kic, ) = owl 


Op, -dc, 6 (poetic) wild beast 
night 

child, boy 
foot 

light 

[Miir, -d¢ Pan 

Uplyé, -eyyoc, Sphine 


Ie , € 
vug, VUKTOC, 1 
a i err: 
Tale. -00¢, Oo” 
y, , e 
TOUC, TOCC, O 


a , , 
Pwe, -T0C, TO 


aurypa, -aroe, To enigina 

éu-Padrw (ev-) [throw in; inspire; 
intr. J throw myself upon, 
attack; of rivers, empty 

ééw (2£), adv. — outside of, beyond 

éa0iw I eat 

Onpevw (On) I hunt, pursue 

Onpioy (Op) 

Kab-eGopac 


Onp 
T seat myself 


118 VOCABULARIES. 


Kegparh head TEVTHROVTA, indecl. fifty 
VEKPOC dead body Atyutroc, 6 Aegypt 
oupa, -ac tail; rear of army | BhXoe Belus 
mail (matic) I play, jest Aavaoc Danaus 
TEpiTToc, -, -Ov (epi) superfluous, | Oeppd-rudat, -wv Thermopylae 
extraordinary | Mynpoovvn Mnemosyne 
mrépve, -yoC, I) wing ‘Pea Rhea 
pwr voice, sound, language 
"AOnra, -ac Athéne a 24. 
Alnor, -OVOE Haemon /  arepetoc, -, -OV (crip) brave, manly 94 
“Hoa Hera ye, enclit. at least, certainly; or 
Onpat, -wv Dhebes emphasizes preceding word 
Onpatoc Theban é£-eMaur'w I drive out, expel ; 
Kpéwy, -ovroc — Creon intr. march forth, proceed 
Oidimoue, -od0¢ = Oedipus éromoc, -n, -ov —- ready (and willing) 
Tavexde, -f, -6r pane, of Pan KaTta-how I unloose, unyoke ; 
Hocedar, -wvoe Poseidon dissolve 
| rac, raoa, trav — every, all, whole 
23. UT-AkKOUW I hear and obey . 
Syncopated Nouns. submit 

VIP, ~Cpoc man (Lat. vir) "AXEEar poe Alexander’ 
Ouyarno,-tpde = daughter ears 
LOTHP, - TOC mother 20: 
TATHP, -TPOC father =-Stems, Neuter. 35 
Anpiznp, -rpoc =-Deméter Babee tue depth 


éxic. dat. on top of (usu. c. gen.) Pedoc (BadrAw) missile, ammunition 
at, on (@.g. Sea, spring) | Y&"0¢ (yey(e)v-opar) race, family; 


in the power of birth; kind, genus 
éOvoc nation, people, tribe 
AA AWY of each other ETOC year 
(G, 404. II. 268) EUPOC width 
aro-BinoKw (Oavaroc) L die époc summer 
EAnw I draw, pull Kpavoc helmet 
Oavpagw (-asoc) L wonder at; ad-|\kparog might, domination, control 
mire peyeboc Size : 


Lapmpoc, -a,-dv shining, splendid, | pépoc (Mota) part, share 
distinguished pnkoc (paxpdc) length 

paaris, -iyoc, ) lash, whip Lidoc sword 

vewart (véoc) lately Opoc mountain 





VOCABULARIES. 119 


mavoc ( rao) suffering, experience 
TELXOC wall, fortress 
iwoc (tyre) —heeght 


Cueporepor, -at,-a both 
ava-ytyvookw I read (lit. re-cognize) 
avOpwmevoc, -n, -ov human 
an-éyw,¢. gen. Lam away (dis- 
tant) from; mid. hold my- 
self from, abstain from 
dua-Baivw, c. acc. L cross 
éxardy, indecl. one hundred 
eé, indecl. Sie 
ELAKOOLOL, -AL, - six hundred 
Cs apa ce. dat. pers. et gen. 
rel there is a care to 
p MOF OUTIL s Gee 
ravroiee,-a,-ov of all kinds 
mEOpov plethron (100 Gi’k ft.) 
Mncia Media 
se 


26. 
26 ee =-Stems continued. 


"AptaroréAne, -ove Ar istotle 
Anpoobérvne Demosthenes 
OeuearoxAne, -éove Themistocles 
Ilepexdje, -€ove —-Perrcles 
LopokAne, -Eove Stophocles 


DwKparnc, -ovce Socrates 
TPLHPNC, ~OVC, H trareme 
a-duvaroc,-ov unable, powerless ; 


pass. empossible 


duvaroc, -4, -ov able, powerful; pass. 
Kab-evdw IT sleep [ possible 
kdéoc, 76 (Only nom. and acc.) report, 
‘ fame, glory 
PTW, -Opoc orator 
ovy-yiyvopa (auv-) Lam with, asso- 
crate with 


owlw (awe, cwrhp) L save; mid, — 
myself, escape 
TENOC, -OVC, TO end ; adv. ace. at 
last, finally 
popsepdc, -a, -dv (~opoc) fearful 
MiArcatdne, -ov Miltiades 
TAdrwr, -wvoe Plato 


27. 

Adjectives in -ys, -es. Ay 
d-ANOijc, -E¢ (AHOn) true (unconcealed ) 
a-pabyc (uavOavw) unlearned, ignor- 
a-oE[NC tmptous [ant 
-o0evic (a0évoc) weak, ll 
d-ogadic (apaddw) safe, secure 
a-tuxnc (rvyn) — unfortunate 
a-garic (paivw) imvisible, unknown 
éy-Kparie (Ev, Kparoc), c. gen. master 

of, on control of 


EU-PEVIC well-disposed, gracious 
ev-aE [INC prous 

EU-TUKNC fortunate 

mhhone peoroc 

vyuie sound, healthy 


Wevdjic _—_ false, lying; subst. a liar 


evruyia (evruxijc) good fortune 
JLEVUC, ~OUC, TO spirit; rage; dispo- 





abévoc, -ouc, TO strength — [sttron 
cptiw I trip up, throw, overthrow 
28. 

Derivations from -ns, -es. 28 
ad OEra, -ac truth, candor 
cpabia wgnorance 
coeera imprety 
aabevera weakness, allness 
aopadea safety, security 
aruxia misfortune 
apavea obscurity 


\/ 
Pe 


29 


120 

eyKparera mastery, control 
EVPLEVELA graciousness 
EVTE/IELH prety 

vylea health 


Nouns in -.s, usually Feminine. 
avupacie, -ewe (-Pairw) @ going up, 
ascent 
ability, power, force 
a going down, descent 
diviner, seer 
trust, good faith, 
loyalty; pledge 
TOALC city; state 
mpacic (rparrw) a doing; enterprise, 
business 


7 , 
ouvapiue (-rdc) 
‘fy 
KATAPIATLC 
/ e 
PLAYTLC, O 


TLOTLC (-rdc) 


Tpopacic pretext, excuse 
racec order, line (of battle) ; 

battalion, corps 
Lapoecc, -Ewy Sardis 


ava-Baivw I go up, ascend (e.g. 
a mountain), mount (horse) 

di-repoc, -ov (reipa), C. gen. nexpert- 

enced in, unacquainted with 
excellence, virtue 
again; mn turn 

E-@UTOU, -11C him-, her-, it-self 

(G. 401. H. 266) 


> #. 
apeTy 


av-Oic 


éx-adhw T drive out, expel 
iva, Con). that, in order that 
or to — 
immeKxoc, -9,-0v of a horse 
immixov, To == cavalry 
pavriKoc, -n,-6v of @ seer, prophetic 
TECOC, -i, OV on foot; subst. 


foot-soldier 
TEIpA, ac trial, test; experrence 
ToAspUkoc, -H, -ov Of war, military 





VOCABULARIES. 


arpareia, -ac (-evw) expedition, cam- 
paign 


TEXIN art, trade, profession ; 

means, Ways 
TTictéat,-ov,ot  —- Pisidians 

30. 
Nouns in -vs. 

evyyxedue, -V0C, 3} eel 
iTXUC, -VOC, H) strength, force 
ix Buc, -voc, }) Sish 
TNKUC, “EWC, I) cubit 


yropn (yeyra-onw) gudgment, rea- 
soned opinion; plan; consent 

Caipwr,-ovoc, 0 ~a@ divinity 

in honor, esteemed 

strong, mighty 


Ev-TipLoc, -OV 
iaXUPOC, -a, -OV 

/ / 

TE dpc PATE 
ie o neither... nor 
OUTER. 3 OUTE 
look, appearance 
by, beside; c. gen. 

personae from 
marginal mark ; 

paragraph 
mAnDoc, -ove,ro = number, multitude 
tpoaber (mpoc), adv. in front; former 


oluc, -Ewe, 
Tapa, prepos. 


Tapa-ypagy 


opocpa, adv. very, exceedingly 

ruyxav (roxn) L happen; c. gen. 
chance on, obtain 

Woxn soul, spirit, life 

(WOE thus; as follows 

we, With numerals about, in approxi- 

mations 
Lvpoc, -ov Syrian 


él. 
Nouns in -evs. 
Pacikve, -Ewe king 
yoveve (yi-y[e|v-ouae) parent 


VOCABULARIES. 121 


priest 
horseman, knight 
ovy-ypagevc (cur) historian 


e f e , 
lEpEUC (tepoc) 
immTeEVE 


ovevc murderer 

aA TPEUC Atreus 

"AxiAdevc Achilles 

Onaeve Theseus 

"Odvacervc | Odysseus (Ulysses) 
[InAeve Peleus 


aro-pepw LT carry away; mid. 


— for myself, win 
apyatoc, -a, -ov (tpyf) old, ancient, 
archaic 


éxetvoc, -n,-o (exer) adj. that; pron. 

he, she, it emphatic 
(G. 409. H. 271) 

I learn by heart 

Kw Iam here, have come 

kal-rep, c. partic. even though, al- 

oixade, adv. homeward — [though 

opyn temper(ament), anger 

Tounrie,-0v, 6 poet (lit. maker) 

wreath, crown 


9, A 
ék-La vOavw 


oTEpavoc, -Ov, 0 
orparomedevopar L encamp 

io, c. dat. under (locally) 
"Ayapéurwr, -ovoc Agamemnon 


"Arpeldne, -ov Atreides 
“Eder Helen 
OerraNoc, -ov Thessalian 
“Tov Llum 
IInAeione, -ov Peleides 
IIpéapoc, -ov Priam 
Tpot2, -ac Troy 
Xpvane, -ov Chryses 
32. 

39 Bove, Bodc, dt cow, ox 

vauc, VEWS, I) ship 


GANOTPLOC, ~A, -OV (c&dXoc) another's 





Iam away, absent 

I go away, depart 

I disembark; turn 
out, result, issue 

T seize, snatch, carry 
off as plunder 

él ae 

rapa, c. dat. pers. by, with (Lat. 

apud) 
I help do, co-operate 
T butcher, slay 


cur Etple 


(UTEP XOMAL 


’ a) , 
«mTro-atva 


cpTacw 


, 
TUM-TPATTW 


oparTw 


33. 
Stems in » and o. 33 
Hpwe, -woc, O hero 
XW, ~OUC, I echo 
"Apy@, -0uc, I) Argo 
Atcw Dido 


KaduWa (xadvarw) Calypso 
Leto (Latona) 
Sappho 


Anro 


Larow 


alTLoc, -G, -ov, C. EN. CAUSING, Tespon- 
sible, to blame 
éu-Paivw T enter, embark 
Eu-metpoc,-ov, c. gen. acquainted with, 
experienced in 
I descend 


VAUTNC, -OV, O (vave) sailor 


Kara-paivw 


Ope nevertheless, all the 
same (Lat. tamen) 

TOVTOC, -OU sea 

pappmaKov poison, drug 

Aivetac, -ouv Aenéas 


"Apyo-vaurTne, -ou Argonaut 


Evéecvoc, -ov Huxine 
KoAxXée, -100€, 1) Colchis 
KoAxoe, -ov a Colchian 
Myjoera, -ac Medéa 


122 
34. 
Irregular Nouns. : 
youu, yovaroc, 7o knee 


woman, wife 
spear-shaft; spear 
dog [ use 
Opedoc, To (Nom. and ace, only) help, 
Tup,-0¢, TO (pl. -a, -Wr) fire, beacon- or 

camp-fires 
giroc, -ov (pl. also -a) grain ; food 
aracur (pl. also -oc) stadium 
water 


/ 
Yuvn, -VatKoc, }} 
, / 
O0pu, -aroc, TO 


, , 
KUWY, KUVOC, O 1) 


(aN ey> - U 
VOWP, VOaTOL, TO 
x£ip, -oc, Hy (dat. pl. yepat) hand 
Zevc, Avoc, -t, Aia, Zev Zeus 


cpiarepoc, -d,-ov left, on left hand 

av=adlic again, on the other hand 

dete, -d,-dv right, on the right hand 

depparevoc, -n,-ov Of leather 

duaParoc, -ov (Baivw) passable 

vo, -otv (G. 3875. II, 290) two 

év-ruyxara, c. dat. (rvyn) L chance 
on, fall in with 

ETL-TPETW, C. dat. Z turn over to, de- 

liver, permit 

I pray or vow to 

or 

CNET = OOF 

order; dress, orna- 


evyopar, Cc. dat. 
i 
Mnisesey 


KOGJLOC, -OU 


ment 
pexpt, C. Zen. up to, as far as 
con}. untel 
bpKoc, “ov oath 


mecn, adv. “on foot; by land 


epi, ¢. dat. locally about, on (usu. of 
the body) 

mpoc, c. dat. at, near; in addi- 

axédoc, -ove, To ~—— Leg [ton to 


TpEic, Tpiwy, tpioi(v) three 


| 





VOCABULARIES. 


umo-cuy.ov (Cuyor yoke) draught-ani- 
mal, beast of burden 


"Atone, “OU Hades 
KépPepoc, -ov Cerberus 
Teypne, -nroe Tigris 
35. 
Local Endings. 
a&dXAo-Oe elsewhere 
&AXo- cE elsewhither 


exet-Oev Srom there, thence 
EKEL-OE thither, (to) there 
évrevOer thence ; then 


otKxo- Dev Jrom home 


olKot at home 

70-Oev whence, where from? 
"ADH in-Gev Jrom Athens 
Onpase to Thebes 


Méyapi-6e to Megara 

dialogue 

Kata-heltrw T leave behind 

vy (Cf vai) yes, verily; espec. used 
in oaths, as vy) Ata 

pera-repropae IL send after 

month 
I have gone, departed 
Lam present (Lat. ad- 


Qe 
out-hoyoc, -ov 


A / ? 
PHY, 0c, 0 
ov Xopae 


TP-Etple 


35 


TptC thrice [ sum) 
Méyapa,-wy Megara 
36. 

Adjectives in -vs, -eia, -v. 36 
Pabuc deep  [(Lat. gravis) 
Bapvc heavy; severe; bass 
Spadve slow 
Bpaxic short, brief (Lat. bre- 
EUPUC broad [ ves) 
ouc sweet; pleasant, agreeable 
peste half (G. 323. H. 229) 


VOCABULARIES. 123 


Opacve bold; overbold, rash | yupraciov (yupvdc) gymnasium 
ogve sharp, keen detAoc -f, -Ov cowardly 
TAKUC quick, swift dv-ayw Lcarry across or through; 
TOAX UC rough, harsh I pass or spend time or life (with 
; ha or without Bior); ¢. partic. [ 
ei OLS colony continue or always — 
Papoc, “ove, ro weeght dikauoc, “a, -OV (cic) right, just 
OLeaoKW (-adoc) LT teach, explain {Bdouhxorra, indecl. seventy 
év-avrtoc, -a,-ov opposite; hostile ; eveapioria, -ac good fortune, hap- 
; subst. enemy piness, prosperity 
ae . then ; secondly pavia, -ac mania, madness 
og0c,-ouc, To ~~ SOUT -Wine, Vinegar oby-etpu L am, go, associate, 
mévBoc, ove, ro grief, mourning | Twppoovvn temperance [with 
onpletov sign, token; standard Giger Pir 
TUXOC, -ouc,TO swiftness, speed AN tne LeAihons 
popriov (~épw) burden, load "Arkefheadne, -ov Alcibiades 
dpovyroc, -ov thoughtful, sensible, Karae, ne Cntins 
prudent Lwopoviskoc, -ov Sophroniscus 
wpedpoc, -ov (Opedoc) helpful, useful 
Evpimicne, -ov Huripides 38. 
dre particle c. partic. because 38 

37. (GTO TS. SEbOn 7) 

37 Adjectives in -wv, -ov; ete. Baowrkla, -ae kingdom; royalty 
c-ppwv (dpovepoc) witless, silly BaotKoc, -n,-ov royal, kingly 
éte-Ajopwv (AjOn), c. gen. forgetful | dy, intensive particle; eg. 
emotipwr, c. gen, or inf. skillful in, c.adv.temp. just 

expert ce. superlat. very 
ev-Oaiwwy happy, prosperous, c. imperat. now; just 
Jortunate c. relat. in fact, just 

poypwrv mindful, of good memory in general certainly, of 
swopwy (awe, ppyv) sober-minded, course 

temperate, prudent transitional then, —odv 
axwy, -ovroc (a-éxwv) unwilling(ly) | da-mparrw (usu. mid.) J put through, 
exw, -ovroe willing(ly), voluntary accomplish, effect 
ev-edmec, -ooc of good hope, hopeful | cva-dépw (I carry apart, Lat. dif- 
péyac, -aAn, -a_ great, large Jero.) I differ from ; 
‘ excel, surpass (c. gen.) 
aisypoc,-a,-ov ugly; base, shameful | ei-rep if indeed 
(yuapTava I miss, fail of (c. gen.) 3} 3 than 





go wrong, make a mistake | ore when 


39 


40 


124 


I educate 

rapa-happPavw TL receive in succes- 
sion, @.e. from one beside 
(apa) me 

mpéa[suc, -ewc, 6 (poetic) old man 

ro, ¢. dat. pers, under power of — 

eager to learn 


mawevw (raic) 


piro-pabic, -E¢ 
39. 


Bovdevw (Bovdrn) J plan, devise; mid. 
deliberate, consider 

ELanisyirt, Cl, - six thousand 

vauTinoc,-y,-ov naval 

TUp-000C, -0v,n — Way-by, pass 

1 await; endure, stand 


firm under (an onset) 


UTO- EV 


Oepairne, -ov Thersites 
Aewvicne, -ov Leonidas 


without heart, dis- 
prrited, dejected 
dua, oft. c. dat. together, at same 
time with 
av, modal particle with no Engl. 


of - 
c-Bvpoc, -ov 


equivalent 

CLE LLOC, -OU wind 

éxaaroc, -n,-ov each 

éxopat,c. dat. IL follow (Lat. se- 

UG0C, -N, -OV equal [quor) 

wwe, adv. perhaps 

para much, very 

nivw I drink 

Tape, -EC clear, plain, distinct 
(Lat. certé) 


OTEVOW I make haste 

oup-(ovrevw, c. dat. and inf. [ ad- 
vise, counsel 

TO Teo, espec. end 


of life 


reXEUTH 





VOCABULARIES. 


41, 


Numerals. 
ie , of - 
ELC, PLA, EV TOWTOC, -N, -OV 
ee é Es ee S 
Ov0, VOLV OEUTEPOC, AO UR ON 24 
TPEtC, TPL TPlTOC, -N, -OV 


TETTUPEC, - TETUPTOC, -N, -OV 





HEUTE, CUC, TEUTTOC, -N, -Ov, etc. 


aKovTigw L hurl the javelin 
(axovrtor) 

cAnDevw Lam anne, speak 
truth 

d-rac, -aca,-av all together 

Paairevoc, -a, -ov royal 

Padirtea, ra royal palace 
Cnpo-Kpuria, -ac democracy 


éme-jJovrevw, ¢. dat. J plot against 
other (Lat. alter) 
peév-roe (wey = py verily, ro. mark 


er - 
ETEPOC, -C, -OV 


you) 1. verily, surely; 
2. however, still, yet 
pov-apxia,-ac monarchy 
odcy-apxta,-ac oligarchy 


matceia,-ac (-evw) education, training 

moNtrela, -ac (modu) ertizenship; gov- 
ernment; constitution 

"ExBarava, -wy, ra Hebatana 


Kopur oe, -ov, 7 Corinth 
ITAovrapxoc, -OU Plutarch 
Lovea, -wr, Ta Susa 

ao. 


Numeral Adverbs. 


e , , i / 
ama€, dic, rpic, rerpaxic, TevTaee, etc. 


aKxpo-ToAtc, -ewe citadel 

dpay pn drachma (Greek unit 
of money = about 
18 cents) 

vewc,-w, 0 temple (G.196. H. 159) 


41 


42 


VOCABULARIES. 


Odupreac, adc, 7 ~~ olympiad (the 
space of four years betw. 
the celebrations of the 
Olympic games) 

TapQevar,-@voc, 6 place of the virgin, 

i.e.the temple of the virgin 
goddess Athene 


43. 


Pronouns. 


43 


Eyw, ov, etc. 
ovroc 
O0€ 
éxeivoc, adj. that; pron. he (emphat.) 
abrég self; in oblique cases is also 

the unemphat. 3rd pers. pron. 
the (self-)same 


adj. this; pron. he (emphat.) 


L { ° fe 
0 auToc 


évexa, c. gen. (which oft. precedes 

it) for the sake of, on ac- 
count of (Lat. causa) 

ériroeuoc, -a, -ov, oft. c. inf. fit, suct- 
able, adapted 

emirhoeea, TA = PFOVISiONS 
uhy (whence pér) verily 

Lion 


Biwy, -wvoe 
; 


44, 


I carry round 


44 mepe-pipw 
45. 


who? what? 
some (any, a certain) 
one or thing 


OorTwc, O Te who- (what-)ever 


apa, post-pos. therefore, then; after’ 


all, as it proves 
T corrupt, spoil, destroy 
T introduce, bring in 


dva-p0eipw 


s / 
ELO-DEPW 


| dcobw, fut. -copat, see vocab, | 


125 


pa, particle used in oaths, reg. 
negat. unless preceded by vai 
straight, right, cor- 
rect (Lat. réctus) 
quite, wholly, very, 


3 tA t , 
opQoc, -1, -ov 


mary, adv. 
= opddpa, para 
paOopia, -ac (Ovpoc) laziness, indif- 


erence 
"EAAnvic, -idoc, fem. adj. Greek 
Did-iT7T0C, -Ov Philip 


46. 
Correlative Pronominals. 
(In addition to those in the Gram.) 


46 


right here (there), 
on the spot 


avrou, adv. 


exet-Oev, ExELVN, EKELVWC 
; Ns 

ovdapn, -d0er, -we 
ovTw(c) thus, in this fashion 
Tarvraxober, TAVTAXOV, TAYTWC 

Wi . 
TauTN by this (that) way 
we, c. superlat. = quam 


cvopera, -ac (-etoc) bravery 

plain, certain, evident 

I slander, say as slan- 
der that— (6rt, we) 

preparation 


onXoc, -N, -0v 
dra-addw 


TAPA-OKEVY 


48. 
Pure Verbs up to this Point. 


48 


5 


aAnbevw vocab, 41 
Baowevw e 1 
Dovrevw east!) 
CovAevw ef 8 
| Onoebw wae 
bow vocab. 1 (Mid. J cause sac- 





rifice to be made) 


126 


kdw (kaiw) vocab, 15 (Root «cav-, 


fut. cav- aw) 


redevw vocab. 1 
KLYOUVEUW I run risk, danger 
kAelw I shut, close, lock 


KATA-KAELW 


I shut up 


KwAvW vocab. 16 
dw ef 1 
TALCEUW dees ie 


mapa-neNevopat, c. dat. 1 encourage, 
urge, exhort 


TaAvW I make cease; mid. J 
cease, c. partic. 

TLOTEUW vocab, 4 
ropevopat, pass. depon. 15 
aTparEevw i 1G 
OTVATOTECEVOMAL aac 
TogEvw aa | 

ov-TEp just where 


UPpte, -Ewe, 1) insolence, insult 


49, 


dc-apTacw I plunder, lay wast 
éve-Oujula, -ac, C. gen. desire 
sacrificial victim 
LT burn up, destroy 
by fire 
Nource, -H, -Ov (Aeizw) left, remaining 
TO Nowrov henceforth 
(G. 1060. H. 7190) 
pravreia, -ac (pdvrec) divination ; 
oracle 
plerpioc, -a, -ov moderate, in measure 
rot-vuy, post-pos. therefore, then, = 


e A 
lEpE lov 


a 
KATA-KAW 


our, apa 


pido-ripia, -ac ambition 
“AAue, -voc Halys 
"Aoruayne, -ov -Astyages 





VOCABULARIES. 


50—51. 


mapa, c. ace, along, past; contrary to 50 


éme-minrw,¢. dat. J fall upon, attack 
xareraiiw (-7dc),¢. dat. pers, aut rei 
Lam angry with or at 


52. 


dpi, c. ace. about, locally and in 52 


numerical approximations 
(numer, usu. ¢. art.) 
I lead down or back; re- 
store (reg. of exiles) 
rurpmoc, -a, -ov ancestral, hereditary 
| pedition 
| go with on an ex- 


f 
KaT-UYW 


TONITE, -OV citizen 


OV-OTPATEVOMAL 


TupaYvvEevW lama TUpavvoc 
we, prepos. to (with persons only) 
‘Inriac, -ov Hippias 

53. 


Contract Verbs in -aw. 
(In actual use always lo be contracted. ) 


aiviaopat L charge, blame, accuse 
amavraw (avrt), c. dat. IL meet, en- 
counter 
amardaw (-77) I deceive, cheat 
Podw (30%) I shout, cry out 
édw (inp. etwr) L permit, let, allow 
simple verb, and more 
used 
EpwT dw L ask, question (any one) 
jrraopa, pass, Lam worsted, defeat- 
ed, beaten, the inferior of (c. gen.) 
I gaze, look, at 
vikdw (vicn)  L conquer, am victor 
repaopat (repa), pass. depon. J try, 
endeavor 
redeutaw (-7H) L finish; end life, die 
ripaw (py)  L honor; value 


> ff: 
e€-aTaTraw 





Becopar 


VOCABULARIES. Ieee 


ToApaw (wa)  L dare, venture 


aripagw I dishonor 
pidunde, -H,-0v — frrendly 
Ungigopac L vote, cast a Ungoe 
(pebble ) 
54. 
54 Caw, one, on T live 


ipaw (impt. éwpwr) L see 
Xpdopar, xen, Xen- I use, enjoy ; 
rat, c. dat. treat; have 


ewe, conj. 1. while, as long as 
2. until, aft. affirm. sent. 


Koragw I punish 
Tpog-1]KW I come to; am be- 
coming to, fitting 
xph (se. éori) there is need, = det 
59. 


Contract Verbs in -€éw. 
aouwew Lam adccoc,a wrong-doer, 
I wrong (some one) 
apeéw Lain apediic, negligent in, 
careless of (gen.) 
axuréew Lam éamoroc, distrust, 
disobey (dat.) 
aro-xwpéw [ withdraw, retreat 
aceBew Lam aceBie, umpious 
COKEW (I think) ; I seem 
Coxe tt seems (good) 
dvarvxyéw Lam ovaruyxie, unfortu- 
nate 
éx-auvéw 1 approve, praise 
éxdopew L have my heart set on, 
e desire (gen. or inf.) 
ereteNcopar, pass. depon. J am exe 
peernc, look after, take 
care of (gen.) 





exeyeptw I set hand to, undertake, 
attempt (dat. or inf.) 

evepyerew IL am an evepyernc, do 

kindness or good to (acc.) 

evtopew Lam evropoc, well pro- 
vided with (gen.) 

evoefew Lam evae(ine 

evrvxyew Lam evrvxic 

nycopae =L am iyyepwr, leader or 
commander of (gen.) ; 
I think (Lat. dico) 

Kparew L have xparoc over, am 
master of, rule (gen.); 
L conquer (acc.) 

dpodroyew L agree with (dat.); ad- 
mit, confess 

mouréw Lam rich in (gen.) 


TOLEW I make; do 
movew (révoc) L labor, toil at (acc.) 
OKUTEW I look at; reflect on (acc.) 


ripwptopar L take vengeance on (acc.) 

povéw (~Odvoc) LT envy (dat.) 

pirew I love 

popeopat (poPoc) L dread, fear (prop. 
pass. of goféw L make 
afraid) 

gpovéw (-cpoc) L think, meditate; in- 
tend, mean; péya ppo- 
vo Lam proud 

wperew Lam whédpoc to, ard, 
help (acc.) 


KAUpOC, -OU right time or season; op- 
portunity, occasion 

KaAXoe, -ouc, To beauty 

KEp60C, -oue, TA gain, profit, pay 

parny, adv. vainly, idly 


56. 
C&W IT bind 56 


a7 


58 


LT need, lack 
céopar, pass. depon. L need ; beg 


THEW LT sail 
TVEW L blow ; breathe 
aopEew Lam aBvpoc 


amo-TAEW L sail away 
[ am tropoc 
sometimes 


Boreas, North-wind 


CTOPEW 
EVIOTE 
Bopéac, -ov 
Zepupoc, -ov 


Noroc, -ov Notus, South-wind 


57, ~ 
Contract Verbs in -ow. 


(Usually causative.) 


aéuw Ldeem téwe, right, worthy; 
L claim, request; expect 

ond\ow LI make ¢nroc; show 

dovAdw L make dovdoc 3 enslave 


79 

éAevfepow L make éevOepoc; free, 
liberate from (gen.) 

év-ar7wopar, pass. depon. J oppose, 
withstand (dat.) 

pastiyow L lash (with paarté) 

ff let for puaOoc 

LI make 6p00c 3 straighten, 

set right 
oreparow IL crown witha orépavoc 


puabow 


op Ocow 


Pondew TL bear aid to (dat.), lit. 
run to the [son (cry) 


bpovoc. -a, -ov like, similar to (dat.) 


aipew I take, seize, capture 
prt adv. = gust now 


your (yé, ovv), post-pos. certainly, 
I seek [at least 
I acquire 


Cyréw 


KTCOMaL 





Zephyrus, W est-wind | 





VOCABULARIES. 


never 

before; after negat. 
clause until 

mpo-happarw [take beforehand 

1 honor before (gen.), 


OUCETOTE 


Tply, con]. 


TpO-Ttpw 


prefer 
Kwpew I make room (x@poc), 
withdraw, march ; 


hold, contain 


BovxégaXoc, -ov Bucephalus 
TAA Upto Lllyrians 
Makedovia,-ac Macedonia 
lorefdara,-ac = Potidaea 
SEE THE EXxERcIsE. 
60—61. 


Lingual Stems. 
aywrisomat (aywr) L contend, fight 
«Bpoizw see vocab. 18 


aKcovrigw ee 4] 
avayKkalw ee 16 
apracw he hve 
aripagw Ue 53 
PecaGopae aoe ko 
Ep'yacopat he 16 


Hoopar, pass. depon. (joOnv) 17 
Bavpagw see vocab, 23 


Kodalw Se 54 
Kopigw es 59 
vopicw se 5 
ovopagw ae 21 


opyitw (oopyn) L make angry ; mid. 
am angry, enraged 
mauariZw see vocab, 17 
mapa-oxevalw L make mapacxevn, 
preparation; prepare; 
mid. —for myself 


59 


60 
61 


VOCABULARIES. 129 





mei(0w See vocab, 15 kaXutrw see vocab. 12 
Toptcw LT provide, furnish, get | xnpirrw (wqpvé) “ = 17 
orévow, oreiaw, tanecu 1 pour liba-| kréexrw ROD 
tion; mid. —in treaty, | korrw Pe hey 
make treaty KpUuTTWw oe WED. 
arevow see vocab. 40 AEyw ee 1 
owlw iy 26 Aeitw 16 
ppagw “ 59 OpuTTw eS 59 
Wevoopae (-df¢) Tlie; deceive (acc.) | réurw “6 4 
UngiGopac see vocab. 53 TANTTW 6c 59 
| TpaTTw ee 
an-epyaZouce L finish off, turn out pirrw “OBO 
complete, make aTpeégw I turn, twist (trans.) 
avrc-vopoc, -OV self-governed (-lawed), oparTw see vocab. 32 
endependent raparrw i = ERG 
Cup-apew PT toke oway ott, ices “59 
mid. with two ace. J rpérw ‘6 9 
rob one of something TpEpw LI nourish, rear; keep 
dec, -H, -dv terrible pevyw, pevéopae see vocab. | 
Or-nyeopecee I relate, narrate gudarrw ‘6 17 
wo (6e 6) quam ob rem 
oixew (oixia) L dwell (vayKatoc, -a, -ov (-Kn) necessary 
pQdvoe, -ov envy, grudge, spite Ttp0c, -Ov dishonored, -able 
Xapoveva, -ac Chaeronéa dpOovoc, -ov without stint, ungrudg- 
ing, abundant 
63. "Opéarne, -ov Orestes 
63 Labial and Palatal Stems. Teyéa, -ac Tegea 
yw see vocab. 1 
adXarrw i 59 64. 
apyw ef v8 avTpov cave (Lat. antrum) 64 
Ap-tK- VEO 69 ELKOC, -OTOC likely, probable (neut. 
PNarrw eS perf. part. -cac, -kuta, -K0c) 
ypagw ° 1 Ex-KOTTW I cut or knock out 
Oeik-vupue Se es) é£-opuTrw I dig or pluck out 
déxopar  L receive cara-AapParw IL take, find, come 
cusew —«s See vocab. 10 poxr0dc, -00 ~— bar; stake [upon 
éhéeyyw IL cross-question; confute; | ooOadpdc, -ov eye 
edyoptat see vocab, 34 [convict | xpofsarov (usu. pl.) sheep, goats 
Cevyvope Hy 9 Ourec (ov rec) Woman (feigned name 
Odrrw (raoc) aC 59 of Odysseus) 


9 


65 


66 


67 


130 


[Tohiqnpoc, -ov Polyphéemus 


65. 


am-ad\arrw IL remove, release, from; 
pass. am freed from, get rid of 
I drive out of one’s 
senses, terrify 
Kaew I call, name 
KaTa-aTpEPOpaL I subjugate 
mapa-dexopat L receive in turn, suc- 
ceed to (acc.) 
a watching, guard ; 


EK-TANTTW 


ppoupa, -ac 
pudaky garrison 
Kacpeia, -ac Cadméa 
Maxedwr,-dvoc a Macedonian 


66. 

I dwell in, inhabit 
KATQ-KOTTW L cut down, slay 
Todopxew (OAc) L besiege 

envoys, ambassadors 
L lead to or against 
suv-addarrw —- L reconcile 
vorepaioc, -a, -ov luter, following, next 
"Exapewwrcac, -ov Lpaminondas 
Pindar 


EV-OLKEW 


Me a) 
TPEGIELC, ~EWYV 


Tpoa-ayw 


[/véapoe, -ov 


67. 
Second Aorists. 


1) from same root as present. 


ayw Wyayov 

aisBaropa noOouny 
I be 

cpapravy Hpaproy 


’ / , , 
amo-OnoKkw am-eQavorv 
re , 
am-wopny 


Cp-tKO UNV 


am-odduL ct 


> , 
CP-LKVEO LAL 


Pardo é[Jadov 
ylyvopa EvEVOUNY 
EvPLTKW nupov 





VOCABULARIES. 


exw EaXov 
Aap arw éXaPoy 
AavOarw é\abor 
Neiw é\urov 
pavOavw épaboy 
TATKW exabov 
TEL Ersoy 
TPETOpLAL ErpaTrouny 
TUY Kaw ETUXOV 
UT-LTyX VEOMAL UT-ETXOMUNY 
pevyw Epuyov 

2) fram different root. 
aipew eidov (root éX-) 

aipeouae I choose, elect eihopnv 

EpKopat 7ADov (€dO-) 
Eyw eitov (eiz-) 
Opaw eicov (i0-) 
TPEXW éopapov 
amo-[adiw I lose 


agpavigw 


I make adavie, blot 
out, annihilate 


Covdeia (-evw) slavery 
KAT A-TPE Xw TI overrun 


TI have (aor. get) pos- 
session of, control 
former, earlier 
before, earlier 
I come together 


KAT-EXW 


TPOTEPOC, ~C, -OY 
mporepor, adv. 
TvI-EPKOMae 


axoNn leisure 

TiMMPLA, -aC vengeance 

Buavrioy Byzantium 

Opaé, -Koc a Thracian 
68. 


Liquid Stems. 
ayyé\dw see vocab. 1 
oc 59 
59 


aisxuvw 


J , 66 
ATO-KTELVW 


68 


VOCABULARIES. 


apovw IL ward off (acc.); mid. I de- 
Send myself; avenge myself 


Barrdw see vocab. 1 
C.a-pbeipw of 45 
KAivw $e 59 
Kptvw rr lies 
prev ee i 
onuaive (onpetor) ‘* 59 
OT EIDW a 20 
oré\\w : 59 
ahadrdw “ OW 
TELVW “59 
paivw ‘ 8 
yareratrw ; 51 
ava-Barrdw —_L postpone 
ao-kptvona answer 


I get back, recover 

I despatch (Cf. apos- 
I show, prove  [tle) 
aid, help 

I turn out (intrans.), 
T escape [ yeeld 
I disgrace (acc.) 
TEpL-TAEW LT sail round 

"Aue, -w, acc. -w Athos 

Mardonius 

The Persian Wars 


aro-hapavw 
amo-oTéAAw 

> , 
aTo-Patvw 
(BonBeva (-éw) 
, ts 

Ek-KAT YW 
Ex-pevyw 
KAT-ALoKv vw 


Mapéorte, -ov 
/ = A 
Ilepouxa, -wv, ra 


69. 


69 av-éxopae L hold up under, endure 
car-epyaopar L subdue (“do up”) 
earthen wine-cask 
Tpoo-EtTov I addressed, spoke to 
mpoa-épyouat L come to, approach 
I jeer; joke 
LI rejoice with, con- 
gratulate 
Avoyévne, -ovc Diogenes 


mifoc, -ov 


OKWTTW 
t, 
gvy-Hoopar 





131 
70. 
éex-ceixvopue L display, point to%Q 
with pride 


cara-pavOavw L learn by observation, 
know thoroughly 


TEpL-ayw I lead round 
Bitwr, -wroc biton 
Kroc, og = Cleobis 
TédAoc, -ov Tellus 

A. 


L stretch up, raise 
I stretch out, extend 


ava-TElvw | 
> , 
EK-TELVW 


KTH UA, -aToc, TO (KTdopar) Possession 


Opvopee I swear [voke 
avy-Karéw I call together, con- 
TEAEW I bring to a -é)oe, 
finish ; I pay 
72. 
ava-péve I await (ace.) qo 


I turn aside, dissuade 
LT run off 
(akoc,-ov wene-skin, leathern bottle 
év-dov, adv. within, inside; at home 
kara-AauPavw L take or catch in the 
act, come upon (c. partic.) 
pedXrw, c. fut. or pres. inf. am about 
to — 


CUT O-T PET 


CUTO-TPEXW 


mpo-héyw I foretell, warn 
Alodoc,-ov Aeolus, king of the 
winds 
10. 
iornpe I make to stand (Lat. res 
sisto) 


N.B. Sec. Aor. and both per- 

fects act. are intrans. 
av-iornue I make to rise, to get up; 
mid. and intr. tenses / rise, get up 


132 


ap-iornue IL cause (induce) to revolt; 
mid. and intr. tenses J revolt 
éé-av-iorniu L make rise and go forth, 
expel; mid. and intr. Z 
start up and forth 
I make halt; intr. halt 
I setdown, station, estab- 
lish, appoint; involve in; 
intr. J take my place, am 
appointed, get involved in 
T set at the head of; intr. 
I take my place at the head 
of; perf. Lam at the head 


, , 
ED-LOTH ple 
Kab-larnp 


TpO-LOT HLL 


O1a-7 Ew T sail across (acc.) 
Hyepovia,-ac leadership, headship 
"Apuarayopac, -ov Aristagoras 

‘lwvec Tonians 

Zavbiac,-ov Nanthias (slave-name) 


74. 
V4. riOnpt I place, put (Lat. pond); 
render, make; manage; re- 


gard, consider ; cast (vote, 
Unpor); ground (arms, ora) 
I put off, lay aside 
I dispose 
I impose ; 


aro-TiOne 
Oca-TiOnpue 


éme-TiOnput put on; 


mid. set upon, attack 


mpoo-riOnue Lf add to; mid. join 
myself to 
mpo-TiOnpt L propose 


ouy-riOnjue L compose, put together ; 
mid. J covenant, make agree- 


ment (with some one, revé or 


mpoc TL va) 

Ketpau 
tablished 

Ola-KEtLL 
Ta) 


I lie, am situated, es- 


L am disposed (xpoc 





VOCABULARIES. 


L am adjacent (Lat. 
ad-1aceo) 

L consist (éx rivog) 

L lie above 


, , 
ETTI-KECUAL 


ouy-KEyat 
UTEP-KELULAL 


Epl- MEV I remain in, abide by 
Tpo-ayw Llead forward ; wid. 

advance 
Wnpoc, -ov, pebble (Lat. calculus); 
Atytva,-ne Aegina | vote 
Avkajjnrroc, -ov Lycabettus 
Avxoupyoc, -ov Lycurgus 
Marruveta,-ac Mantinéa 

70. 


I give, grant; offer 45 
T give in return 
L give back, render; pay 
T deliver, give over 
I betray 


Cie w pte 

’ 8,798 

CVT ECLOW LL 

’ aS 

(477 0- CLOW ULL 

Tapa-OiOwpLe 
> 

Tpo-OlOwpt 


I transgress 
betrayer, traitor 


Tapa-[air'w 


7 
TPOOOTHC 


Tpuw[dodov three-obol-piece (=9 
cents) 
76. 
Unpee T let go, let fly; shoot ;%6& 


mid. rush, hasten 

I let go, let off, let es- 
cape; disband 

T permit 

T desert, abandon. (Gf. 


™po- diowpe) 


Cep-type 


Ep-input 


Tp O-LE B at 


war-eicov _-L descried, espied, caught 


sight of 
target, mark 
auv-cuukw Lf chase with 
gavepoc, -a, -ov plain, open, evident 


OKOTOC, -OU 


VOCABULARIES. 


77. 
rhe | For the Verbs, see the Exercise. 
Lapucoe Samians 
78, 


78 


For the Verbs, see the Exercise. 
dim-eyu (sie) L shall depart 
«pOovia, -ac (-voc) no lack, abund- 
EVLOL, “al, -a some [ance 
mpda-eyue (eipe) L shall approach 
mpopvaraé, -xoc picket, outpost 
safety, salvation 


79. 


For the Verbs, see the Exercise. 


TWTNPLA, -AC 


79 


amo-oupackw =f run away 


év-Ovw i make enter; intr. I en- 
ter; put on (clothes) 
cara-ouw Lmake sink; intr. I sink 





133 


I come up, emerge 
"Aprepuaia, -ac Artemisia 


’ , 
a V-EYW 


80. 


For the Verbs, see the Exercise. 


80 


aro-deikvuju L appoint ; prove 
exc-detxvipe L show; exhibit; prove 
cup-piyvope L associate or mingle 
with (intr.) 
oup-riyvope I fasten together 


aixparoc, -ov unmixed 
duwaioabyn Justice 
Swov animal 
Ovnroc, -h, -ov mortal 
Opté, rpryoc, hair 


ra vrarace( v), adv. wholly 


KaXKoc, -ov copper, bronze 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


(The Figure indicates the Vocabulary in which the Word is found.) 


ayaQoc 6 
ayyenia 17 
ayyéXog 3 
ayyédAw 1. 59, 68 
ayvupu 80 
ayopa 8 
aypwoc 6 
aypog 5 
ayw 1. 68 
aywv 19 
aywrviZopat 19, 60 
ademvoc 14 
adecgog 5 
aoucéw 55 
aduia 13 
aoucoc 13 
advyvaroc 26 
adwpog 14 
ast 6 
adavaroc 13 
aQeog 14 
aOXov 4 
aPpoiZw 18. 60 
adupéw 56 
adupida 8 
abvpoc 40 
ainiypa 22 
ae 22 
aipiw 58 
-eopat 67 
aicBavomat 59 
aloypog 37 
alsxova 59, 68 
alria 8 
atriaopat 53 





airioc 33 
akivovuvoe 14 
akovriZw 41. 60 
akovw 15, 48 
axparog 80 
axpoTrohug 42 
akpog 16 
axpov 16 
axwy 37 
aXextpvwv 19 
arndea 28 
adnPetw 41, 48 
adnOj¢ 27 
aNioxopar 59, 79 
arra 1 
adXarrw 59. 63 
ArAnrwy 23 
aXdXooe 35 
adXdorpiog 32 
arwrng 17 
cpa 40 
apadiyg 27 
apavia 28 
cpasa 10 
aqpaptavw 37, 59 
apedéw 55 
apnxavia 14 
aunxavog 14 
apuabog 14 
aprredog 12 
apovw 68 
ape 52 
apuporepoe 25 
ay 40 
ava 12 








ava-Baivw 29 
ava-Badhw 68 
avaBacw 29 
ava-ytyvwoKkw 25 
avaykalw 16. 60 
avayKatog 63 
avaykn 9 
ava-pévw 72 
avagéwe 13 
avapiOpoe 13 
avapxia 14 
avapxoc 14 
ava-réetvw 71 
avopeta 46 
avopetog 24 
averevbepia 13 
averevOepoe 13 
avenoc 40 
avev 8 
av-exw 79 
-oprat 69 
avnp 23 
avOpwrwoe 25 
avOpwrroc 3 
av-loTnpe 73 
avo.a 13 
avove 13 
avtt 10 
av7t-Olwpe 75 
avrTpov 64 
avw 16 
azioc 6 
aéiww 57 
aoukog 14 
am-ayw 12 





am-adX\atrw 65 
aTavraw 53 
dmag 42 

amdac 41 

atrataw 53 
a7r-erpe (elt) 32 
am-eye (eipe) 78 
ameipog 29 
am-eoyaZopat 60 
am-epxopa 32 
am-éxw 25 
amistéw 5d 
am.sTia 8 
amvorog 13 
atwXove 13 
am\ovurog 14 
amo 10 
amro-Bativw 32 
amo: PardX\w 67 
amro-Oeikvupe 80 
amro-dwpackw 79 
amo-Olwptt 7 
amro-OvyoKw 23. 59 
aToula 36 
amo-Kptvopat 68 
amro-Kréivw 59. 68 
amo-ap Baru 68 
amo\epog 14 
am-ONXVuL 59 
amo-Téw 56 
aTropéw 56 
amopia 13 


| aropog 13 
| amro-aT&AXw 68 


amo-TiOnpe 74 


136 


amo-rpémw 72 
amo-Tpixw 72 
aTo-gaivw 68 
aro-pépw 31 
amo-xwpiw 55 
apa 45 
apytpuov 3 
apyupoc 3 
apyupovg 13. 
apeTn 29 
apiOpnog LL 
apiorepoc 34 
appa 21 


apmalw 32. 59. 60 


apte 58 
aprog 10 
apxavog 31 
apxn 10 
apyw 7. 63 
apxwy 20 
aséBea 28 
aceBew 5d 
aoeBng 27 
aobévera 28 
acdernce 27 
aotria 14 
adotrog 14 
ackoc 72 
aomic 18 
aogareta 28 
aogadne 27 
aragog 14 
dre 38 
aripmalw 53. 60 
aria 14 
arimog 14, 63 
aroApog 13 
aroma 14 
arotroc 14 
arvyne 27 
aTUXIa 28 
av 34 
avOtce 29 
avrXOoc 17 
aurvia 14 
aumvoc 14 
aitika 13 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


airovopoc 60 
abroc 43 
avrov,-y 5 
av’rou, adv. 46 
ag-arpiw 60 
agpavera 28 
agaryne 27 
apavifw 67 
apbovia 78 
apQovog 63 
agp-inpe 76 
ag-ucviopar 59, 63 
apiroc 14 
ap-iornpu 73 
apoBog 13 
appwy 37 
aypnorog 13 
awpta 14 
awpog 14 


Baboce 25 
Babve 36 
Baivw 59, 79 
BaAdw 1. 59. 68 
BapBapog 3 
Bapog 36 
Bapic 36 
Baorsia 88 
Bacireca, 7) 13 
Baoitiea, ra 41 
Basirsvog 41 
Baoret’c 31 
Baorsiw 1, 48 
BaowtsKkoe 38 
BédXoe 25 

Bia 8 
BraZopar 18. 60 
Biatoc 8 
BiBrtoy 12 
Biog 2 

Budw 79 
Bramrrw 59. 63 
Boaw 53 
Bona 68 
Bonbiw 57 
Born 9 
Bovretw 39. 48 





Bovrn 20 
BovrAopar 15 
Bove 82 
Boadic 36 
Bpaxvg 36 
BiBrwoe 12 


BviBrog 12 
yap 1 

yé 24 
yévocg 25 
yépwv 20 
yépupa 10 
yn 12 
yiwog 12 
yiyac 20 


ylyvopat 15 
yryvwokw 11, 59, 79 
yrave& 22 
yAwrra 10 
yvopn 30 
yvwopywocg 17 
yovetc 31 
yovu 34 
youy 58 
yeagw 1. 63 
yupvacwov 37 
yuprng 18 
yupvoc 18 
yun 34 


daipwy 30 

og 2 

Ost 5 

detkvvpe 59. 63. 80 
Oatdog 37 

Oevdc 60 

Ostrrvoy 4 

deka 3 

dergic 19 
dévopoy 2 

OeEvce 34 

Oéppa 21 
Oepparivoc 34 

6 
devTEepocg 12 
déyopat 63 


comrorng 11 





déw want 56 
-oprat 56 
déw bind 56 
6 388 
Onroc 46 
OndéOw 57 
Cnpmoxparia 41 
Onjog 4 
Cnpoctog 6 
Ova 16 
Ot-ayw 37 
Cra-Baivw 25 
Ova-BadrAw 46 
OtaBarog 84 
Ord-Keypar 74 
dta-héyopat 16 
OudXoyog 35 
Ova-7réEw 73 
Ova-tpartw 38 
Ovapralw 49 
Cra-riOnpu 74 
Cia-dépw 38 
Cva-p0eipw 45. 59. 68 
Owaokadoc 11 
OWacKkw 36 
Cdpackw 79 
Otowpe 75 
Ot-nyéopar 60 
dikatog 37 
ducatooivn 80 
dikn 10 
Oud 60 
OwKw 10. 63 
Ooxew 55. -ec 55 
OdA0e 17 
ddéa 10 
dopu 34 
OovArEia 67 
Oovretw 8. 48 
Covroc 4 
dovdbw 57 
Opaxwy 20 
dpaxpn 42 
Opopog 19 
Ovvapat 77 
Ovvapic 29 
Ouvaroc 26 


divw 59 
Ovo 34 
dvarvxéw 5d 
vw 79 
O@por 4 


éap 22 

éavtou 29 

taw 53 
éBdopnKovra 37 
eyyve 19 
éyKkparera 28 
éyKparin¢ 27 
éyxeduc 30 

éyw 43 

b0EdXw 7 

é@voc 25 

et 32 

e(koc 64 ; 
eikoou(y) 11 
eipue 78 

eipi 78 


a Lee 


eivat 4 

eivep 38 
eipyyn 9 

sic 41 

sic 2, 10 
élo-ayw 15 
eio-Badrdw 11 
eto-Bodn 11 
gla-péow 40 
éx 2, 10 
exaotoc 40 
éxaToy 25 
ék-BadrAw 29 
éxee 16 
exetOev 35 
éxecvoc 31, 43 
EKELOE 3D 
éxkAnata 20 
ék-KAivw 68 
ék-KOTTW 64 
Ex-AEyw 20 
étXelrrw 18 
ixk-pavOavw 31 
tk-7AnTrw 65 
éx-Telvw 71 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


éxroc 10 
tx-pevyw 68 
ékwv 37 
éLavyw 21. 59 
éXagoc 18 
eleyxw 63 
AsvOepia 8 
éAevOeooc 7 
édevdepow 57 
EAkw 23 
éAmrilw 59 
éArric 18 


| éu-Baiww 33 


éu-Bardrdw 22 
spl-pevw 74 
éuTreipoc 33 
éu-TipT Ane 77 
éu-TipTonpe 77 
éy 2, 10 
évavTiopat 57 
évayTioc 36 
évooy 72 
évooéoe 13 
év-dvw 79 
éveca 43 
éviavToc 5 
éviot 78 

éviore 56 
evvéa 10 
Evyvupe 80 
év-orkéw 66 
évoTrAoc 20 
évtau@a 15 
évrevOey 35 
évTipoc 30 
évtoc 10 
tv-Tvyxavw 34 
&& 25 
eEaxioxiAroe 39 
éZakootoe 25 
é&-av-tornpe 73 
t£-aTraraw 53 
é&-eXavyvw 24 
t&-eore 15 
tEnkovra 15 
éE-optTTw 64 
éZw 22 





ém-aiviw 55 
tmret 5 
évreiTa 36 
ETP AG ACC, cf, 

c. gen. 21 

c. dat. 23 
émt-Bovrevw 41 
émi-ylyvopar 16 
émt-deikvupe 70, 80 
émiOuuéew 5d 
emOvpia 49 
émi-Keqwau 74 
émiktvovuvoc 13 
imiAnopwy 37 
émt-meéhEopat 9d 
émi-Trintw 50 
émlorapat 77 
eTLOTH MWY 37 
émiTHOEla, Ta 43 
émiTnOevoc 43 
émt-TiOnpe 74 
éml-TpETW BA 
emexetpew OD 
ézropat 40 
ema 6 
éoyacopar 16. 60 
épyov 2 
goilw 59 
tpig 18 
épxomat 15 
éowe 18 
gowTaw d3 
éoOn¢ 19 
tain 22 
éavépa 8 
éaxaroc 17 
érepoc 41 
tre 8 
erouwog 24 
éroc. 20 
ev 11 
evOaovia 37 
evdaipwy 37 
evEeATIC 37 
evepyeréw 55 
evouc 18 
evpevera 28 





137 


evpevyc 27 
evvora 13 
evvouc 13 
evTropéw 55 
evpernc 17 
evplokw 12, 59 
evpog 25 
evpve¢ 36 
evoéBera 28 
evoeew 55 
evoeBnc 27 
evrvxew 55 
EvTUKHC 27 
eUTUXIA 27 
evyopat 84. 63 
ép-inpe 76 
tp-loTnpe 73 
exOpa 8 
éxOpdc 8 
éxyw 1 

éwe 54 


Zaw 54 

Cevyvope 59. 63. 80 
Cnréw 58 

Cpov 80 


7) or 34 
Hj... h 34 
7 than 38 
nNYEMoVia 73 
nyspwr 19 
nyéopat 5d 
On 11 
Hoopat 17. 60 
700vn 9 
yOvE 36 
Hew 3l 
HArAwocg 3 
nméepa 8 
Hyucve 36 
Howe 33 
yovxia 8 
Tra 1d 
nTTraopat 53 
NX 33 
Oadarra 12 


138 


Bavaroc 3 
Garrw 59. 63 
Pavpalw 23. 59. 60 
Oavpaciog 19 
bea 8 
Pedopar 53 
Bede 5 

Bépoc 25 

Onp 22 
Onpsiw 22, 48 
Onptoy 22 
Ayyrée 80 
Apacic 36 
Apig 80 
Ovyarnp 23 
Ovpocg 7 
Oipa 8 

Ovota 8 

Oiw 1. 48 
Owpake 17 


i 

tepevic 31 
iepov 12.19 
i 


imarioy 13 
immevc 31 
immucdce 29 
immKkoy 29 

im7oc 2 
taoce 40 
tornpe 73 
ioTropia 12 
toyupdog 30 
ioxve 30 
iowe 40 
ix9v¢ 30 


waO-éZopar 22. 59 
KaQ-Evow 26 
KaO-npiat 78 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


Kab-tarnpu 73 

Kat 1 

ROM RAC LS 

KaiTep 31 

Katpog 5d 

kakia 8 

Kkakovowa 13 

kakovoug 13 

Kakoc 6 

Kkakoupyia 15 

kakovpyoc 13 

kadéw 6d 

KkadXdog 9d 

kaXoc 6 

Kadvarw 12. 59. 63 

Kkatndog 13 

Kara c. acc. 12. 16 
c. gen. 15 

Kata-Baivw 33 

kataPpaou 29 

Kat-ayw 52 

Kata-Ovw 79 

KaT-autxyuvw 68 

Kata-Kaw 49 

kara-KX\tiw 48 

Kara-KoTTw 66 

kata-hapBavw 64, 
aw 

Kkata-\eit@w 35 

Kata-\ow 24 

Kata-pavOavw 70 

Kata-oTpipopat 65 

Kara-TpeXxw 67 

Kat-edov 76 

kat-Epyacopat 69 

Kar-épxopat 18 

KaT-exw 67 

Kkatw 16 

kaw 15, 48 

Ketpat 74 

Kerevw 1. 48 

Kepavvup 80 

Képdo0c 5d 

Kegpadry 22 

Kknpve 17 

KnotvrTw 17. 59. 63 

KiBapa 17 





Kivovvetw 48 
Kivovvoe 3 
kAetw 48 
KAéoc 26 
kAém@Tw 59, 63 
KAnpog 20 
KAivw 59, 68 
kynpic 18 
koXuZw 54. 60 
Kopicw 59. 60 
Kopag 17 
KomTw 59. 63 
KOopog 34 
Kou poe 21 
Kpavog 2 
Kpatew 5d 
Kparoc 25 
Kpavyy 9 
Kpépapat 77 
Kpivw 13, 59. 68 
kpu7rTw 15. 59. 63 
Kraopat 58 
kTypa 71 

Kkvwy 34 

kwrvw 16, 48 
Kkopn 10 

kw7n 12 


Aap Bavw 16, 59 

AapTpG 23 

AavOarw 59 

éeyw 1, 63 

Astzw 16. 59. 63 

ANNO 9 

ABivoe 6 

ABoe 2 

Aqpoe 16 

NOyog 2 

Noyxn 9 

Nowtroe 49 
Aourroy 49 

Adgoe 16 

AvKoc 2 

horn 9 

Avpa 17 

dow 1, 48 





pa 45 
pa@yrne 11 
patvopat 59 
prakpog 7 
para 40 
peartora 19 
framta 37 
pravOavy 8 59 
fravrera 49 
fraytiKog 29 
pavri¢ 29 
peappapog 12 
faottyow 57 
paorté 23 
parny 55 
payatwa 10 
paxn 9 
payopae 15 
péyac 37 
péyeOog 25 
puree 25 
pedAw 72 
pévog 27 
pévrot 41 
pévar 7. 68 
pépog 25 
pearog 7 
pera 9. 16 
pera-repTromat 35 
pérptog 49 
péxpe 34 

pry 1 

pnKere 21 
payjkog 25 
pyre... pyre 30 
penv month 35 
pyy 43 
peytnp 23 
pnxarvy 10 
pecyvope 80 
pikpoc 6 
piywvyoKkw 59 
pucBoc 5 
pucbow 57 
poh 15 
pornpwy 37 
provn 10 


pedvog 8 
povor 8 
poovapyia 41 
provaikog 19 
poovatky 17 

proydoc 64 
pudoe 10 
peuprac 18 
popeoe 16 — 
peuptoe 7 
pevppns 17 
pvornpia 19 


vat 15 
vave 32 
vaurnc 33 
vauTikoc 39 


veaviag 11 
vexpug 22 
véog 6 
vevpoy 21 
veweo 42 
VEWOTL 23 
vy 35 


yvnowrTne 12 
vnoog 12 
vikaw 53 

vikn 11 

vopicw 5, 59, 60 
vopoc 2 

voooe 12 

vouc 12 

vipgon 18 

vuv 5 


vve 22 


Esvoc 2 
Eipocg 25 
EvAwvoc 6 
EvXov 2 


Ode 43 
0d00¢ 12 
Bdove 20 
otda 78 
otkace 31 
otkérne 11 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


olkew 60 
otkia 8 
otkoGev 35 
oikot 35 
otvoc 4 
otopat 21 
otyopat 35 
oxrw 10 
odtryapyla 41 
oAtyog 6 
OMAVpUL BO 
ddoc 9 


| dAupmeag 42 


Opvupe 71, 80 
dpotog 57 
dpmodoyéw 55 
Opmwe 33 
dvopa 21 
ovomacw 21. 60 
Ovoe 17 

0€0¢ 36 

ofthc 36 
omAtTyne 11 
omAov 2 
dpaw 54 
épyn 31 
opy(fw 60 
bpOs¢ 45 
op0dw 57 
dpKkog 34 
dpvic 18 
bpog 25 
dptTTw 59. 63 
dotic 45 

ore 38 

ore 1.10 

ov 1 

ovdapy, -00ev 46 
ovdapwe 46 
ouds 4 

ovdey 1 
ovKere 21 
ouv 4 

ovmep 48 
otipa 22 
otjpavog 5 
ovTE... ovTE 30 





ovroc 43 
otrw(c) 46 
Operog 34 
opPapog 64 
dfuc 30 


maQoc 25 
Tatavigw 17. 60 
masa 41 
TawEetw 38, 48 
Taicw 22 
matic 22 
marae 6 
marae 7 
man 19 
mau 11 
mavrarasiy) 80 
TmavrayoOev 46 
Tavrowoc 25 
mavu 4d 
Tapa ¢c. gen, 30 
c. dat. 32 
c. acc, 50 
mapa-Baivw 75 
mapaypagn 30 
mapa-d&yopat 65 
Tapa-Otowpe 75 
mapa-Kedevopat 48 
Tapa-hapBavw 38 
tmapa-oxevalw 60 
Tapackevyn 46 
Tap-ept 3d 
Tap-éxw 4 
mapGéivog 12 
mapodog 39 
mac 24 
Tacyw 15 
TaTnp 23 
marptc 18 
Tarpipocg 52 
Tavw 48 
mTecdiov 2 
wéeoov 2 
mecy 34 
mecoc 5. 29 
metOw 15. 60 
Tetpa 29 





139 


meipaopar 53 
medtaaTne 11 
méerTn 9 
Tepe 4. 63 
mévOoc 36 
mevTakootot 20 
TEevTyKkovra 23 
mwévre 8 
mépav 7 
mept c. gen. 3 
c. dat. 34 
mEept-ayw 70 
Tept-TAEW 68 
mepiTTOg 22 
mrept-deow 44 
méeTpa 15 
any 12 
mHyyvupe 80 
anxuc 30 
tiBoc 69 
mivw 40 
mistevw 4, 48 
tiorie 29 
musTo¢ 6 
TrEDpoV 25 
trEéw 56. 59 
mrI0¢ 30 | 
wAnY 21 
TAnoNG 27 
mAntTw 59. 63 
trivGoe 12 
mhotoyv 4 
move 12 
trovowoc 7 
TrovTEw 5D 
mAouroe 4 
mvéiw 56. 59 
ro_eyv 35 
tro.w 5d 
romTne 31 
TodemeKog 29 
rodeo 6 
TOAEMOC 3 
TodvopKéw 66 
moXug 29 
tmoNtreia 41 
mwoXirne 52 


140 


modXakie 3 
mwodAot 7 
modve 9 
movew 55 
Tovnpia 8 
Tovnpoc 6 
wovoc 2 
TovToc 33 
mopevomar 15 48 
Topitw 60 
Tépo¢e 8 
moppw 12 
mooo¢ 11 
Torapoc 7 
more 16 
mov 15 
qouc 22 
mpaypa 21 
moakic 29 
moatrw 11. 59. 68 
mpéa Bec 66 
mpéeaBuc 38 
mpiacbat 77 
mpiy 58 
apo 10 
mpo-ayw 74 
mpoBarov 64 
mpo-OtOwpe 75 
mpoooTne 75 
mpo8vpuida 13 
mpd0vpoc 13 
mpo-tepar 76 
Tpo-toTHpe 73 
mpoo-AapParw 58 
mpo-éyw 72 
moog ¢. dat. 34 
Gace. 12 
T™poo-ayw 66 
mpovo-eye 78 
mooc-Emov 69 
mpoo-Epyopiat 69 
mpoo-eyw 12 
Tpoo-nkw 54 
mpoobev 30 
mpoo-TiOnpe 74 
mporepoc 67 
mpotepoy 67 





GREEK WORD-LIST. 


moo-rTtOnue 74 
Tpo-Tipaw 58 
mpopacic 29 

mpopvrak 78 


mowtoc 16 
mowTov 16 

mrépvée 22 

muypn 19 

mup 34 

Tw 6 

moc 4 


pacrog 10 
pedvpia 45 
pytrwp 26 
pirrw 59. 63 
pove 12 
popn 16 
pwovyepe 80 


aadmiyKty¢ 17 
oadmyé 17 
cadtilw 17. 59 
sagne 40 
onpaivw 59. 68 
onpecoy 36 
ofevoc 27 
atyn 18 
aionpog 6 
atnpoug 13 
airiov 10 
oiroc 4. 34 
oxéAoc 34 
oKéTTopat 59 
oxnatpov 4 
okoTéew 9D 
oxo7roe 76 
akwnTw 69 
sogia 8 

sodoc 6 
oretow 20, 68 
omevow 60 
orevow 40. 60 
orad.oyv 10, 34 
oTé\Aw 59, 68 
orevoc 13 
orépvov 16 





orépavoc 31 
oTrepavow 57 
orparea 29 
oTparevpa 21 
orparevw 16. 48 
orparnyoc 5 
orparia 8 
oTparwrne 11 


orparomedevopar Bl. 


48 
orparoredoy 3 
oTparog 5 
aTpégw 63 
ovy-ylyvopar 26 
suy-ypageve 31 
avy-ypagw 17 
suy-Kartw 71 
oby-Keyrar 74 
aud-AEyw 16 
sup-Bovreiw 40 
abppaxyoc 15 
ovup-pryvupe 80 
oup-mnHyvupe 80 
oup-Topevopiat 18 
oup-mpaTTw 32 
suv 9 
ouv-adXatTw 66 
suv-diwKw 76 
ovv- epee 37 
ouv-epxopat 67 
ouv-yOopar 69 
ouv-TiOnpue 74 
ouptyé 17 
cupicw 17 
av-oTparevomat 52 
ogdddw 27. 59. 68 
ogattrw 32. 59. 63 
opevdodvn 9 
opodpa 30 
oxedoy 1d 
oxyo\n 67 
oplw 26, 59. 60 
owpa 21 
owe 19 
owTnp 22 
swrnpia 78 
swhpocvyn 37 


! 
| 
) 





cwdowy 37 


TaX\ayrov 3 
raéic 29 
TapaTTw 59. 63 
ratTw 59, 63 
raupoc 4 
rauTy 46 
rapog 12 
rag¢poc 12 
Taxoc 36 
Taxve 36 

ré 19 

ré kai 19 
Tetvw 59. 68 
retyog 25 
TeXevTaw 53 


_redeuTn 40 








redéw 71 
réXoc 26 
réuvw 10. 59 
réeTrapec 41 
réraptog 19 
rexyn 29 
THpEpoy 11 
TiOnpu 74 
rikTw 18 

mt | 


Ti 8 


Tipaw 53 
Tip 13 
Tipwpeopar 5d 
Tipwpid 67 
tic 45 

ric 45 
TiTpwoKkw 21 
Totwuv 49 
To\paw 53 
Tropa 13 
rogevpa 21 
rofevw 21. 48 
Toéov 2 
rogorne 11 
ro7roc 10 
Tpameca 10 
Tpavpa 21 
rpayve 36 


Tpetc 34 
TpeTW 9, 63 
Tpe~w 63 
Tpiakovra 18 
Tpiag 18 
Tpijpng 26 
Tpic 3d 
TpwWPodov 7d 
TpvTratov 3. 
Tooto¢e 13 
Tuyxavw 30, 59 
Tupavvetw 52 
Tupavvic 18 
TUpavvog 3 
Toxn 9 


UBpuc 48 
vylea 28 
vyine 27 
vdwp 34 
vive 11 
UN 10 
Ur-akovw 24 
vrép 16 
vmép-Keyar 74 
UT-urxveopar 59 
Umvoc 2 
vmod c. gen. 15 

c, dat. 31. 38 
vmTociyioy 34 
vmo-pévw 39 
vorEpatoc 66 


“Ayapépvov 31 
"AOnva 22 
"AOnvat 15 
"A@nvatoc 6 
"ABH yn-Gev 35 
"AOnyn-ou 37 
“AOwe 68 
Aiyiva 74 
Alyurroc, 4 12 
Atyu7Toc, 0 23 
“Avdne 34 
AlBioy 17 








‘GREEK WORD-LIST. 


Vorepoc 11 
borepov 11 

vdnr0oe 9 

vPog 25 


gaivw 8. 59. 68 
paray§ 17 
paveooc 76 
pappakoy 33 
pepw 1 

gebyw 1. 59, 63 
gnpt 78 

gOdvu 59. 79 
H00vew 5d 
pOvvoc 60 
drrapyupia 13 
prrapyupog 13 
piréw 5d 
piria 8 

pirukog 53 
pirtvoc 6 
prroxivovvoc 13 
prropabync 38 
prro7roAEpog 13 
duiorrovia 17 
pirorrovoc 13 
pitoc 2 
prrocogia 8 
puidcogpoc 8 
puroripia 49 
piroripoc 13 


Proper 


Alipwy 22 
Alveiac 33 
AtoXoe 72 
Atoytiroe 15 
Aisw7oc 17 
‘ANéEavdpoc 24 
"ArkeyBiadyne 87 
“Adve 49 
"Arrv\Awy 19 
"Amrod\Awrt0c 20 
"Apyovatrng 33 
"Apyw 33 


poBéopat 55 
poBEepoe 26 
poBoc 6 
govet¢ 31 
popprys 17 
poppicw 17 
g~opriov 36 
ppacw 59. 60 
ppovew 5d 
ppovuocg 36 
ppoupa 65 
pvyac 18 
puyn 9 
gpuiakiy 65 
purag 17 
gvdatrw 17. 59. 63 
pvote 37 
puw 79 
pwn 22 
~we 22 


yarerraivw 50. 68 
yarerrog 6 
yarkocg 80 
yarkoue 13 
xapic 18 

yeyrwy 19 

yelp 34 

yertowy 19 
xirwy 19 








Xuwy 19 


Names. 


‘Aptorayopa¢ 73 
"AptororéAne 26 
"Apiwy 19 
"Apkac 18 
“Apragépenc 16 
“Apreuic 18 
"Aprepota 79 
"Acta 13 
‘Acovpia 12 
"Aotuayne 49 
"Aroooa 13 
"ArpeiOne 31 








141 


xpdopar 54 
xen 54 
xenpa 21 
Xenoto¢e 6 
xonororne 18 
xpovoc 2 
xpva0c O 
xpvoove 13 
ywpa 9 
Xwpew 58 
xwptoy 18 


Wevdneg 27 
PetvOomar 60 
WypiZopat 53, 60 
Wnooc 74 

Poxn 30 


w 4 

woe 30 

woe 17 
wpoTyne 18 
wpa 8 

we 9 

we ¢c. num, 30 
we prepos, 52 
we ¢. superl. 46 
worep 12 
Wore 16 
woberew 5d 
wpéedipoc 36 


"Arpeve 31 
"Arricn 18. 
"Agdpodiry 13 
"AyrXedc 31 


BaBvrov 21 
BaBudwria 16 
BrXAoc 23 
Bitrwy 70 
Biwy 43 

Bow 7ria 18 
Bopédg 56 


142 


Boukégadoc 58 
Bulayvriov 67 


Aavadbe 23 
Aedpoi 19 
Anrog 12 
Anpytnp 23 
Anpocorog 17 
AnpooBevng 26 
Atdw 33 
Avoyevne 69 
Apakwy 20 


siAwe 18 
"ExBarava 41 
‘EXévn 31 
’EXevoic 19 
“EdXAag 18 
“EXAny 19 
"EXAnviKoe 9 
“EAAnVic 45 
"Exapevovode 66 
‘Epping 17 
"EptpavOoc 18 
EvZervoc 33 
Evptidne 36 
Etpwrn 11 


Leve 34 
“Zepupoe 56 


"HXetoce 19 
"Hire 19 
"Hoa 22 
‘Hpvdorog 3 
‘Hotodoc 18 


OguarokAne 26 
OrppomrvudAat 23 
Oepaitne 39 
Verradoc 31 
OnBaZe 35 
OnBar 22 








GREEK WORD-LIST. 


OnBatog 22 
Onoevc 31 
BovKrvdioyng 21 
Opag 67 
OvacbpPovroc 18 


‘Tdowy 20 
*Idcag 18 
“IXtoy 31 
"TAAdproe 58 
“Immapyoc 3 
‘Immiac 52 
“Iptc 18 
‘Iradia 19 
"lwvec 73 


Kadpeta 65 
Kaduyo 33 
KipBepoc 34 
KAtopueg 70 
Koryic 33 
KoAxoe 33 
KopivOo¢ 41 
Kpéwy 22 
Kpiride 37 
Kpotooc 7 
Kirhwy 17 
Kupoc 4 


AakeCayoviog 7 
Aewvidne 39 
Anrw 33 

Avdia 16 

Avdoc 7 
AvkaByrroc 74 
Avkovupyog 74 


Makedovia 58 
Makedwy 65 

Mayvriveta 74 
Mapadwy 19 
Mapodmoc 68 





Méyapa 35 
Méyapade 35 
Mévavopog 10 
Myceca 33 
Mydia 25 
Mpcooe 6 
Miadriadne 26 
Moyyprootyvy 2d 
Morpa 10 
Movoa 10 


NetAoc 12 
Noroc 56 


Zarvbiac 73 
Zevopwv 21 
BépEnc 11 


’OCtiooaa 17 
’Ocvacetic 31 
Oidtrove 22 

‘OdvpTria 19 
"“Odvprog 19 
“Opnpog 13 

‘Opéarne 63 

Ouric 64 


Ilay 22 
Ilavikoe 22 
TapQeviy 42 
IIapog 12 
Ilecciorparog 7 


IleXorovynotakde 16 


IleXomOvvyao¢ 19 
TlepexAne 26 
Ilepoepovn 9 
Ilepouxa 68 
TInAreidne 31 
IInXevg 31 
Ilivéapoc 66 
Iliotdar 29 
TlAarwy 26 


TIXotrapxoc 41 
Tloddg@npoc 64 
Ilocecwy 22 
Iloretcata 58 
piapog 31 


‘Psa 28 
‘Podtoc 20 


Yarapic 19 


Yapuoe 77 
Largw 33 
Laplee 29 
Yicedia 19 
YKvOne 11 
YoAwy 20 
Yovea 41 
LogokAne 26 
Lrapryn 18 
Lrapriarne 13 


Tipoe 30 

| Soiye 22 
LwKparne 26 
LYwopovisKkocg 37 





Tatvapov 19 
Teyea 63 
TéAXoe 70 
Tiypne 34 
Tpota 31 
Tpwikog 20 





‘Yoraomne 16 


| PiAummoc 45 
— Poumg 17 


| @bd} 18 


Xaipwvera 60 
Xapireg 18 
ioe 12 
Xpvone 31 





ENGLISH WORD-LIES Tf. 


(The Figure indicates the Vocabulary in which the Word is found, 


abandon 76 

abide by 74 

ability 29 

able (adj.) 6, 26 

able, be 77 

about (prep.) 3. 16. 
34. 52 

about (adv.) 15. 30 

about, be -— to 72 

above 16 

absent, be 32 

abstain 25 

abundance 78 

abundant 63 

accompany 18 

accomplish 38 

accordance, in —with 
16 

account (s.) 2 

account, on — of 16. 
43 

accuse 53 

acquainted with 33 

acquire 58 

across 7 

act (s.) 21 

adapted 43 

add to 74 

addition, in — to 34 

aiklress (v.) 69 

adjacent, be 74 

admirable 19 

admire 23 

admit 55 

advance (v.) 15, 74 

ativise 40 

affair 21 

after (prep.) 9. (16) 

again 11. 29, 34 





s.= substantive; v.= verb. 


against 7. 12 


ago, long 6 
agree with 55 
agreeable 36 
agreement, make 74 
aid (s.) 68 

ah (Os) soo 

aid, bear 57 

all 24. 41 

allow 53 

ally 15 

alone 8 

along (prep.) 50 
already 11 

also 1 

although 31 
always 6, 37 
ambassadors 66 
ambition 49 
ambitious 13 
ammunition 25 
among 2 
ancestral 52 
ancient dl 

and 1. 2 

anger 7. 31 
angry, make, be 60 
animal 80 
annihilate 67 
announce 1 
another’s 32 
answer (v.) 68 
ant 17 
anticipate 59 
anything 8 
appearance 30 
apply 12 
appoint 73. 80 
approach (v.) 69 





approve 55 
archon 20 

are 6 

armed 20 
arms, in 20 
army 9, 8 21 
arrange d9 
arrive 59 
arrow 21 

art 29 

as. 9 

as far as 34 

as long as 54 
ascend 29 
ascent 29 
ashamed, be 59 
ask (question) 53 
ass 17 
assembly 20 


sey 


associate with 26, 37. 


80 
at 23. 34 


attack (v.) 16. 22. 50. 


74 
attempt (v.) 55 
attention 12 

~ spay, 2 
avenge oneself 68 
await 39, 72 
away 10 

«5 De 25.32 


back 11 
bad 6 
badness 8 
bar (s.) 64 
barbarian 3 
bare 18 
base 37 





bass 36 
battalion 29 
battle 9 

une ate 27529 
be, to 4. 78 
be with 37 
bear (v.) 1 
beast, wild 22 
beast of burden 34 
beaten, be 53 
beautiful 6 
beauty 55 
because 10, 38 
become 15 
becoming, be 54 
before 10. 67 

“  (conj.) 58 
beg (request) 56 
beget, 18 
begin 7 
beginning 10 
behalf, in — of 16 
believe 5 
below 16 
bend (v.) 59 
benefit (v.) 55 
beside 30 
besiege 66 
betray 75 
betrayer 75 
beyond 16, 10. 22 
bind 56 
bird 18 
birth 25 : 
blame, to (adj.) 33 
blame (v.) 53 
blot out 67 
blow (v.) 56 
blow trumpet 17 


144 


boat 4 

body 21 

body, dead 22 

bold 36 

book 12 

born, be 15 

both 25 

both. 

bow 2 

bow, shoot 21 

bowman I1 

boxing 19 

boy 22 

brave 6, 24 

bravery 46 

bread 10 

break (v.) 80 

breast 16 

breastplate 17 

breathe 56 

brick 12 

bridge 10 
(a) 80 

brief 36 

bring 1 

bring away 59 

bring forth 18 

bring news 1 

bring to light 8 

broad 36 

bronze 80 

bronze, of 13 

brother 5 

bull 4 

burden 36 

burial 12 

burn (v.) 15. 77 

burn up 49 

bury 59 

business 29 

but 1. 2 

buy 77 

by (of agent) 15 

*  (loeal) 30 

“ =apud 32 


. and 18, 19 


call (v.) 65 

call together 71 
camp 3 

campaign 29 
campaign, go on 16 
Cannel 27 

candor 28 

capture (v.) 58 
captured, be 59 





ENGLISH WORD.-LIST. 


care (v.) 25 
care, take — of 5d 
careless, be 55 
carry 59 
carry across 37 
carry apart 38 
carry away 12. 31 
carry round 44 
cast (vote) 74 
catch in act 72 
catch sight of 76 
cause (v.) 4 

“ (s.) 8 
causing 33 
cavalry 29 
cave 64 
cease, (make —) 48 
certain 46 
certainly 24, 58 
chance (s.) 9 
chance on 30. 34 
change (v.) 59 
character 13 
charge (v.) 53 
chariot 21 
chase (v.) 10 
chase, help 76 
cheat 53 
child 22 
chiton 19 
choose 13, 67 
citadel 42 
cithern 17 
citizen 52 
citizenship 41 
city 29 
clad, lightly 18 
claim (v.) 57 
clear (adj.) 40 
clever 6 < 
cliff 15 
cloak 13 
close (v.) 48 
clothe 80 
clothing 19 
cock 19 
collect (v.) 16, 18 
colony 36 
come 15 
come down 18 
come to 54. 69 
come together 67 
come upon in act 72 
come, have 31 
command (v.) 55 





compel 16 
competent 6 
compose 74 
compose history 17 
conceal 15 
confess 55 
confuse 59 
confute 63 
congratulate 69 
conquer 93. 55 
consent. (s.) 80 
consider 39. 59. 74 
consist 74 
constitution 41 
constraint 9 
contain 58 
contend 19, 59, 60 
contest (s.) 19 
continue 37 
contrary to 50 
contrivance 10 
control (s,) 25 
control (of self) 28 

Seo ee) OE 
control, in — of 27 
converse 16 
convict 63 
convicted, be 59 
co-operate 32 
convoke 71 
corps 29 
correct (adj.) 45 
corrupt (v.) 40. 
council 20 
counsel 20 

“c (v.) 40 
countless 7. 13 
country 5 
courage 7 
course, in — of 16 
cover (v.) 12 
cow 32 
cowardice 8 
cowardly 6, 13, 37 
crest 16 
cross (v.) 25 
crossing, a 8 
cross-question (v.) 63 
crow (s.) 17 
crown 31 

ee aANG Ok 
cruel 17 
cruelty 18 
cry out 53 
cubit 30 





cunning 17 
custom 2 

cut (v.) 10. 59 
cut down 66 
cut out 64 


danger 3 
danger-loving 13 
dangerous 13 
dare (v.) 53 
daring 13 
daring, without 13 
daughter 23 
day 8 
day, some- 16 
dead body 22 
death 3 
death, put to 59 
deathless 13 
deceit 17 
deceive 53, 60 
deed 2, 21 
deem right 57 
deep 36 
deer 18 
defeat 15 
defeated, be 53 
defend oneself 68 
dejected 40 
delay (s.) 10 
deliberate 39 
deliver 34, 75 
democracy 41 
depart 32 
depth 25 
descend 33 
descent 29 
descry 76 
desert (v.) 76 
deserving 6 
desire (s.)° 49 

ee 6.) 0) 
despair 8 
despair, be in 56 
despatch (v.) 68 
destroy 1, 45, 59 
devise 39 
dialogue 35 
die 23. 53 
differ from 38 
difficult 6 
dig 59 
dig out 64 
dinner 4 
direction, in — of 21 


disband 76 
discouragement 8 
discoverer 17 
disease 12 
disembark 32 
disgrace (v.) 68 
dishonor (v.) 53 
dishonored, -able 63 
dismiss 76 
disobey 55 
dispirited 40 
display (v.) 70 
dispose 74 
disposed, be 74 
dissolve 24 
dissuade 72 
distant, be 25 
distinet 40 
distinguish 13 
distinguished 17, 23 
distress (s.) 2 
distrust (v.) 55 
disturb 59 

ditch 12 
divination 49 
diviner 29 
divinity, a 30 

do 11. 55 

dog 34 

doing, a 29 
dolphin 19 
domination 25 
door 8 

double 13 

down (prep.) 12 
down along 15 
down (wards) 16 
drachma 42 
dragon 20 
draught-animal 34 
draw 23 

draw up in line 59 
dread (v.) 55 
dreadful 6 

dress (s.) 19. 34 
drink (v.) 40 
drive 21 

drive out 24, 29 
drive out of senses 65 
drug 33 

during “10 


dwell 60 


each 40 
each other 23 
10 





ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


eager 13 
eager to learn 38 
earlier 67 
earth 12, (2) 
earthen 12 
easy 10 
eat 22 
echo 33 
educate 38 
education 41 
eel 30 
effect (v.) 38 
eight 10 
either... or 34 
elect 67 
elsewhere 35 
elsewhither 35 
embark 33 
emerge 79 
empty (v.) 22 
encamp 31 
encounter 53 
encourage 48 
end (s.) 26. 40 
endeavor (v.) 53 
endure 39. 69 
enemy 6. 8. 36 ° 
enigma 22 
enjoy 54 
enmity 8 
enough 6 
enraged, be 60 
enslave 57 
enter 33 
enter, make- 59 
enterprise 29 
entire 9 
envoys 66 
envy (v.) 5d 
=(S.)-G0 
equal 40 
equip 59 
err 59 
escape (v.) 26. 68 
escort (v.) 4 
especially 19 
establish 73 


established, be 74 


esteem (s.) 13 
esteemed 30 
even (adv.) 1 
even though 31 
evening 8 
every 24 
evident 46. 76 





evil (adj.) 6 
example, for 13 
exceedingly 30 
excel 38 
excellence 29 
except (prep.) 21 
excuse (s.) 29 
exhibit 80 
exhort 48 
exile (s.) 9 
piterge: Vee bo 
expect 57 
expedition 29 
By » go with 
52 
expedition, to make 
16 
expel 24. 29. 73 
experience (v.) 15 
as (s.) 25. 29 
experienced in 53 
expert 37 
explain 36 
extend 71 
extraordinary 22 
eye 64 ° 


fail of 37 
fair 6 
faith, good 29 
faithful 6 
faithless 13 
faithlessness 8 
fall in with 34 
fall upon 16. 50 
false 27 
fame 26 
family 25 
famine 16 
famous 13 
far away 12 
fare (v.) 11 
fasten 80 
father 23 
favor 18 
fear 6 

6" (CN. )5 
fearful 6. 26 
fearless 13 
few 6 
tield 3 
fifty 23 
fight (v.) 15. 60 
fill 77 
finally 26 





145 


find 12 
finder 17 
finish 53. 71 
finish off 60 
fire 34 
first 16 
first, be 7 
fish 30 
fit 43 
five 8 
fix 80 
flee 1 
flight 9 

>. DULtO.9 
flood 12 
flow 12 
flute 17 
follow 40 
following (day) 66 
follows, as 30 


| folly 13 
| fond of war 13 


food 4, 34 
foot 22 
foot, on 29, 34 
foot-soldier 5. 29 
fore 6 
force 16, 29. 30 
Ne) eo 
ford (s.) 8 
foreigner 2 
forest 10 
foretell 72 
forgetful 37 
former 30 
former(ly) 67 
forsake 16 
fortress 18, 25 
fortune 9 
fortune, good 27, 37 
fortunate 27. 37 
se Ue ROD: 
fourth 19 
fox 1% 


SAN) Oe 

freed, be — from 65 
freedom 8 

friend 2 

friendly 6. 13. 53 
friendship 8 

from 2 

from, down 15 
from out of 10 
from (a person) 30 


146 


front, in 30 
front, in — of 10 
fugitive 18 
full 7. 27 
furnish 4. 60 
further (temp.) 8 
sae vied k 
furthest 17 


gain (s,) 55 
games 19 
garrison 65 
gaze (v.) 53 
general (s.) 5 
genus 2) 
get 16. 60 
get back 68 
giant 20 
gift 4 
give 75 
give back 75 
give in return 75 
given over to 75 
glory 26 
go 15 
go away 32 
go forth from 18 
go up 29 
go wrong 37 
goat 22 
god 5 
goddess 8 
going down 29 
going up 29 
gold 5 
golden 13 
good 6 
good, do 55 
goodness 18 
goodwill 13 
government 10, 41 
grace 18 
gracious 27 
graciousness 28 
grain 4, 34 
grant (v.) 75 
gratitude 18 
grave (s.) 12 
great 37 
greave 18 
grief 9. 36 
ground 2 

¢ y (v.) (arms) 74 
grow, make 79 
grudge 60 


ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


| guard (s.) 17, 65 
eed (Po el EF 
| guide (s.) 19 
| gymnasium 37 
habits 13 
hair 80 
half 36 
‘halt, make 73 
hand 34 
hand, on left 34 
hand, on right 34 
hands, at — of 15 
| hang 77 
| happen 30 
| happiness 37 
happy 37 
hard 6 
harm (v.) 59 
harsh 6. 36 
haste, make 40 
hatred 8 
have 1. 54 
he (emphat.) 31 
head 22 
head, set at, be at 73 
headship 10, 73 
healer 5 
health 28 
healthy 27 
hear 15 
hear and obey 24 
heart 7 
heaven 5 
heavy 36 
heavy-armed soldier 
11 

height, a 16 
height 25 
helmet 25 
help (s.) 68 

“  (v.) 55 
help chase 76 
help do 32 
helpful 36 
henceforth 49 
herald 17 
here 15 

5 Deron 
hereditary 52 
hero 33 
herself 29 
hide (s.) 21 
high 9 
highest 16 














hill 16 
hill-top 16 
him 5 
himself 29 
hinder 16 
hire (s.) 5 
historian 31 
history 12 
hold (v.) 1 
(contain) 58 
home, at 35. 72 
POM 30 
homeward 31 
honor (s.) 13 
pie Gan ss 
“before (v.) 58 
=o eine) 
hope (s.) 18 
ae VelLoOo 
f Of £000 37 
hopeful 37 
hoplite 11 
horse 2 
horse, of 29 
horseman 31 
hostile 6. 8, 36 
hour 8 
house 8 
house-slave 11 
how ? 4 
how much? 11 
however 41 
human 25 
hundred 25 
ives 20 
sie 25 
hunger 16 
hunt (v.) 22 
hurl javelin 41 


idly 55 
if 32 
if indeed 38 
ignorance 28 
ignorant 27 
ill 27 
ill-disposed 13 
illiberality 13 
illness 28 
illwill 13 
immortal 13 
impiety 28 
impious 27 
Tara 0 a1) 


impose 74 





impossible 26 
Li 2 

incline, make 59 
incredible 13 
independent 60 
indicate 59 
indifference 45 
industrious 13 
industry 17 
inexperienced 29 
inferior, be 53 
inhabit 66 
injure 59 
injustice 13 
inside of 10 
insolence 48 
inspire 22 
instead of 10 
instrument 2 
insult (s.) 48 
intend 55 

into 2 
introduce 15, 45 
invade 11 
invasion 11 
invisible 27 
involve in 73 
iron 6 

iron, of 18 

is 6 

island 12 
islander 12 
itself 29 


javelin, hurl 41 
jeer (v.) 69 
jest (v.) 22 
join 80 

“ (intr.) 74 
joke (v.) 69 
journey (s.) 12 

a (v.) 15 

judge (v.) 13 
judgment 30 
just (adj.) 37 

“ “(adv.) 38 
just as 12 
just now 58 
justice 10. 80 


keen 36 

keep 63 

kind (s.) 25 
kinds, all — of 25 
king 31 


king, be 1 - l 
kingdom 38 
kingly 38 
knee 34 
knife 10 
kinght 31 
knock out 64 
know 11. 78 
“how (7 
known 17 


labor (v.) 55 
lack (s.) 13 
+6 )06 
land, native 18 
land, by 34 
large 37 
lash (s,) 23. (v.) 50 
last 17 
last, at 26 
lately 23 
later 11 | 
law 2 
lawsuit 10 | 
lay waste 49 | 
laziness 48 | 
lead (v.) 1 
“against or to 66 
“away 12 
“down or back 52 
“ forward 74 
ain <ls 
“ round 70 
leader 19, 20 
eo 3 DeLoo: 
leadership 73 
learn 8, 59 
“by heart: 31 
“thoroughly 70 
learner 11 
least, at 24, 58 
leather, of 34 
leave 16 
‘* behind 35 
left, on — hand 34 
left 49 
leg 34 
leisure 67 
length 25 
let (allow) 53 
let fly or go 76 
let for hire 57 
levy (v.) 16 
liar 27 








libation, pour 60 


ENGLISH WORD.LIST. 


liberate 57 

lie (v.) 60 

* (be situated) 74 

“ above 74 

life 2, 21, 30 

light (adj.) 21 
Se ACS ae 

light - armed soldier 

11. 18 

like (v.) 17. (adj.) 57 

likely 64 

line, in — of 12(=16) 
“ of battle 17. 29 


live 54 


load (s.) 36 


“loaf (s.) 10 


lock up 48 
lofty 9 
long 7 
* agoub 
long, as —— as 54 
longer, no 21 
look (s.) 30 
“after 55 
o> fat53<i09 
loose 1 


| lose 67 


loss, ata 13 


1 lot 20 


love (s.) 18. (v.) 5d 


love of money 13 
loyalty 29 
‘luck 9 


lying 27 
lyre 17 


mad, be 59 
madness 37 


maiden 12 
make 55, 60. 74 


malicious 13 
man 3, 23 
man, old 20 
manage 74 
mania 37 
manly 24 
manner 13 
many 7 
many times 3 
marble 12 
march (y.) 21. 58 
‘* forth 24 
mark (s.) 76 
market-place 8 
master 11 





master, be 55 

ae ORs 
mastery 28 
matter 21 
meal 4 
means 10, 29 

without 13 
measure, in 49 
meditate 55 
meet (v.) 53 
memory 15 

“) & OF COOL On 
message 17 
messenger 3 
might 25 
mighty 30 
military 29 
mind (s.) 12 
mindful 37 
mingle 80 
misfortune 28 
miss (v.) 37 
missile 25 
mistake, make 
mistrust (s.) 8 
mix 80 
moderate (adj.) 49 
monarchy 41 
money 3, 21 
money-loving 13 
month 35 
mortal 80 
most 19 
mother 23 
mount (v.) 29 
mountain 25 
mourning 36 
much 9. (adv.) 40 
multitude 30 
murderer 31 
music 17 
musical 19 
musician 19 
myriad (adj.) 7. (s.) 18 
mysteries 19 
myth 10 


ot 





naked 18 
name (s.) 21 

B® SC ¥)02 160 
narrate 60 
narrow 13 
nation 25 
native land 18 
nature 37 





147 


naval 39 
near 19, 34 
nearly 15 
necessary 63 
necessity 9 
need (v.) 5. 56 

‘¢ , there is 54 
neither... nor 30 
negligent, be 55 


| nerve 21 


nevertheless 33 

new 6 

news 17 

night 22 

nine 10 

nor 4 

not | 

nothing 1 

notice, escape 59 

nourish 63 

now (temp.) 5. 11 
*  (transit.) 4, 38 
bears fi opt 

number (s.) 11. 30 

numberless 13 

nymph 18 


O 4 
oar 12 
oath 34 
obey 15 
oblivion 9 
obol, 3-ob, piece 75 
obscurity 28 
obtain 30 
occasion 50 
offer (v.) 75 
often 3 
old 7. 31 
old, of 6 
old man 20 
oligarchy 41 
olympiad 42 
on 21, 23, 34 A 
once (on a time) 16 

Coe a Celtb es 1s 
only 8 
open (adj.) 76 
opinion 10 

‘¢ , reasoned 30 

opportunity 55 
oppose 16, 57 
opposite 36 
or 34 
oracle 49 


148 


orator 26 

order (s,) 29. 34 
re Neal: 
“yin —that 29 

ornament 34 

other 41 

other, each 23 

out of 2. 10 

outcry 9 

outpost 78 

outside of 10, 22 

over 16 

overbold 36 

overrun 67 

overthrow (v.) 27 

owing to 16 

owl 22 

own, one’s 6 

ox 32 


paean, sing 17 
pain (s.) 9 
painful 6 
palace 4] 
papyrus 12 
ia OLED 
paragraph 30 
parent 31 
part (s.) 25 
pass (s.) 39 
pass time 37 
passable 34 
past (prep.) 50 
pay (s.) 5 
a Ve) hie 20 
pay attention 12 
peace 9 
pebble 74 
pelt (v.) 1 
peltast 11 
penalty 10 
people 4. 25 
people’s 6 
perceive 11, 59 
perhaps 40 
perish 59. 80 
permit (v.) 34, 53. 76 
permitted, it is 15 
perplexed 13 
s , be 56 

perplexity 13 
person 21 
persuade 15 
phalanx 17 
philosopher 8 








ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


phorminx 17 
i , play 17 
physician 5 
pick out 20 
picket 78 
piety 28 
plous 27 
“be 55 
pipe, Pan's 17 
+. play le 
place (region) 9 
“: (spot)-F0, 18 
foe (aR 
“take 15 
plain (s.) 2 
“ (adj.) 40. 46. 76 
 , make 57 


plan (s.) 30. (v.) 39 
| play (v.) 22 


«pipes 17 
*  phorminx 17 
pleasant 36 
pleased, be 17 
pleasure 9 
pledge (s.) 29 
plethron 25 
plot against 41 
plunder (v.) 49 
oi takesas. Be 
poet 31 
point (v.) 59 
poison 33 
ponder 59 
populace 4 
possession, have 67 
we (s.) 71 
possible 26 
=<. iseko 
post (v.) 59 
postpone 68 
pour libation 60 
power 29 
ey DAVE. Le 
'&  in—of 23 
“ , under — of 38 
powerful 26 
powerless 26 
praise (v.) 55 
pray 34 
preparation 46 
id ,»make 60 
prepare 60 
prefer 15, 58 
present, be 35 
pretext 29 





prevent 16 
priest 31 
private 6 
private person 11 
prize (s ) 4 
probable 64 
proceed 21. 24 
proclaim 17 
profession 29 
profit (s.) 55 
promise (v.) 59 
property 21 
prophetic 29 
propose 74 
prosperity 37 
prosperous 37 
proud, be 55 
prove 68, 80 
prove to be 15 
provide 4, 60 
provided, be — with 
a) 
province 10 
provisions 10, 43 
prudent 36, 37 
public 6 
pull 23 
punish 54 
pupil 11 
purpose (v.) 7 
pursue 10, 22 
put 74 
put off (= lay aside) 
( 


put on 74 

put on (clothes) 79 
put through 38 
put together 74 


queen 13 
question (v.) 53 
quick 36 

quiet 8 

quit 16. 18 
quite 45 


race, tribe 25 
rage (s.) 27 
raise 71 
rascal 13 
rascality 13 
rash 36 
raven 17 
reach 59 
read 2d 





readiness 13 
ready 13. 24 
rear (v.) 63 
rear of army 22 
reason, cause 8 
“ , by — of 16 
recall, remind 59 
receive 16, 63 
“in succession 
38 
receive in turn 65 
recognize 11 
reconcile 66 
recover 68 
reflect 55 
regard as (v.) 74 
region 9 
all =101tel © 
relate 60 
release (v.) 63 
rely on 4 
remain 7 
ee AT a 
remaining 49 
remembrance 15 
remind 59 
remove 65 
render 74. 75 
report (s.) 26 
reputation 10 
repute, in 13 
request (v ) 57 
research 12 
resource 8 
responsible 33 
restore (exile) 52 
retail-dealer 13 
retreat (v.) 59 
return (v., of exile) 18 
revolt, (make —) 73 
rich: 7 
“ , be —in 55 
rid, get — of 65 
ride (v.) 21 
right (s.) 10 
“  (adj.) 37. 45 
“ here 46 
on’ — hand 34 
rise, (make —) 73 
river 7 
road 12 
rob 60 
rock 15 
room, make 58 
rough 36 


royal 38, 41 
royalty 38 
rule (v.) 7. 55 
ruler 20 

run away 79 
run off 72 
running, a 19 
run risk 48 
rush (v.) 76 


sacred 12° 
sacrifice (s.) 8. 19 
ue (wot 

safe 27 
safe and sound 19 
safety 28. 78 
sail (v.) 56 
“across. 73 

“ away 956 

“ round 68 
sailing, a 12 
sailor 33 
sake, for — of 43 
salvation 78 
same 43 
sanctuary 12. 19 
satisfaction 10 
savage 6 
save 26 
saviour 22 
say 1. 78 
scatter 20 
sceptre 4 
sea 12. (33) 
season 8 
season, right — 55 
seat oneself 22 
seated, be 78 
second 12 
secondly 36 
secure (adj.) 27 
security 28 
see 54 
seek 58 
seem 5d 
seer 29 

“ , of a— 29 
seize 32, 58 
select 20 
self 43 
self-governed 60 
senate 20 
send 4 
send for 3d 
sense 12 


ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


sense, without 13 
sensible 36 
serve as soldier 16 
set down 73 
set right 57 
set upon (intr.) 74 
seven 6 
seventy 37 
severe 36 
shame (v.) 59 
shameful 37 
share (s.) 25 
sharp 36 
sheep 64 
‘shield (s.) 18 
shield, small 9 
shining 23 
ship 32 
shoot 76 
shoot bow 21 
shop-keeper 13 
short 36 
shot, a 9 
shout (v.) 53 
show (v.) 8. 57, 59. 68 
shut (v.) 48 
sickness 12 
side, other — of 7 
sign (s.) 36 

. , to give 59 
silence 13 
silly 13. 37 
silver 3 
silver, of 13 
similar 57 
simple 13 
since 5 
sinew 21 
sing paean 17 
single 13 
sink, (make —) 59 
situated, be 74 
Six -120. 
six hundred 
sixty 15 
| size 25 
| skilful 37 
| skin 21 
slander (v.) 46 
slave 4 
| Slave, house- 11 
slave, be 8 
slavery 67 
slavish 13 


i slay 66 


25 





| 
| 
| 





sleep (s.) 2 

oes EVe) 20 
sling (s.) 9 
slow 36 
small 6 
snatch 32 
snow 19 
so (inferent.) 4 
so that (conj.) 16 
sober-minded 37 
soldier 11 
solve 1 
some 78 
some one 45 
something 8 
sometimes 56 
son 11 
sorrow 9 
soul 30 
sound (s.) 22 

“  (adj.) 27 
source 12 
sow (v.) 20 
speak 1 
speak truth 41 
spear 9, 34 
speech 2 
speed 36 
spend (time, life) 37 
spirit 7, 27 
spite (s.) 60 
splendid 23 
spoil (v.) 45 


spot 10 
| spring (s.) 12 


“« (Season) 22 
stadium 10. 34 
stake (s.) 64 
stand, (make —) 73 
stand firm under 39 
standard 36 
start, get — of 59 
state (s.) 29 
station (v.) 59. 73 
stay (s.) 10. (v.) 7 
steal 59 
step (v.) 59 
still (conj.) 41 
stint, without 63 
stone 2 
stone, of 6 
storm 19 
story 10 
straight 45 
straighten 57 





149 


straightway 18 
stranger 2 
stream 12 
strength 16, 27. 30 
strengthen 80 
stretch 59 

ae outa 

Ss epee 
strife 18 
strike 59 
strive 59 
strong 30 
strong, be 80 
subdue 69 
subjugate 65 
submit 24 
succeed to 65 
suffer 15 
suffering 25 
suitable 43 
summer 25 
summit 16 
sun 3 
superfluous 22 
suppose 21 
surely 41 
surpass 38 
suspended, be 77 
swallow (s.) 19 
swear 71. 80 
sweet 36 
swift 36 


-| swiftness 36 


sword 25 


table 10 
tail 22 
take 16. 58 

“ away 60 

“ beforehand 58 
tale 2 
talent 3 
target 76 
teach 36 
teacher 11 
tell 1, 59 
temperament 31 
temperance 37 
temperate 37 
temple 12. 42 
ten 3 
ten thousand 16 
test (s.) 29 
than 38 
thanks 18 


150 


ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


thanks to (prep.) 16 | triad 18 


that (pron.) 31 

& (con). t 

“* , in order 29 
them 5 


| 


trial 19. 29 
tribe 25 
trick 17 
trip up 27 


then (inferent.) 4. 45, | trireme 26 


49 
then (temp.) 15 


trophy 3 
trouble 2, 21 


(transit.) 36, 38. | true 27 


49 
thence 35 
there 15. 16 
therefore 45, 49 
thing 21 
think 5. 21, 55 
think (thoughts) 55 
thirty 18 
this (pron. and adj.) 
43 
thither 35 
thoughtful 36 
thousand, six 39 
three 34 
thrice 35 
through (prep.) 15 
throw (v.) 1. 27. 59 
ee -tntowdh 
Moai 2p 
“ oneself on 22 
throwing, a 9 
thus (as follows) 30 
oe A6 
till (v.) 16 
time 2 
“ ,at same 40 
“ ,in—of 21 
“ (point of —) 8 
“ right 55 
to 2. 12, 52 
to-day 11 
together 40 
toil 2 
toil at 55 
token 56 
tomb 12 
tongue 10 
tooth 20 
top, on — of 23 
towards 12 
trade (s.) 29 
traitor 75 
transgress 75 
treat (v.) 54 
treaty, make 60 
tree’ Z 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


} 





“trumpet 17 


St Ler LON Le, 
trumpeter 17 
trust (s.) 29 

“  (v.) 4 


trusty 6 


truth 28 
“ speak 41 
try 53 
tube 17 
tunic 19 
turn (s.) 13 
We UCM) 9E00 
aside (trs) #2 
oe AN-29 
“ out, result, 32 
“ over to 34 
twenty Il 
twist (v.) 63 
two 34 
tyranny 18 
tyrant 3 
sto “as be (oe 


ugly 37 
unable 26 


| upon 7. 15 
up(wards) 16 
urge | 

use (s ) 34 

ce (8) Oe 
useful 6. 36 
usefulness 18 
useless 13 
utmost 17 


vainly 55 
value (v.) 53 
vengeance 67 

rf , take 5d 
venture (v.) 53 
verily 35 41. 43 
very 30. 38. 40. 45 
victim (sacrificial) 49 
victor, be 43 
| victory 11 
village 10 
vine 12 
vinegar 36 
violence 8 
violent 8 
virtue 29 
| voice 22 
voluntary 37 
vote (s.) 74 
pee Oe) 53 
vow to 34 


| voyage 12 





waggon 10 
waiting, a 10 


unacquainted with 29° wall 25 


under 15. 31 

* power of 38 
undertake 55 
unfortunate 27 

“ , be 55 

ungrudging 63 
unjust 13 
unknown 27 
unlearned 27 
unloose 24 
unmixed 80 
unserviceable 13 
until 34. 54. 58 


untrustworthy 13 


unwilling(ly) 37 
unworthy 13 
unyoke 24 

up 12 

up to 34 


war 3 

war, of 29 

war, carry on 16 
war, fond of 13 
~ward off 68 
warn 72 

was 2 

watch (v.) 17 
watcher 17 
watching, a 69 
water 35+ 

way, road 12 
way, method 29 
way, by this 46 
ways, manner 13 
weak 27 

| weakness 28 

/ wealth 4 


| 
| weapon 2 








weight 36 
well (adv.) 11 
well-disposed 13. 27 
were 2 
what ? 1 
when 5, 38 
whence? 35 
where? 15 
where from? 35 
wherefore 60 
whip 23 
while 54 
who? what? 45 
whoever 45) 
whole 9. 24 
wholly 45, 80 
wicked 13 
wickedness 8 
width 25 
wife 34 
wild 6 
wild beast 22 
will (v.) 7 
willing(ly) 37 
win 31 
wind 40 
wine 4 
wine, sour 36 
wine-cask 69 
wine-skin 72 
wing 22 
winter 19 
wisdom 8 
wise 6 
wish (v.) 15 
with, in company 9 
“(of relation) 12 
Gt Una 
“ be 26 
withdraw 12. 55. 58 
within 72 
without & 
withstand 57 
witless 37 
wolf 2 
woman 34 
wonder (v.) 23 
wonderful 19 
wood 2 
(forest) 10 
wooden 6 
word 2 
work (s.) 2. (v.) 16 
worsted, be 53 
worthless 6 


io 


worthlessness 8 
worthy 6 

worthy, deem 57 
wound (s.) 21 (v.) 21 
wreath 31 
wrestling 19 





ENGLISH WORD-LIST. 


write 1 
write up (history) 17 
wrong (v.) 55 
wrong-doer 13 

6 “ >be 55 





year 5. 25 

yes 16 

yet 6. (temp.) 8 
yield 68 

yoke (v.) 59 


young 6 
youth, a 11 


zeal 13 
zealous 13 


ERENT S220: WGC CLES: 


A FEW suggestions and supplementary notes may perhaps not be taken 
amiss by younger teachers. And first, as regards the Golden Rule for the 
acquirement of any language: Repetition, repetition, repetition. At each 
lesson one or two sections, assigned beforehand and studied, should be re- 
viewed—not necessarily as they stand in the book, indeed better not so. At 
one time merely the words might be called for; at another the ear of the 
student should be trained, the sentences being read with variations in num- 
ber, person, tense, or syntax ; again, Greek questions on the contents of the 
review will be found interesting. But in no matter what form, iteration is 
the essential thing, until words, inflection, and syntax are accurately and 
permanently lodged in the memory. Further, if the teacher will jot down 
after each recitation any matter upon which especial stress has been laid, 
and again and again bring it up, briefly, and in varied form, his pupils will 
show a certain coherence and solidity of progress not otherwise obtainable. 

Secondly, all etymologizing of English words from the Greek has been 
relegated to these pages, not as if unimportant in the author’s estimation (on 
the contrary, he has always found students to be much interested in it), but 
because the scheme of the book did not readily admit its methodical treat- 
ment. The material is here presented, in connection with each vocabulary, 
to be used by the teacher in the way he thinks best. 


Reading and Accents.—It is unnecessary to begin with the names of 
the Greek letters. Their values, which is the main thing, will be readily 
learned, with slight help from the teacher, by guessing out the familiar 
proper names of the first five lines. On the third review, the pupil should 
be able to write them on the blackboard from dictation. 

Throughout the book vowels naturally long are so marked, unless the S$ 1 
length is already obvious from the accent or the presence of ¢ota subscriptum. 
But to require the student to mark these lengths would be, at this stage, 
merely to waste his valuable time. 

1, 12 ‘Do not sit writing’: so phrased to express the durative present im- 
perative, as distinguished from the aorist (or, in prohibitions, aor. subjunc- 
tive). But of course this distinction is not for beginuers, 


154 HINTS TO TEACHERS. 


$2 The terms ‘ paroxytone,’ ‘proparoxytone,’ etc., may be explained by the 
teacher; but since the pupil should perhaps not be burdened with too much 
grammatical machinery, the grammars have not been cited on the matter. 

In Hadley-Allen’s grammar no paroxytone model is given. Choose per- 
haps vopog or Bioe. 

‘Omit Dual’: other matters seeming more important, the dual has been 
altogether omitted from the book. 

]. 5 ‘wédoy’: for justification of this and other poetical words used in the 
book, see the Preface. 

l. 7 ‘tw7zov’: the Trojan horse, of course. 

Vocabulary: etymologize bto-logy, bio-graphy, litho-graph, chronic, chron- 
tele, chrono-logy, alpha-bet, delta, hypno-tize, en-ergy, rhodo-dendron (psdov = 
TOSE). 

1. 6 ‘urging’: the Latin habit of putting the verb regularly at the end 
should be discouraged from the outset. 

Vocabulary; etymology of angel, anthropo-logy, philo-logy, phil-anthropic, 
polemic, deca-logue, deca-gon (ywvid = corner). 
$4. 1.46 ro apytpov mouroc’: ‘the wealth that consists in silver.’ 

1, 7 * The tyrant’s messenger’: the pupil will probably forget, in this first 
instance, one of his articles: ‘the of the tyrant messenger.’ 
Vocabulary: etymology of epi-demic, dem-agogue (aywyn subst. from dyw). 
§5 1.3 ‘da pe’: ‘I must.’ This translation, rather than the common one ‘ it 
is necessary for me,’ will save the pupil from the usual error of writing the 
dative of the person. The dat. may stand after dyayky [tori], but after de 
and yp the accus. only—as subject of the following infinitive. 
1. 14 ‘So he urges’ ceXevec ovv: again the pupil might be encouraged to put 
the verb fearlessly at the head of the sentence rather than last, as in Latin. 
Vocabulary: etymology of Yheo-dore, Phil-adelphia, theo-logy, strategic, 
chrys-anthemum (avOepov = flower), 
$6 The list of words after which éori is accented for (G. 144, 5; H. 480, 3) 
may be remembered by the following rhythm: 
ovK, aA, él, 


$3 


Kal, WC, [),—TOUT’. 

But the pupil need not be burdened with this at present. 

Vocabulary: etymology of theo-sophist, calli-graphy, idiom, hepta-gon 
(ywrvia = corner). 

$'% The accentuation of words may often be remembered by noting points of 

difference and of similarity. Thus: zorapéc, —but wodepoc. 

The pupil may need help in finding the proper place (é\voy) in Goodwin’s 
grammar. 

Vocabulary: etymology of arch-angel, hippo-potamus, epi-logue, epi-gram 
(ypap-pa subst. from ypagw), palaeo-graphy. 


HINTS TO TEACHERS. 15 


Cl 


Point out the usual accentuation of adjectives in -pd¢ (G. 856 ; H. 569, 5) ; S 8 
€. £. &yOpdc, wakpoc, TovNpdc, piKpdc. 

Vocabulary: etymology of mono-graph, mono-logue, mono-lith, mono-theism, 
eph-emeral, Sophia, horo-logue, oeco-nomy (oikoc, otkid). 

Vocabulary: etymology of Irene, hyper-bole, hedonism, logo-machy, helio- §9 
trope, poly-theism, syn-chronism, syn-agogue (aywyn subst. from a&yw). 

The student should invariably use rr (with the orators, Plato, and com- § 10 
edy) for the older Attic oo, as found in the grammars. E. g. @aXarra, yh@rra, 
TparTw. 

Of prime importance to the student are the following rules with respect 
to the singular of the a-declension: 

I. Nominative and accusative agree—1) in their final vowel, 2) in the 
quantity of the final vowel, and hence 3) in their accent, e. g. Moved, Movoar ; 
xwpa, xwpav; Oadrarra, Oadarray ; ayopa, ayopay. 

II. Genitive and dative show the same agreement. E. g. from the nom. 
Movoa, the genit. and dat. are Movonc, Movoy; from @adarra, come Oadarrne, 
Bararry ; from ayopa, Come ayopac, dyopa. 

The prepositions with one case may be taught in a sort of rhythm: 

avri, aro, éx or é&, 7po, 
ty, our, 
ec. 

Vocabulary: etymology of pro-logue, apo-logy, doxo-logy (d0éa = glory), 
topo-graphy, pro-gramme (ypap-pa from ypagw), museum, astro-nomy (acorn = 
star), mon-archy, hept-archy, octa-gon (ywvia = corner), poly-glot, arch-angel, 
archi-tect (rikrwy = carpenter). 

The pupil should note the two signs of masculinity in these substantives § 1] 
of the a- declension, viz. -¢ in the nomin. and -ov in the genit.—both found 
in the o- declension. 

In translating 6 péy. .. 6 dé by ‘the one... the other’, the pupil is led to 
think that 6 here is ‘the’ and péy ‘one’,—true in neither case. The 6 is of 
course the old demonstrative ‘ he,’ and the two he’s are contrasted by péy and 6é. 

Point out the recessive accent in adjectives of material in -wog (G. 852, H. § 12 
566). E. g. ynvoc, BuBduvoe, FvAwoc, AOuvoc. 

Vocabulary: etymology of ¢diot, mathematics (wa9n-pa), arithmetic, eu-logy, 
ev-angelist. 

Vocabulary: etymology of geo-graphy, geo-logy, geo-metry (hétTpov = meas- 
ure), George (Ve-wpytoc = earth-worker, farmer), syn-od, pert-od, meth-od, ex-odus, 
bible, deutero-nomy, epi-taph, ceno-taph (xevic = empty), hier-archy, hiero-glyph 
(yXbow =TI carve), plinth, Parthenon, cath-olic, Pelopon-nesus (WedowW), Cherso- 
nesus (xépoog = main-land), cata-logue, story, apo-calypse, a-gnostic, ana-logous 
(ava, like cara =in the line of ; Noyog = ratio, proportion), ana-lyze (ava in 
composit, often = back, un-), ana-chronism, ana-gram. 


156 HINTS TO TEACHERS. 


§ 13 Note adjectives in -véc,—oxytone (G. 856 ; H. 569, 4). E. 2. oTEVOC, Kavoc, 

Oetvoc. 
Vocabulary: etymology of trope, tropics, helio-trope, Phil-ip. 

§ 14 Vocabulary: etymology of meta-phor (wera in composit. often = change), 
a-theist. 

$15 Vocabulary: etymology of acoustics, crypt, mnemonic, Peter, dia-gnosis 
(cua in composit. often = apart), caustic, holo-caust (bdo), eata-rrh. 

$16 Prepositions with two cases may be remembered by the rhyme: 

UTED, META. 





Gua, Kara, 

Vocabulary: etymology of déa-meter (uétpov), dia-gonal (ywria = corner), 
hyper-bole, dia-logue, el-lipsts, proto-type (rizoc). 

$17 Vocabulary: etymology of syringe, phyluctery (-rhpwr), eschato-logy. 

$18 ‘Dentals’: the pupil should be made to understand why 7, 6, @ may be 
called either linguals (as in the grammars) or dentals (as here). 

Vocabulary: etymology of erotic, patriot (-wrnc), ornitho-logy, ec-lipse, 
choro-graphic (yopoc, xwpa). 

$19 9 n. 38 Néa ‘Yo6pxn is modern Greek, of course—not ancient. 

n. 6 is of course a broad and loose statement on the use of ju) c. infin., but 
is better at this stage than a too precise one. 

Vocabulary: etymology of hegemony (yyeporvia), agony, agonize, ant-agonist 
(aywrornc), hippo-drome. 

20 = The word in Hadley’s paradigm is yépwv. 

Vocabulary: etymology of evotic, ec-lectic, ec-logue, ec-clesiastic. 

S Q1 Vocabulary: etymology of epi-dermis, hypo-dermic, pachy-derm (mayic = 
thick), syn-onym (ovupa for dvopa), an-onymous (av- privative), met-onymy (mera 
in composit. = change), neur-algia (70 ddyoc = pain), neuro-logy. 

§ 22 In Hadley’s grammar use kparnp for Goodwin’s swripp. 

Vocabulary: etymology of anti-podes, poly-pus, sym-phony, unti-phonal, 
ped-agogue (aywyn from ayw), phos-phorous, photo-graph, phono-graph, eu-phony, 
tele-phone (rnrke =far), panic, a-cephalous, en-cephalon (= brain). 

§ 23 = In accentuation, note pyrnp (on first syllable), warjp (on last), Ovyarnp (in 
the middle) 


Lhe 


pyTnp marnp 
Ouyarnp 
‘The happy (Aryan) family.” Further, avip, properly enough, like zazfp. 
Vocabulary: etymology of patronymic. 
$24 ‘Pure Verbs”: in Hadley’s grammar these are called Vowel - Verbs 
($ 809). 
Vocabulary: etymology of pan-theon, pan-theism, pan-oply, dia-pason. 
With yévoc compare the Latin genus, explaining the rhotacism of the latter 
language. 
§ 25 From this point on, the gender and genitive of all substantives in -o¢ should 


HINTS TO THACHERS. 157 


be rigidly required. Otherwise the neuters of the third declension and the 
masculines of the second will be constantly confounded. 

Vocabulary: etymology of bathos, ethnic, cranium, a-pathy, pathetic, 
a-pathetic, anti-pathy, allo-pathy, sym-pathy, patho-logy, hexa-gon (ywvia), gen- 
ests (yéveaic), genealogy (yeved). 

For rpujpn¢ in Hadley’s grammar see § 232. The word edéog in the vocab- § 26 
ulary is poetic. 

Vocabulary : etymology of rhetoric, teleo-logy, sozo-dont. 

1. 8 ‘pévove’ precedes and is detached from o@évocg because emphatic. Both S 24 
words are poetic. 

Vocabulary: pseud-onym, hygiene. 

Adjectives in -ucé¢ give English words in -cc. The student might with § 28 
profit transliterate the following into their Greek originals, even though the 
originals be unknown to him (@é=7,0=w): energetic, optic, éthic, apologetic, 
therapeutic, parégoric, catégoric, hypothetic, caustic, botanic, cathartic, plastic, 
emphatic, tactic, theorétic, critic, mystic, graphic (ypapw to paint), dynamie, 
physic, hydrostatic, etc. H. 565, G. 851. 

n. 2 on wa c. subjunct.: we and brwe as equivalents of tva will not be §$ 29 
used in this book. For justification of this, see the usage of Plato and the 
orators as presented in Goodwin’s Moods and Tenses, p. 898.—For the terms 
‘primary’ and ‘secondary tenses,’ Hadley uses ‘ principal’ and ‘ past.’ 

Vocabulary: dynamic, necro-mancy, practical, syn-tax, tactics, empiric, 
technique, technical, Indiana-polis, Anna-polis, Minnea-polis, Constantino-ple, 
metro-polis, necro-polis, 

1. 5 ‘rapaypagh’ in its modern use (as used here) does not belong to classic § 80 
Greek. 

Vocabulary: ¢chthyo-logy, psycho-logy, para-ble, para-lysis, pan-demonium. 

Vocabulary: archaic, archaeo-logy, Stephen, Basil. 

1. 8 ‘@eac’: only poetic. 

1. 9 ‘et’ c. fut. indic.: the preferred form of condition, when a threat or 
warning is to be conveyed. G. 1405. 

Vocabulary: nausea. 

1.8‘ éyou’: optat. because cedever, an historic present, isequivalent to an aorist. § 33 

Vocabulary: nautical, aero-naut (ano = air), pharmacy. 

1]. 1 ‘vév’: the pupil must find the dé that answers this first pév. 34 

]. 11 ‘dvaBaratc’: of three endings, because a verbal adject. rather than a 
compound adjective. 

]. 17 ‘éu-Badrew’ an imperfect infin. See G. 1285, 1; H. 853 a. 

Vocabulary: hydro-phobia, hydrant, hydr-aulic, pyro-technics, pyre, em- 


7A) 


. 


31 
32 


ZA 


pyrean, tri-pod, chiro-podist, chiro-graphy, cosmetic, cosmogony (Kiopoc = the 
ordered universe). 
, . . @ 
]. 7 ‘péXavac’ separated from its subst. for emphasis. S$ 36 


158 HINTS TO TEACHERS. 


1]. 19 ‘eivac’ imperf. infin. 
Vocabulary: bary-tone (révoc), baro-meter, oxy-tone, brachy-logy, didactic, 
tuchy-graphy, trachea. 
Sor. | 16: again the adject. separated from the noun. 
Vocabulary: mono-mania, physics, physician, physio-logy, physio-gnomy 
(yi-yvw-oKw). 
S38 1. 6 ‘det’: ‘are to,’ ‘may.’ 
1, 12 ‘ra ig Tov worEMOY Epya’ = Ta TOU TON‘ uOU éEpya. 
1. 16: distinguish », 4, 9, 1, 9. 
Vocabulary : basilica, presbyter. 


S 40 Vocabulary : éso-chronous, iso-thermal (Oeppb¢ = warm), ¢so-sceles. 
S41 1. 14 66 rjy de&tav erd.’: hence his name Maxpo-yep, Lat. Longimanus ; yxeip 


here = arm. 
Vocabulary: hyph-en, hetero-dox, en-cyclopaedia («ixdocg = circle, cycle). 
$42 1.9 ‘vede’: the Attic second declension may be postponed to the second 
year of Greek. 
1.18 ‘In the acropolis of Athens’ should stand in the attributive position. 
$43 = Pupils at this stage should not use od, oi, £ at all. The third personal pro- 
noun is avrou, -p, -ov, ete. 

1. 9 ‘uot’: here and in the next line (éué) the student should discover why 
pooc and pe are not used. 

1.15 ‘pnxére’: from this point the teacher might begin to distinguish the 
negatives od and py more carefully, pointing out the sphere of each and 
giving the references to the grammar. 

Vocabulary: wuto-nomous, tauto-logy (ro aird by crasis=rairs), auto-graph, 
auto-bio-graphy. 

S$ 44 Vocabulary: par-allel, parallelo-gram, parallelo-pi-pedon (imi, méidov), 
peri-phery. 

$45 = For ‘Attraction of Relative’ Goodwin uses the term ‘ Assimilation.’ 

Vocabulary : ortho. dow, ortho-graphy, ortho-pedic (ratc). 

$46  Thetablesofcorrelatives here assignedare notoriously neglected, though they 
are as important as any paradigm of inflection, and cannot be too well learned. 

$49 1.1 ‘dxotcare’: beginning with his first introduction to the aorist, the pupil 
might be gradually enlightened, as the lessons require, on the following matters: 

1. No forms of the aorist actually express past time except those with the 
augment,—in other words, only the indicative of the aorist. 








ed bh Ve: 
( subjunct. ( subjunct. 
optat. optat. 
Aorist ~ imperat. and Present 4 imperat. 
infin. infin. 
L partic. L partic. 


HINTS TO TEACHERS. 159 


do not differ in the time when of the action, but in the manner of its presen- 
tation. The present is descriptive, and pictures an act in its progress and 
details; the unaugmented aorist (i. e. all forms but the indic.) may be used of 
the same act, but presents only the simple notion of it, summary and timeless. 
The present shows the act asa line, the aorist as a point or circle. Pacurkvey 
déka érn is ‘to be a king for ten years,’ and we sce the king year after year, 
the present tense serving as a kinetoscope ; BaowWkevoa déka ern is ‘to reign 
ten years,’ despatching the business in a moment, calling up no picture of 
king, throne, or daily detail. So dkovey ‘to be hearing’; akoveat ‘ to hear.’ 

3. Hence, as a matter of fact, the frequent use of the Aorist Participle 
to indicate an action prior to that of the main verb, as BaowWetoue (1 5) ‘having 
reigned,’ is one of convention only ; that is, BaowWetoac being without aug- 
ment does not tn tts form express time past with reference to the main verb 
(it means simply and summarily ‘reigning’), but came to be for the most 
part, though by no means always, so used.—So too the Aorist Infinitive 
and Aorist Optative, though without augment, are, in indirect discourse, 
translated as if belonging to past time, but merely because they stand for the 
indicative aorist, Which does take an augment and does belong to past time. 
EK. g. égnv Ovoa ‘he said he had sacrificed’ (Ovoa for ¢-Otoa); teyey we 
Bao evoee ‘he told how he had been king’ (Baowedtoee for é-Bacidevoa). 

4, The unaugmented forms of the aorist, being timeless, may be, and con- 
stantly are, used of acts to be performed in the future. Thus Botdopa 
axovoat ‘I wish to hear’; Ove rp Oem, tva akovoy Ta adnOq ‘he is sacrificing to 
the god, that he may hear the truth,’—in both cases the act of hearing lying 
in the future. 

Vocabulary : para-dov (dééa = expectation). 

Vocabulary: amphi-bious, politics, cosmo-polite. 

Vocabulary: thea-tre. 

1. 27 ‘wAerov’: the preferred form in Attic prose is wéov. 

Vocabulary: aristo-crat, demo-crat, pluto-crat, auto-crat, theo-cracy. 

Vocabulary: hyper-borean. 

Vocabulary: homoeopathy. 

These questions are simple enough to be both asked and answered in 
Greek — of course, after due preparation. 

Vocabulary : di-aeresis, heresy (aipeorc). 

Vocabulary: aesthetic, an-aesthetic, sceptic, clepto-mania, clinic, er.-clitic, S 59 
pro-clitic, com-ma, critic, criterion, hyper-critical, crisis (-otc), syl-lable (afi), 
ept-lepsy, pro-lepsis, di-lemma (= double catch), pro-gnostic, a-gnostic, apo-plexy, 
pneumatic, phase (a-orc), phantasy, phantom, phenomena, epi-phany, tome, 
a-tom, ana-tomy, ept-tome, phrase, para-phrase, peri-phrase (= cireum-locution). 

The forms should be worked out by the pupil as problems, without re-§ 60 
ferring to the verb-lists in the grammars. In this way only can active think- ; 


COR CO COD COA 
GvOowv9sry» =Ovorvgwgr 
@S-tS crwne 


SK LP SA 


160 HINTS TO. THACHERS: 


ing take the place of lazy rote that may, to be sure, commit many principal 
parts to memory, but, when called on offhand to construct any form of the 
verb, finds itself helpless even after many years of Greek. 

Iota subscript is seen in dzo-OrycKcw, pysvyokw, olw because the original 
suffix in forming the present stem seems to have been -iorw, -iZw. But of 
course outside of the present stem, there is no iota subscript. 

It might be well to insist on a translation of each form as the lists are 
read out. 


$63 1, 33 ‘oot’ emphatic ; hence accented. 
$65 1. 6 ‘ wap-édekro’; correct the misprint vo wap-edédeKkro. 
$65 VY The same euphonic changes that take place in the root before the ending 


-wat also take place before the substantive suffix -wa. E. g. Anp-pa, ypap-pa, 
Oety-pwa, Cevy-pa, Knpvy-pa, waOn-pa, TrEd-pa, ow-pa. 


S 66 1. 15 ‘ pévroe’ * however,’ a substitute for dé after péy. 

cs 1. 27 ‘ Alexander’s being’ = Alexander (acc.) being. 

S67 Those second aor. imperatives active that are accented irregularly may be 
remembered by the sentence: ‘Say, come see what I have found; take some’ 
(etmé, thOE, (0é, Etpe, NaPE). 

S$ 68 Vocabulary: apo-stle, epi-stle, spore, sporadic. 

S72 The principal parts of Aéyw for Attic prose should be learned as follows: 


AEyw, tow, eiTroy, eipyKa, eionpat, topnOynyv. (édeEa is ‘I told,’ ‘narrated,’ ‘made a 
speech’ not ‘I said.’ So too of AéEw.) 
Vocabulary : optics, syn-opsis, aut-opsy, anthropo-phagous. 
S73 Vocabulary : apo-stasy, apo-state, statics, hydro-staties, ec-stasy, sy-stem. 
Vocabulary: par-en-thesis, syn-thesis, theme (Gé-ya), ana-thema, hypo-thesis, 
anti-thesis, epithet, apo-thecary (OyKn = case, chest). 


VO AaY OA 
I 
aS 


S75 Vocabulary: dose, anti-dote, an-ec-dote. 

S76 Vocabulary : scope, micro-scope, tele-scope (ride = far), ept-scopal. 

S78 éAcdoopat as the future of éoyoua in Attic prose should not be so much as 
named. 


Vocabulary: onto-logy, eu-phemism, pro-phet. 
Vocabulary: neo-phyte (ro guroy). 
Vocabulary : zoo-logy, crater (kparnp), palaeo-zore. 


Co M7 
Qo = 
oo 


THE END 


THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
STAMPED BELOW 


AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 


WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
DAY AND TO’ .$1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
OVERDUE. 











JAN 4 1934 








may 101941 M 











mower 





MA aie: 1953 Ly 















































LD 21-100m-7,'33 








fi) 


Po AI 





















































Sistas Soe 


os S 
Go a 


= $s = 

Bi eee 2 Se ae PRS ED S 

E ec - - A IES or <a) 
= se ; son Ep ae DEE Ere 

- See sie eas 


ihe 
sp 


Bas 


i 


‘ 


ced 


a 


5 PPI ; retake 
ae Bee eee Bee 
es S ae : c = : ee f £ Sone 
= a oe ? Sa a - - - 
4. 


sain 


SoS 
Se 


a) 


Se rel oe 
en 


PEGA 





